As Ann Déscrolláil
Cuir Déscrolláil ar siúl chun an dá leagan a scrolláil le chéile.
Uimhir 8 de 1967
AN tACHT UM CHAIDREAMH AGUS DÍOLÚINE TAIDHLEOIREACHTA, 1967
[An tiontú oifigiúil.]
CUID I
Réamhráiteach agus Ginearálta
Gearrtheideal
1.—Féadfar an tAcht um Sraidreamh agus Díolúine Taidhleoireachta, 1967, a ghairm den Acht seo.
An tAire.
2.—San Acht seo ciallaíonn “an tAire” an tAire Gnóthaí Eachtracha.
Orduithe a leagan faoi bhráid Tithe an Oireachtais.
3.—Gach ordú a dhéanfaidh an Rialtas faoin Acht seo leagfar é faoi bhráid gach Tí den Oireachtas a luaithe is féidir tar éis a dhéanta agus má dhéanann ceachtar Teach acu sin, laistigh den lá is fiche a shuífidh an Teach sin tar éis an t-ordú a leagan faoina bhráid, rún a rith ag neamhniú an ordaithe, beidh an t-ordú ar neamhní dá réir sin ach sin gan dochar d'aon ní a rinneadh roimhe sin faoin ordú.
Aisghairm.
4.—Déantar leis seo gach achtachán a luaitear i gcolún (2) den Séú Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo a aisghairm a mhéid a shonraítear i gcolún (3) den Sceideal sin.
CUID II
Coinbhinsiúin Víne ar Chaidreamh Taidhleoireachta agus ar Chaidreamh Consalachta
Feidhm dlí a bheith ag Coinbhinsiún Víne ar Chaidreamh Taidhleoireachta.
5.—(1) Beidh feidhm dlí sa Stát ag forálacha Choinbhinsiún Víne ar Chaidreamh Taidhleoireachta a rinneadh i Vín an 18ú lá d'Aibreán, 1961, mar atá leagtha amach sa Chéad Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo.
(2) Féadfaidh an tAire ó am go ham cibé orduithe a dhéanamh a mheasfaidh sé is gá nó is fóirsteanach chun an Coinbhinsiún dá dtagraítear i bhfo-alt (1) den alt seo a chur i bhfeidhm agus éifeacht a thabhairt dó nó d'aon cheann dá fhorálacha, agus féadfaidh sé aon ordú faoin alt seo a chúlghairm nó a leasú.
Feidhm dlí a bheith ag Coinbhinsiún Víne ar Chaidreamh Consalachta.
6.—(1) Beidh feidhm dlí sa Stát ag forálacha Choinbhinsiún Víne ar Chaidreamh Consalachta a rinneadh i Vín an 24ú lá d'Aibreán, 1963, mar atá leagtha amach sa Dara Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo.
(2) Féadfaidh an tAire ó am go ham cibé orduithe a dhéanamh a mheasfaidh sé is gá nó is fóirsteanach chun an Coinbhinsiún dá dtagraítear i bhfo-alt (1) den alt seo a chur i bhfeidhm agus éifeacht a thabhairt dó nó d'aon cheann dá fhorálacha, agus féadfaidh sé aon ordú faoin alt seo a chúlghairm nó a leasú.
CUID III
Coinbhinsiún Ginearálta ar Phribhléidí agus ar Dhíolúintí na Náisiún Aontaithe
Mínithe (Cuid III).
7.—Sa Chuid Seo—
ciallaíonn “an Coinbhinsiún” an Coinbhinsiún Ginearálta ar Phribhléidí agus ar Dhíolúintí na Náisiún Aontaithe lenar ghlac Comhthionól Ginearálta na Náisiún Aontaithe an 13ú lá d'Fheabhra, 1946, mar atá leagtha amach sa Tríú Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo;
ciallaíonn “an Chúirt” an Chúirt Bhreithiúnais Idirnáisiúnta;
ciallaíonn “an Eagraíocht” Eagraíocht na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Cáil dhlíthiúil na Náisiún Aontaithe.
8.—Beidh cáil dhlíthiúil comhlachta chorpraithe ag an Eagraíocht.
Díolúintí ginearálta na hEagraíochta faoin gCoinbhinsiún.
9.—Beidh ag an Eagraíocht agus ag a maoin agus ag duine a bhfuil feidhm maidir leis ag an gCoinbhinsiún agus ag maoin duine den sórt sin, agus teachtfaidh, dosháraitheacht, saoirseachtaí, saoráidí, díolúintí, pribhléidí agus cearta i cibé slí, go feadh cibé méid agus faoi réir cibé teorainneacha (lena n-áirítear an céanna a tharscaoileadh) dá bhforáiltear i ngach cás leis an gCoinbhinsiún.
Díolúintí ginearálta do bhreithiúna agus d'oifigigh áirithe de chuid na Cúirte.
10.—Beidh ag Breithiúna na Cúirte, ag Cláraitheoir na Cúirte agus ag duine a bheidh ag gníomhú mar Chláraitheoir den sórt sin, agus teachtfaidh, nuair a bheidh siad ag gabháil do ghnó na Cúirte agus le linn aon turais i ndáil le feidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna, an dosháraitheacht, na saoirseachtaí, na saoráidí, na díolúintí, na pribhléidí agus na cearta céanna a thugtar do cheann misiúin thaidhleoireachta faoin gCoinbhinsiún atá leagtha amach sa Chéad Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo.
Beidh breithiúna na na Cúirte saor ó cháin ioncaim.
11.—Teachtfaidh breithiúna na Cuirte saoirseacht ó cháin ioncaim (lena n-áirítear forcháin) i leith luach saothair a gheobhaidh siad mar bhreithiúna den sórt sin.
Díolúintí ginearálta d'aighní a láithreoidh os comhair na Cúirte.
12.—Na daoine, nach saoránaigh Éireannacha, a bheidh fruilithe ag láithriú os comhair na Cúirte mar ionadaithe do Rialtas nó mar aighní beidh acu agus teachtfaidh siad, nuair a bheidh siad fruilithe amhlaidh agus le linn aon turais i ndáil leis na hábhair lena mbeidh siad fruilithe amhlaidh, díolúintí agus pribhléidí ar comhréir leis na cinn a thugtar le hailt 11 go 13 d'Airteagal IV den Choinbhinsiún.
Díolúintí ginearálta sa Chúirt d'fhinnéithe agus do dhaoine a bheidh ag comhlíonadh dualgais a shannfaidh an Chúirt dóibh.
13.—Na daoine a bheidh fruilithe ag láithriú mar fhinnéithe os comhair na Cúirte nó ag comhlíonadh dualgas a bheidh sannta dóibh ag an gCúirt agus na measúnoirí don Chúirt a bheidh fruilithe le gnó na Cúirte beidh acu agus teachtfaidh siad, le linn dóibh a bheith fruilithe amhlaidh agus le linn aon turais i ndáil leis na hábhair lena mbeidh siad fruilithe amhlaidh, na díolúintí agus na pribhléidí céanna a thugtar le hAlt 22 d'Airteagal VI den Choinbhinsiún.
Díolúintí ginearálta d'oifigigh na Cúirte.
14.—Beidh ag oifigigh na Cúirte agus teachtfaidh siad, nuair a bheidh siad fruilithe le gnó na Cúirte agus le linn aon turais i ndáil leis an ngnó sin, cibé saoráidí agus díolúintí is gá chun a bhfeidhmeanna a fheidhmiú go neamhspleách.
Díolúintí a bhaineann leis an gCúirt a tharscaoileadh.
15.—(1) Féadfaidh an Chúirt an dosháraitheacht agus na saoirseachtaí, na saoráidí, na díolúintí, na pribhléidí agus na cearta a thugtar leis an Acht seo do bhreitheamh den Chúirt, do Chláraitheoir na Cúirte agus don duine atá ag gníomhú mar Chláraitheoir den sórt sin agus na díolúintí agus na pribhléidí a thugtar leis an Acht seo do dhuine atá fruilithe ag láithriú mar fhinné os comhair na Cúirte nó ag comhlíonadh dualgas atá sannta dó ag an gCúirt nó do mheasúnóir don Chúirt a tharscaoileadh.
(2) Na díolúintí agus na pribhléidí a thugtar leis an Acht seo do dhaoine atá fruilithe ag láithriú os comhair na Cúirte mar ionadaithe do rialtais nó mar aighní, féadfaidh an Rialtas darb ionadaithe os comhair na Cúirte na daoine sin iad a tharscaoileadh.
(3) Féadfaidh Cláraitheoir na Cúirte na saoráidí agus na díolúintí a thugtar leis an Acht seo d'oifigigh na Cúirte (seachas Cláraitheoir na Cúirte) a tharscaoileadh.
CUID IV
Coinbhinsiún ar Phribhléidí agus ar Dhíolúintí Sainghníomhaireachtaí na Náisiún Aontaithe
Mínithe (Cuid IV).
16.—Sa Chuid seo—
ciallaíonn “an Coinbhinsiún” an Coinbhinsiún ar Phribhléidí agus ar Dhíolúintí Sainghníomhaireachtaí na Náisiún Aontaithe lenar ghlac Comhthionól Ginearálta na Náisiún Aontaithe an 21ú lá de Shamhain, 1947, agus na hAguisíní a ghabhann leis, mar atá leagtha amach sa Cheathrú Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo agus aon aguisín a ghabhann leis a bheidh sonraithe in ordú faoi alt 17 den Acht seo;
ciallaíonn “eagraíocht lena mbaineann an Chuid seo”—
(a) (i) An Eagraíocht Sláinte Domhanda;
(ii) An Eagraíocht Eitlíochta Sibhialta Idirnáisiúnta;
(iii) An Eagraíocht Oibreachais Idirnáisiúnta;
(iv) Eagraíocht Bia agus Talmhaíochta na Náisiún Aontaithe;
(v) Eagraíocht Oideachais, Eolaíochta agus Cultúir na Náisiún Aontaithe;
(vi) An Banc Idirnáisiúnta Athfhoirgníochta agus Forbartha;
(vii) An Ciste Airgeadaíochta Idirnáisiúnta;
(viii) An tAontas Poist Uilechoiteann;
(ix) An tAontas Teilechumarsáide Idirnáisiúnta;
(x) An Eagraíocht Mheiteareolaíoch Dhomhanda;
(xi) An Eagraíocht Chomhairleach Mhuirí Idir-Rialtasach;
(xii) An Chorparáid Airgeadais Idirnáisiúnta;
(xiii) An Comhlachas Forbartha Idirnáisiúnta; agus
(b) eagraíocht atá ainmnithe de thuras na huaire le hordú faoi alt 17 den Acht seo.
Eagraíochtaí a ainmniú mar eagraíochtaí lena mbaineann an Chuid seo.
17.—Féadfaidh an Rialtas ó am go ham le hordú eagraíocht idirnáisiúnta a ainmniú mar eagraíocht lena mbaineann an Chuid seo má tá an eagraíocht i gcaidreamh le hEagraíocht na Náisiún Aontaithe de réir Airteagail 57 agus 63 de Chairt Eagraíocht na Náisiún Aontaithe agus forálfaidh san ordú go mbeidh éifeacht maidir leis an eagraíocht ag an aguisín a ghabhann leis an gCoin bhinsiún agus a bhaineann leis an eagraíocht agus a shonrófar san ordú, agus, má bhíonn an eagraíocht tar éis an t-aguisín a cheadú faoi réir leasuithe, faoi réir na leasuithe sin.
Leasú ar aguisín a ghabhann leis an gCoinbhinsiún.
18.—(1) I gcás ina ndéanfar, maidir le haguisín atá leagtha amach sa Cheathrú Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo nó a shonraítear in ordú faoi alt 17 den Acht seo, aguisín athbhreithnithe ina mbeidh leasuithe ar an aguisín céadluaite a tharchur chuig Ard-Rúnaí Eagraíocht na Náisiún Aontaithe de bhun Alt 38 den Choinbhinsiún, féadfaidh an Rialtas le hordú a fhoráil go mbeidh éifeacht faoi réir na leasuithe réamhráite ag an aguisín céadluaite.
(2) Féadfaidh an Rialtas le hordú ordú faoin alt seo, lena n-áirítear ordú faoin bhfo-alt seo, a chúlghairm nó a leasú.
Cáil dhlíthiúil eagraíochta lena mbaineann an Chuid seo.
19.—Beidh cáil dhlíthiúil comhlachta chorpraithe ag eagraíocht lena mbaineann an Chuid seo den Acht seo.
Díolúintí ginearálta eagraíochtaí lena mbaineann an Chuid seo faoin gCoinbhinsiúin.
20.—Beidh ag eagraíocht lena mbaineann an Chuid seo agus ag a maoin agus ag duine a bhfuil feidhm ag an gCoinbhinsiún maidir leis agus ag a mhaoin, agus teachtfaidh, dosháraitheacht, saoirseachtaí, saoráidí, díolúintí, pribhléidí agus cearta i cibé slí, go feadh cibé méid agus faoi réir cibé teorainneacha (lena n-áirítear an céanna a tharscaoileadh) dá bhforáiltear i ngach cás leis an gCoinbhinsiún de réir Ailt 33, 36 agus 38 de.
CUID V
Comhaontú Ginearálta ar Phribhléidí agus ar Dhíolúintí Chomhairle na hEorpa
Mínithe (Cuid V).
21.—Sa Chuid seo—
ciallaíonn “an Comhaontú” an Comhaontú Ginearálta ar Pribhléidí agus ar Dhíolúintí Chomhairle na hEorpa a rinneadh i bPáras an 2ú lá de Mheán Fómhair, 1949, mar atá leagtha amach sa Chúigiú Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo;
ciallaíonn “an Coimisiún” an Coimisiún Eorpach um Chearta an Duine a bunaíodh faoi Airteagal 19 den Choinbhinsiún;
ciallaíonn “an Coinbhinsiún” an Coinbhinsiún chun Cearta an Duine agus Saoirsí Bunúsacha a Chosaint a rinneadh sa Róimh an 4ú lá de Shamhain, 1950;
ciallaíonn “An Chúirt” an Chúirt Eorpach um Chearta an Duine a bunaíodh faoi Airteagal 19 den Choinbhinsiún;
ciallaíonn “an Chéad Phrótacal” an Chéad Phrótacal a ghabhann leis an gComhaontú agus a rinneadh i Strasbourg an 6ú lá de Shamhain, 1952, mar atá leagtha amach sa Chúigiú Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo;
ciallaíonn “breitheamh” duine atá tofa de bhun Airteagal 39 den Choinbhinsiún agus folaíonn sé breitheamh ad hoc atá ceaptha de bhun Airteagal 43 den Choinbhinsiún;
ciallaíonn “comhalta” duine a toghadh de bhun Airteagal 22 den Choinbhinsiún chun bheith ina chomhalta den Choimisiún;
ciallaíonn “an Dara Prótacal” an Dara Prótacal a ghabhann leis an gComhaontú agus a rinneadh i bPáras an 15ú lá de Nollaig, 1956, mar atá leagtha amach sa Chúigiú Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo;
ciallaíonn “an Ceathrú Prótacal” an Ceathrú Prótacal a ghabhann leis an gComhaontú agus a rinneadh i bPáras an 16ú lá de Nollaig, 1961, mar atá leagtha amach sa Chúigiú Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo.
Cáil dhlíthiúil Chomhairle na hEorpa.
22.—Beidh cáil dhlíthiúil comhlachta chorpraithe ag Comhairle na hEorpa.
Díolúintí ginearálta faoin gComhaontú maidir le Comhairle na hEorpa.
23.—Beidh ag Comhairle na hEorpa agus ag a maoin agus ag duine a bhfuil feidhm maidir leis ag an gComhaontú nó ag an gCéad Phrótacal agus beidh ag maoin duine den sórt sin, agus teachtfaidh, dosháraitheacht, saoirseachtaí, saoráidí, díolúintí, pribhléidí agus cearta i cibé slí, go feadh cibé méid agus faoi réir cibé teorainneacha (lena n-áirítear an céanna a tharscaoileadh) dá bhforáiltear i ngach cás leis an gComhaontú nó leis an gCéad Phrótacal, de réir mar a bheidh.
Díolúintí ginearálta comhaltaí an Choimisiúin.
24.—Beidh ag comhaltaí an Choimisiúin agus ag maoin an choimisiúin nó chomhalta, agus teachtfaidh, dosháraitheacht agus saoirseachtaí, saoráidí, díolúintí, pribhléidí agus cearta i cibé slí, go feadh cibé méid agus faoi réir cibé teorainneacha (lena n-áirítear an céanna a tharscaoileadh) dá bhforáiltear i ngach cás leis an Dara Prótacal.
Díolúintí ginearálta breithiúna agus cláraitheoirí na Cúirte.
25.—Beidh ag breithiúna na Cúirte agus ag maoin na Cúirte nó bhreithimh, ag Cláraitheoir na Cúirte agus ag duine a bheidh ag gníomhú mar Chláraitheoir den sórt sin, agus teachtfaidh, dosháraitheacht agus saoirseachtaí saoráidí, díolúintí, pribhléidí agus cearta i cibé slí, go feadh cibé méid agus faoi réir cibé teorainneacha (lena n-áirítear an céanna a tharscaoileadh) dá bhforáiltear i ngach cás leis an gCeathrú Prótacal.
CUID VI
An Eagraíocht um Chomhar agus Forbairt Eacnamaíochta
An Eagraíocht (Cuid VI).
26.—Sa Chuid seo ciallaíonn “An Eagraíocht” an Eagraíocht um Chomhar agus Forbairt Eacnamaíochta a bunaíodh leis an gCoinbhinsiún a comhdhéanadh i bPáras an 14ú lá de Nollaig, 1960.
Cáil dhlíthiúil na hEagraíochta.
27.—Beidh cáil dhlíthiúil comhlachta chorpraithe ag an Eagraíocht.
Díolúintí ginearálta saineolaithe na hEagraíochta.
28.—Beidh ag saineolaithe (seachas oifigigh nó seirbhísigh na hEagraíochta) a bheidh ag comhlíonadh misiún don Eagraíocht, agus teachtfaidh siad, cibé pribhléidí, díolúintí agus saoráidí is gá chun a bhfeidhmeanna a fheidhmiú go neamhspleách i gcaitheamh tréimhse a misiún, lena n-áirítear an t-am a chaithfear ar thurais i ndáil lena misiúin. Beidh acu agus teachtfaidh siad, go háirithe—
(a) díolúine ó ghabháil nó coinneáil agus ó urghabháil bagáiste;
(b) díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil i leith gníomhartha a rinne siad i gcúrsa a misiún réamhráite a chomhlíonadh acu;
(c) dosháraitheacht i leith páipéar agus doiciméad.
Díolúintí ginearálta faoin gComhaontú maidir leis an Eagraíocht.
29.—Beidh ag an Eagraíocht agus ag a maoin agus ag duine is ionadaí do chomhalta den Eagraíocht nó is comhalta de thoscaireacht, nó a ghabhann le toscaireacht, chun príomh-orgain na hEagraíochta nó chun fo-orgain di nó is oifigeach don Eagraíocht agus ag aon duine, is céile duine den sórt sin nó duine dá theaghlach atá i gcleithiúnas air, agus ag maoin daoine den sórt sin, agus theachtfaidh, dósháraitheacht agus saoirseachtaí, díolúintí, saoráidí, pribhléidí agus cearta ar comhréir leo siúd dá bhforáiltear i gCodanna II, III, IV agus VI (de réir mar is iomchuí i ngach cás) den Chomhaontú atá leagtha amach sa Chúigiú Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo.
Pribhléidi a tharscaoileadh.
30.—(1) Féadfaidh an Eagraíocht an dosháraitheacht agus na saoirseachtaí, na saoráidí, na díolúintí, na pribhléidí agus na cearta a thugtar leis an Acht seo d'oifigeach don Eagraíocht nó do dhuine dá dtagraítear in alt 28 den Acht seo a tharscaoileadh.
(2) An dosháraitheacht agus na saoirseachtaí, na saoráidí, na díolúintí, na pribhléidí agus na cearta a thugtar leis an Acht seo do dhuine is ionadaí do chomhalta den Eagraíocht nó is comhalta de thoscaireacht, nó a ghabhann le toscaireacht, chun príomh-orgain na hEagraíochta nó chun fo-orgain di nó ar aon duine is céile duine den sórt sin nó duine dá theaghlach atá i gcleithiúnas air, féadfaidh an comhalta réamhráite den Eagraíocht darb ionadaí an duine no Rialtas an duine, de réir mar a bheidh, iad a tharscaoileadh.
An Comhaontú Airgeadaíochta Eorpach.
31.—Beidh ag forálacha Codanna II agus III den Chomhaontú atá leagtha amach sa Chúigiú Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo feidhm maidir leis an gCoiste Eorpach a bunaíodh leis an gComhaontú Airgeadaíochta Eorpach a rinneadh i bPáras an 5ú lá de Lúnasa, 1955, agus maidir le sócmhainní an Chiste, lena n-áirítear ioncam, dá bhforáiltear in Airteagal 22 den Chomhaontú sin.
CUID VII
Comhairlí Idirnáisiúnta
An Chomhairle (Cuid VII).
32.—Sa Chuid seo ciallaíonn “an Chomhairle” an Chomhairle um Chomhar Custam a bunaíodh leis an gCoinbhinsiún a rinneadh sa Bhruiséal an 15ú lá de Nollaig, 1950.
Cáil dhlíthiúil na Comhairle.
33.—Beidh cáil dhlíthiúil comhlachta chorpraithe ag an gComhairle.
Díolúintí ginearálta faoin gComhaontú maidir leis an gComhairle.
34.—Beidh ag an gComhairle agus ag a maoin agus ag duine is ionadaí do chomhalta den Chomhairle nó oifigeach don Chomhairle agus ag aon duine, is céile duine den sórt sin nó duine dá theaghlach atá i gcleithiúnas air, agus ag maoin daoine den sórt sin, agus teachtfaidh, dosháraitheacht agus saoirseachtaí, saoráidí, díolúintí, pribhléidí agus cearta ar comhréir leo siúd dá bhforáiltear i gCodanna II, III, IV agus VI (de réir mar is iomchuí i ngach cás) den Chomhaontú atá leagtha amach sa Chúigiú Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo.
Díolúintí ginearálta saineolaithe na Comhairle.
35.—Beidh ag saineolaithe (seachas oifigigh nó seirbhísigh na Comhairle) a bheidh ag comhlíonadh misiún don Chomhairle, agus teachtfaidh siad, cibé pribhléidí, díolúintí agus saoráidí is gá chun a bhfeidhmeanna a fheidhmiú go neamhspleách i gcaitheamh tréimhse a misiún, lena n-áirítear an t-am a chaithfear ar thurais i ndáil lena misiúin. Beidh acu agus teachtfaidh siad, go háirithe—
(a) díolúine ó ghabháil agus ó choinneáil agus ó urghabháil bagáiste;
(b) díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil i leith focail a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad nó gníomhartha a rinne siad i gcúrsa a misiún réamhráite a chomhlíonadh acu, agus laistigh de theorainneacha a n-údaráis;
(c) dosháraitheacht i leith páipéar agus doiciméad.
Pribhléidí a tharscaoileadh.
36.—(1) Féadfaidh an Chomhairle dosháraitheacht agus saoirseachtaí, díolúintí, pribhléidí agus cearta oifigigh don Chomhairle nó aon duine is céile oifigigh nó duine dá theaghlach atá i gcleithiúnas air, nó duine dá dtagraítear in alt 35 den Acht seo a tharscaoileadh.
(2) Na díolúintí agus na pribhléidí atá ag duine is ionadaí do chomhalta den Chomhairle nó ag duine, is céile an ionadaí sin nó duine dá theaghlach atá i gcleithiúnas air, féadfaidh Rialtas an chomhalta iad a tharscaoileadh.
Cáil dhlíthiúil na Comhairle Cruithneachta Idirnáisiúnta.
37.—Beidh cáil dhlíthiúil comhlachta chorpraithe ag an gComhairle Cruithneachta Idirnáisiúnta a bunaíodh faoi Chomhaontú Cruithneachta Idirnáisiúnta 1949.
Cáil dhlíthiúil na Comhairle Siúcra Idirnáisiúnta.
38.—Beidh cáil dhlíthiúil comhlachta chorpraithe ag an gComhairle Siúcra Idirnáisiúnta a bunaíodh faoi Chomhaontú Siúcra Idirnáisiúnta 1953.
CUID VIII
Ginearálta
Eagraíocht lena mbaineann an Chuid seo (Cuid VIII).
39.—Sa Chuid seo ciallaíonn “eagraíocht lena mbaineann an Chuid seo” eagraíocht, comhphobal nó comhlacht idirnáisiúnta atá ainmnithe de thuras na huaire le hordú faoi alt 40 den Acht seo.
Eagraíochtaí lena mbaineann an Chuid seo a ainmniú.
40.—(1) Féadfaidh an Rialtas le hordú eagraíocht, comhphobal nó comhlacht idirnáisiúnta ar comhalta de an Stát nó an Rialtas nó a mbeartaíonn an Stát nó an Rialtas a theacht chun bheith ina chomhalta de a ainmniú chun bheith ina heagraíocht lena mbaineann an Chuid seo den Acht seo agus féadfaidh, leis an ordú, foráil a dhéanamh, chun críocha alt 42 den Acht seo, maidir le dosháraitheacht, saoirseachtaí, saoráidí, díolúintí, pribhléidí agus cearta i ndáil leis an eagraíocht.
(2) Féadfaidh an Rialtas le hordú ordú faoin alt seo, lena n-áirítear ordú faoin bhfo-alt seo, a chúlghairm nó a leasú.
Cáil dhlíthiúil eagraíochta lena mbaineann an Chuid seo.
41.—Beidh cáil dhlíthiúil comhlachta chorpraithe ag eagraíocht lena mbaineann an Chuid seo.
Díolúintí ginearálta eagraíochta lena mbaineann an Chuid seo.
42.—Beidh ag eagraíocht lena mbaineann an Chuid seo, ag a forais nó a horgain, ag a maoin agus ag duine is comhalta d'aon cheann dá forais nó dá horgain, is oifigeach don eagraíocht nó toscaire chun na heagraíochta nó is ionadaí do stát nó do rialtas is comhalta den eagraíocht nó a bheidh ag comhlíonadh dualgas a bheidh sannta dó ag an eagraíocht agus beidh ag aon duine, is céile duine den sórt sin nó duine dá theaghlach atá i gcleithiúnas air, agus teachtfaidh, dosháraitheacht agus saoirseachtaí, saoráidí, díolúintí, pribhléidí agus cearta i cibé slí, go feadh cibé méid agus faoi réir cibé teorainneacha (lena n-áirítear an céanna a tharscaoileadh) dá bhforáiltear i ngach cás san ordú faoi alt 40 den Acht seo i ndáil le leas na heagraíochta.
Forálacha le haghaidh díolúintí, etc., i ndáil le comhlachtaí breithiúnacha idirnáisiúnta.
43.—(1) Féadfaidh an Rialtas, maidir le comhlacht breithiúnach idirnáisiúnta nó comhlacht leathbhreithiúnach idirnáisiúnta a bunaíodh faoi chomhaontú ar páirtí ann an Stát nó an Rialtas nó a mbeartaíonn an Stát nó an Rialtas teacht chun a bheith ina pháirtí ann nó maidir le bord eadrána nó comhréitigh a bhunaigh eagraíocht idirnáisiúnta lena mbaineann an Chuid seo nó a bunaíodh thar a cheann nó chun an chríocha, féadfaidh, le hordú, foráil a dhéanamh maidir le dosháraitheacht agus saoirseachtaí, saoráidí, díolúintí, pribhléidí agus cearta i ndáil le breithiúna agus cláraitheoirí an chomhlachta, daoine ar fruiliú mar aighní nó finnéithe os comhair an chomhlachta nó an bhoird nó ag comhlíonadh dualgais a bheidh sannta dóibh ag an gcomhlacht nó ag an mbord agus daoine is páirtithe in agra os comhair an chomhlachta nó an bhoird nó a mbeidh iarratas déanta acu chun an chomhlachta nó an bhoird i ndáil le hagra nó imeachtaí eile a thosú os comhair an chomhlachta nó an bhoird agus a gcomhairleoirí.
(2) Féadfaidh an Rialtas, le hordú, ordú faoin alt seo, lena n-áirítear ordú faoin bhfo-alt seo, a chúlghairm nó a leasú.
(3) Beidh ag duine, comhlacht nó bord dá dtagraitear i bhfo-alt (1) den alt seo, agus teachtfaidh, dosháraitheacht agus saoirseachtaí, saoráidí, díolúintí, pribhléidí agus cearta i cibé slí, go feadh cibé méid agus faoi réir cibé teorainneacha (lena n-áirítear an céanna a tharscaoileadh) dá bhforáiltear i ngach cás san ordú iomchuí faoin alt seo.
Comhdhálacha idirnáisiúnta sa Stát.
44.—Féadfaidh an tAire, in ndáil le comhdháil—
(a) atá á seoladh nó a sheolfar sa Stát, agus
(b) a bhfuil nó a mbeidh ionadaithe don Rialtas nó don Stát agus do rialtas nó do rialtais eile nó do stát nó do stáit eile i láthair aici,
a chur faoi deara fógra i dtaobh na comhdhála a sheoladh agus i dtaobh dátaí an chéanna a fhoilsiú san Iris Oifigiúil.
Díolúintí ginearálta daoine a bheidh i láthair ag comhdhálacha idirnáisiúnta sa Stát.
45.—Aon duine a bheidh i láthair thar ceann rialtais nó stáit ag comhdháil idirnáisiúnta sa Stát a mbeidh fógra foilsithe ina taobh de bhun alt 44 den Acht seo beidh aige agus teachtfaidh sé, le linn na comhdhála agus an lá díreach roimh an gcomhdháil agus an lá díreach i ndiaidh na comhdhála, dosháraitheacht agus saoirseachtaí, saoráidí, díolúintí, pribhléidí agus cearta i cibé slí, go feadh cibé méid agus faoi réir cibé teorainneacha (lena n-áirítear an céanna a tharscaoileadh) ionann is dá mba chomhalta é de mhisiún taidhleoireachta faoin gcoinbhinsiúin atá leagtha amach sa Chéad Sceideal a ghabhann leis an Acht seo.
Cion.
46.—(1) Aon duine a bhacfaidh, a shrianfaidh nó a choiscfidh go toiliúil dosháraitheacht, saoirseacht, saoráid, díolúine, pribhléid nó ceart a thugtar leis an Acht seo a theachtadh nó a fheidhmiú beidh sé ciontach i gcion agus ar a chiontú go hachomair, dlífear fíneáil nach mó ná céad punt nó príosúnacht ar feadh téarma nach faide ná sé mhí nó iad araon a chur air.
(2) Ní dhéanfar imeachtaí ionchúisimh i leith ciona faoin alt seo a thionscnamh gan deimhniú ón Aire gurb é a thuairim gur fóirsteanach na himeachtaí a thionscnamh.
Fianaise.
47.—In imeachtaí in aon chúirt, aon deimhniú a airbheartóidh a bheith faoi shéala an Aire agus ag lua aon fhíorais is iomchuí chun a chinneadh an bhfuil comhlacht breithiúnach nó leathbhreithiúnach, bord eadrána nó comhréitigh, eagraíocht, comhphobal, comhlacht, misiún taidhleoireachta, post consalachta nó duine i dteideal dosháraitheacht nó saoirseacht, saoráid, díolúine, pribhléid nó ceart faoi fhoráil den Acht seo nó d'ordú arna dhéanamh faoin Acht seo beidh sé ina fhianaise prima facie ar an bhfíoras.
Forálacha d'áirithiú comharaíochta.
48.—D'ainneoin aon ní atá i gCuid 11 den Acht seo, féadfaidh an Rialtas, más oiriúnach leo—
(a) diúltú an dosháraitheacht, na saoirseachtaí, na saoráidí, na díolúintí, na pribhléidí agus na cearta dá bhforáiltear sa Chuid sin a thabhairt do chomhaltaí mhisiún taidhleoireachta nó phost consalachta aon stáit eile nó d'aon duine is céile comhalta den sórt sin nó duine dá theaghlach atá i gcleithiúnais air nó seirbhíseach príobháideach do chomhalta den sórt sin, nó
(b) teorainn a chur le méid nó oibriú na dosháraitheachta sin nó na saoirseachtaí, na saoráidí, na ndíolúintí, na bpribhléidí agus na gceart sin,
mura dtugann Rialtas an stáit sin an dosháraitheacht sin, nó na saoirseachtaí, na saoráidí, na díolúintí, na pribhléidí nó na cearta sin do chomhaltaí mhisiún taidhleoireachta de chuid an Stáit, do chomhaltaí post consalach de chuid an Stáit nó d'aon duine, is céile comhalta den sórt sin nó duine dá theaghlach atá i gcleithiúnas air nó seirbhíseach príobháideach do chomhalta den sórt sin.
Toiliú an Rialtais i gcásanna áirithe le saoránaigh Éireannacha a cheapadh chun eagraíochtaí idirnáisiúnta.
49.—Ní dhéanfar oifigigh d'eagraíocht, do chomhphobal nó do chomhlacht idirnáisiúnta dá dtagraítear san Acht seo nó d'eagraíocht lena mbaineann an Chuid seo a bheidh ag fónamh sa Stát ná daoine a bheidh ag comhlíonadh dualgas sa Stát a bheidh sannta dóibh ag aon eagraíocht, comhphobal nó comhlacht den sórt sin a cheapadh as daoine is saoránaigh Éireannacha ach amháin le toiliú an Rialtais, agus féadfar an toiliú a tharraingt siar aon tráth.
AN CHEAD SCEIDEAL
COINBHINSIUN VINE AR CHAIDREAMH TAIDHLEOIREACHTA
Tá na Stáit is Páirtithe sa Choinbhinsiún seo,
Ag meabhrú dóibh go bhfuil aitheantas tugtha anallód ag pobail na náisiún uile do stádas gníomhairí taidhleoireachta,
Ag cuimhneamh dóibh ar chríocha agus prionsabail Chairt na Náisiún Aontaithe maidir le comhionannas ceannasach Stát, ar an tsíocháin agus an tslándáil idirnáisiúnta a chothabháil agus ar chaidreamh cairdiúil a chur ar aghaidh idir náisiúin,
á chreidiúint dóibh go gcabhródh coinbhinsiún idirnáisiúnta ar chaidreamh, pribhléidí agus díolúintí taidhleoireachta le hidirghnóthaíocht chairdiúil a fhorbairt i measc náisiún, ar neamhspleidh leis an éagsúlacht idir a gcórais bhunreachtúla agus shóisialaigh,
á thuiscint dóibh nach é leas daoine aonair is críoch do phribhléidí agus díolúintí den sórt sin ach a áirithiú go gcomhlíonfar go héifeachtach feidhmeanna misiún taidhleoireachta mar ionadaithe Stát,
á dhearbhú dóibh gur cheart go leanfadh ceisteanna nach rialaítear go sainráite le forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo a bheith faoi bhrí rialacha an dlí idirnáisiúnta ghnáich,
Tar éis comhaontú mar a leanas:
Airteagal 1.
Chun críche an Choinbhinsiúin seo, beidh na bríonna a shanntar dóibh anseo síos ag na habairtí seo a leanas:
(a) is é “ceann an mhisiúin” an duine ar a bhfuil sé curtha de dhualgas ag an Stát sallchuir gníomhú sa cháil sin;
(b) is iad “comhaltaí an mhisiúin” ceann an mhisiúin agus comhaltaí fhoireann an mhisiúin;
(c) is iad “comhaltaí fhoireann an mhisiúin” comhaltaí na foirne taidhleoireachta, na foirne riaracháin agus teicniúla agus fhoireann seirbhíse an mhisiúin;
(d) is iad “comhaltaí na foirne taidhleoireachta” na comhaltaí d'fhoireann an mhisiúin ag a bhfuil céim taidhleoireachta;
(e) is éard “gníomhaire taidhleoireachta” ceann an mhisiúin nó comhalta d'fhoireann taidhleoireachta an mhisiúin;
(f) is iad “comhaltaí na foirne riaracháin agus teicniúla” na comhaltaí d'fhoireann an mhisiúin atá ar fostú i seirbhís riaracháin agus teicniúla an mhisiúin;
(g) is iad “comhaltaí na foirne seirbhíse” na comhaltaí d'fhoireann an mhisiúin atá i seirbhís tís an mhisiúin;
(h) is “seirbhíseach príobháideach” duine i seirbhís tís comhalta den mhisiún agus nach fostaí don Stát sallchuir;
(i) is é “áitreabh an mhisiúin” na foirgnimh, nó codanna d'fhoirgnimh agus an talamh a ghabhann leis an gcéanna, is cuma cé leis, a úsáidtear chun críocha an mhisiúin lena n-áirítear áit chónaithe cheann an mhisiúin.
Airteagal 2.
Is de chomhthoiliú a bhunaítear caidreamh taidhleoireachta agus buan-mhisiúin taidhleoireachta idir Stáit.
Airteagal 3.
1. Is iad, inter alia, feidhmeanna misiúin taidhleoireachta:
(a) ionadaíocht don Stát sallchuir a dhéanamh sa Stát glacaidh;
(b) leasanna an Stáit shallchuir agus a náisiúnach a chaomhnú sa Stát glacaidh laistigh de na teorainneacha a cheadaítear leis an dlí idirnáisiúnta;
(c) iomairliú le Rialtas an Stáit ghlacaidh;
(d) dálaí agus forbairtí sa Stáit glacaidh a fháil amach ar gach slí dhleathach, agus an céanna a thuairisciú do Rialtas an Stát shallchuir;
(e) caidreamh cairdiúil idir an Stát sallchuir agus an Stát glacaidh a chur ar aghaidh, agus a gcaidreamh eacnamaíochta, cultúir agus eolaíochta a fhorbairt.
2. Ní fhorléireofar aon ní sa Choinbhinsiún seo mar ní a choisceann ar mhisiún taidhleoireachta feidhmeanna consalachta a chomhlíonadh.
Airteagal 4.
1. Ní foláir don Stát sallchuir deimhin a dhéanamh de go bhfuil agrément an Stáit ghlacaidh tugtha le haghaidh an duine a bheartaíonn sé a chreidiúnú mar cheann an mhisiúin chun an Stáit sin.
2. Níl d'oibleagáid ar an Stát glacaidh cúiseanna a thabhairt don Stát sallchuir faoi dhiúltú do agrément.
Airteagal 5.
1. Féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir, tar éis fógra cuí a thabhairt do na Stáit ghlacaidh lena mbainfidh, ceann misiúin a chreidiúnú nó aon chomhalta den fhoireann taidhleoireachta a shannadh, de réir mar a bheidh, chun níos mó ná Stát amháin, mura ndéanfaidh aon cheann de na Stáit ghlacaidh agóid shainráite.
2. Má chreidiúnaíonn an Stát sallchuir ceann misiúin chun Stáit amháin eile nó níos mó féadfaidh sé misiún taidhleoireachta faoi cheannas chargé d'affaires ad interim a bhunú i ngach Stát acu nach ann atá a bhuan-suíochán ag an gceann misiúin.
3. Féadfaidh ceann misiúin nó aon chomhalta d'fhoireann taidhleoireachta an mhihiúin gníomhú mar ionadaí don Stát sallchuir chun aon eagraíochta idirnáisiúnta.
Airteagal 6.
Féadfaidh dhá Stát nó níos mó an duine céanna a chreidiúnú mar cheann misiúin chun Stáit eile, mura ndéanfaidh an Stát glacaidh agóid.
Airteagal 7.
Faoi réir forálacha Airteagail 5, 8, 9 agus 11, féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir comhaltaí fhoireann an mhisiúin a cheapadh go saorálach. I gcás attachés míleata, cabhlaigh nó aeir, féadfaidh an Stát glacaidh a iarraidh go ndéanfar a n-ainmneacha a chur faoina bhráid roimh ré, lena gceadú aige.
Airteagal 8.
1. Is ceart ó phrionsabal gur náisiúnaigh den stát sallchuir comhaltaí fhoireann taidhleoireachta an mhisiúin.
2. Ní fhéadfar comhaltaí d'fhoireann taidhleoireachta an mhisiúin a cheapadh as daoine is náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh, ach amháin le toiliú an Stáit sin, toiliú is féidir a tharraingt siar aon tráth.
3. Féadfaidh an Stát glacaidh an ceart céanna a fhorcoimeád maidir le náisiúnaigh tríú Stát nach náisiúnaigh den Stát sallchuir freisin.
Airteagal 9.
1. Féadfaidh an Stát glacaidh aon tráth, agus gan bheith air a chinneadh a mhíniú, fógra a thabhairt don Stát sallchuir gur persona non grata ceann an mhisiúin nó aon chomhalta áirithe d'fhoireann taidhleoireachta an mhisiúin nó nach inghlactha aon chomhalta áirithe eile d'fhoireann an mhisiúin. In aon chás den sórt sin, déanfaidh an Stát sallchuir, mar is iomchuí, an duine lena mbainfidh a aisghairm nó a fheidhmeanna leis an misiún a fhoirceannadh. Féadfar a dhearbhú go bhfuil duine non grata nó nach inghlactha é roimh theacht dó i gcríoch an Stáit ghlacaidh.
2. Má dhiúltaíonn nó má mhainníonn an Stát sallchuir laistigh de thréimhse réasúnach a oibleagáidí faoi mhír 1 den Airteagal seo a chomhlíonadh, féadfaidh an Stát glacaidh diúltú aitheantas mar chomhalta den mhisiún a thabhairt don duine lena mhainfidh.
Airteagal 10.
1. Cuirfear an méid seo a leanas in iúl d'Aireacht Gnóthaí Coigríche an Stáit ghlacaidh nó do cibé aireacht eile ar a gcomhaontófar:
(a) ceapadh comhaltaí den mhisiún, a dteacht agus a n-imeacht deiridh nó foirceannadh a bhfeidhmeanna leis an misiún;
(b) teacht agus imeacht deiridh duine de theaghlach comhalta den mhisiún agus, i gcás inarb iomchuí, go bhfuil duine tagtha chun bheith ná scortha de bheith ina dhuine de theaghlach comhalta den mhisiún;
(c) teacht agus imeacht deiridh seirbhíseach príobháideach atá ar fostú ag daoine dá dtagraítear i bhfomhír (a) den mhír seo agus, i gcás inarb iomchuí, go bhfuil siad ag fágáil fostaíocht na ndaoine sin;
(d) fruiliú agus urscaoileadh daoine a chónaíonn sa Stát glacaidh mar chomhaltaí den mhisiún nó seirbhísigh phríobháideacha atá i dteideal pribhléidí agus díolúintí.
2. I gcás inar féidir é, tabharfar fógra roimh ré freisin i dtaobh teachta agus imeachta dheiridh.
Airteagal 11.
1. Mura mbeidh comhaontú sainráite ann i dtaobh méid an mhisiúin, féadfaidh an Stát glacaidh a cheangal go gcoimeádfar méid misiúin laistigh de theorainneacha a measfaidh sé gur teorainneacha réasúnacha gnácha iad, ag féachaint d'imthoscaí agus do dhálaí sa Stát glacaidh agus do riachtanais an mhisiúin áirithe.
2. Féadfaidh an Stát glacaidh, mar an gcéanna, laistigh de theorainneacha dá samhail agus ar fhoras neamhidirdhealaitheach, diúltú glacadh le hoifigigh d'earnáil áirithe.
Airteagal 12.
Ní dhéanfaidh an Stát sallchuir, gan toiliú sainráite a fháil roimh ré ón Stát glacaidh, oifigí a bheidh ina gcuid den mhisiún a bhunú i gceantair seachas na ceantair ina mbeidh an misiún féin bunaithe.
Airteagal 13.
1. Meastar ceann an mhisiúin do dhul i mbun a fheidhmeanna sa Stát glacaidh ar é do thíolacadh a chreidiúnas nó ar é do chur a theachta in iúl agus ar chóip dhílis dá chreidiúnais a bheith tíolactha d'Aireacht Gnóthaí Coigríche an Stáit ghlacaidh, nó do cibé aireacht eile ar a gcomhaontófar de réir an ghnáis sa Stát glacaidh is gnás a chuirfear chun feidhme go comhionann.
2. Cinnfear ord tíolacadh creidiúnas nó cóipe dílse díobh de réir dáta agus tráth teachta cheann an mhisiúin.
Airteagal 14.
1. Tá cinn mhisiúin roinnte i dtrí aicme, is é sin:
(a) ambasadóirí agus nuintis atá creidiúnaithe chun Ceann Stát, agus cinn mhisiún eile ar comhchéim leo sin;
(b) toscairí, airí agus idirnuintis atá creidiúnaithe chun Ceann Stát;
(c) chargés d'affaires atá creidiúnaithe chun Airí Gnóthaí Coigríche.
2. Ach amháin a mhéid a bhaineann le tosaíocht agus nósmhaireacht, ní dhéanfar aon idirdhealú idir cinn mhisiún mar gheall ar a n-aicme.
Airteagal 15.
Comhaontóidh Stáit eatarthu ar an aicme dá sannfar cinn a misiún.
Airteagal 16.
1. Glacfaidh cinn mhisiún tosaíocht ina n-aicmí faoi seach in ord an dáta agus an trátha a chuaigh siad i mbun a bhfeidhmeanna de réir Airteagal 13.
2. Ní dhéanfaidh athruithe ar chreidiúnais cheann misiúin nach dtagann aon athrú aicme díobh difear dá thosaíocht.
3. Is Airteagal é seo gan dochar d'aon chleachtas lena bhfuil glactha ag an Stát glacaidh maidir le tosaíocht ionadaí an tSuí Naofa.
Airteagal 17.
Déanfaidh ceann an mhisiúin tosaíocht comhaltaí taidhleoireachta an mhisiúin a chur in iúl don Aireacht Gnóthaí Coigríche nó do cibé aireacht eile ar a gcomhaontófar.
Airteagal 18.
An nós imeachta a leanfar i ngach Stát chun cinn mhisiún a ghlacadh is nós imeachta comhionann a bheidh ann maidir le gach aicme.
Airteagal 19.
1. Má bhíonn post cheann an mhisiúin folamh nó má bhíonn ceann an mhisiúin neamhábalta ar fheidhmeanna a chomhlíonadh, gníomhóidh chargé d'affaires ad interim go sealadach mar cheann an mhisiúin. Déanfaidh ceann an mhisiúin nó, má bhíonn sé neamhábalta ar é a dhéanamh, déanfaidh Aireacht Gnóthaí Coigríche an Stáit shallchuir ainm an chargé d'affaires ad interim a chur in iúl d'Aireacht Gnóthaí Coigríche an Stáit ghlacaidh nó do cibé aireacht eile ar a gcomhaontófar.
2. I gcásanna nach mbeidh aon chomhalta d'fhoireann taidhleoireachta an mhisiúin i láthair sa Stát glacaidh, féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir comhalta den fhoireann riaracháin agus teicniúil a ainmniú, le toiliú an Stáit ghlacaidh, chun bheith i gcúram gnóthaí riaracháin reatha an mhisiúin.
Airteagal 20.
Beidh de cheart ag an misiún agus ag a cheann bratach agus feathal an Stáit shallchuir a úsáid ar áitreabh an mhisiúin, lena n-áirítear áit chónaithe cheann an mhisiúin, agus ar chóir iompair cheann an mhisiúin.
Airteagal 21.
1. Éascóidh an Stát glacaidh don Stát sallchuir áitreabh is gá le haghaidh a mhisiúin a fháil ina chríoch de réir dlíthe an Stáit ghlacaidh nó cabhróidh sé leis an Stát sallchuir chun cóiríocht a fháil i slí éigin eile.
2. Cabhróidh sé freisin, i gcás inar gá sin, le misiúin chun cóiríocht oiriúnach a fháil dá gcomhaltaí.
Airteagal 22.
1. Beidh áitreabh an mhisiúin dosháraithe. Ní rachaidh gníomhairí an Stáit ghlacaidh isteach ann ach amháin le toiliú cheann an mhisiúin.
2. Tá dualgas speisialta ar an Stát glacaidh gach beart iomchuí a dhéanamh chun áitreabh an mhisiúin a chaomhnú in aghaidh aon chur isteach nó damáiste agus chun aon chorraíl ar shíocháin an mhisiúin nó aon docharú dá dhignit a chose.
3. Beidh áitreabh an mhisiúin, troscán an áitribh sin agus aon mhaoin eile ann agus cóir iompair an mhisiúin díolmhaithe ó chuardach, foréileamh, astú nó forghníomhú.
Airteagal 23.
1. Beidh an Stát sallchuir agus ceann an mhisiúin saor ó gach uile dhíre agus cáin náisiúnta, réigiúnach nó bardasach i leith áitreabh an mhisiúin, cibé acu áitreabh ar úinéireacht é nó áitreabh ar léas, seachas iad siúd is íocaíocht as seirbhísí sonraithe a rinneadh.
2. Ní bheidh feidhm ag an tsaoirseacht ó chánachas dá dtagraítear san Airteagal seo maidir le dírí agus cánacha den sórt sin is iníoctha faoi dhlí an Stáit ghlacaidh ag daoine a dhéanann conradh leis an Stát sallchuir nó le ceann an mhisiúin.
Airteagal 24.
Beidh cartlann agus doiciméid an mhisiúin dosháraithe aon tráth agus cibé áit ina mbeidh siad.
Airteagal 25.
Tabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh saoráidí iomlána chun feidhmeanna an mhisiúin a chomhlíonadh.
Airteagal 26.
Faoi réir a dhlíthe agus a rialachán i dtaobh ceantair a bhfuil dul isteach iontu toirmiscthe nó faoi rialacha mar gheall ar shlándáil náisiúnta áiritheoidh an Stát glacaidh saoirse gluaiseachta agus taistil ina chríoch do chomhaltaí uile an mhisiúin.
Airteagal 27.
1. Ceadóidh agus caomhnóidh an Stát glacaidh saoirse cumarsáide ar thaobh an mhisiúin chun gach críche oifigiúla. Ina chumarsáidí le Rialtas, agus misiúin agus consalachtaí eile cibé áit ina bhfuil siad, an Stáit shallchuir féadfaidh an misiún leas a bhaint as gach meán iomchuí, lena n-áirítear teachtairí turais taidhleoireachta agus teachtaireachtaí is gcód nó i rúnscríbhinn. Is le toiliú an Stáit ghlacaidh a dhéanfaidh an misiún, agus ní dhéanfaidh gan toiliú an Stáit ghlacaidh, raidió-tharchuireadóir a chur isteach agus a úsáid.
2. Beidh comhfhreagras oifigiúil an mhisiúin dosháraithe. Ciallaíonn comhfhreagras oifigiúil an comhfhreagras uile a bhaineann leis an misiún agus lena fheidhmeanna.
3. Ní osclófar ná ní choinneofar an mála taidhleoireachta.
4. Na pacáistí a chomhdhéanfaidh an mála taidhleoireachta ní foláir dóibh marcanna infheicthe a bheith orthu lasmuigh ag cur a ngné in iúl agus ní fhéadfaidh a bheith iontu ach doiciméid taidhleoireachta nó earraí a bheidh beartaithe le haghaidh úsáide oifigiúla.
5. Beidh ag an teachtaire turais taidhleoireachta doiciméad oifigiúil a tugadh dó ag insint a stádais agus an méid pacáistí a chomhdhéanann an mála taidhleoireachta, agus caomhnóidh an Stáit glacaidh é ag comhlíonadh a fheidhmeanna dó. Teachtfaidh sé dosháraitheacht phearsanta agus ní dhlífidh sé aon ghabháil ná coinneáil a dhéanamh air.
6. Féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir nó an misiún teachtairí turais taidhleoireannta a ainmniú ad hoc. I gcásanna den sórt sin beidh feidhm freisin ag forálacha mhír 5 den Airteagal seo, ach amháin go scoirfidh na díolúintí a luaitear ansin d'fheidhm a bheith acu nuair a bheidh teachtaire turais den sórt sin tar éis an mála taidhleoireachta a bheidh faoina chúram a sheachadadh don choinsíní.
7. Féadfar mála taidhleoireachta a chur faoi chúram chaptaen aerárthaigh thráchtála a bheidh sceidealta tuirling i bport iontrála údaraithe. Tabharfar doiciméad oifigiúil dó ag insint an méid pacáistí a chomhdhéanann an mála ach ní mheasfar gur teachtaire turais taidhleoireachta é. Féadfaidh an misiún duine dá chomhaltaí a chur chun seilbh a ghlacadh go díreach saorálach ar an mála taidhleoireachta ó chaptaen an aerárthaigh.
Airteagal 28.
Beidh na táillí agus na muirir a thoibheoidh an misiún i gcúrsa a dhualgas oifigiúil saor ó gach díre agus cáin.
Airteagal 29.
Beidh pearsa gníomhaire taidhleoireachta dosháraithe. Ní dhlífidh sé aon ghabháil ná coinneáil a dhéanamh air. Tabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh modh cuí dó agus déanfaidh gach beart cuí chun aon ionsaí ar a phearsa, ar a shaoirse nó ar a dhignit a chosc.
Airteagal 30.
1. Teachfaidh áit chónaithe phríobháideach gníomhaire taidhleoireacht an dosháraitheacht agus an chaomhaint chéanna a theachtann áitreabh an mhisiúin.
2. Teachfaidh a pháipéir, a chomhfhreagras agus, ach amháin mar a fhoráiltear i mír 3 d'Airteagal 31, a mhaoin dosháraitheacht mar an gcéanna.
Airteagal 31.
1. Teachfaidh gníomhaire taidhleoireachta díolúine ó dhlínse choiriúil an Stáit ghlacaidh. Teachtfaidh sé freisin díoluíne óna dhlínse shibhialta agus riaracháin, ach amháin i gcás:
(a) caingean réadach a bhaineann le maoin phríobháideach do-aistrithe i gcríoch an Stáit ghlacaidh, mura thar ceann an Stáit shallchuir chun críocha an mhisiúin a theachtann sé í;
(b) caingean a bhaineann le comharbas ina bhfuil lámh ag an ngníomhaire taidhleoireachta mar sheiceadóir, riarthóir, oighre nó leagáidí mar dhuine príobháideach agus ní thar ceann an Stáit shallchuir;
(c) caingean a bhaineann le haon ghníomhaíocht ghairmiúil nó thráchtála a fheidhmíonn an gníomhaire taidhleoireachta sa Stát glacaidh lasmuigh dá fheidhmeanna oifigiúla.
2. Níl d'oibleagáid ar ghníomhaire taidhleoireachta fianaise a thabhairt mar fhinné.
3. Ní fhéadfar aon bhearta forghníomhaíochta a dhéanamh maidir le gníomhaire taidhleoireachta ach amháin i gcásanna lena mbaineann fomhíreanna (a), (b) agus (c) de mhír 1 den Airteagal seo, agus ar choinníoll go bhféadfar na bearta lena mbainfidh a dhéanamh gan dosháraitheacht a phearsan nó a áite cónaithe a shárú.
4. Ní dhéanann díolúine gníomhaire thaidhleoireachta ó dhlínse an Stáit ghlacaidh é a dhíolmhú ó dhlínse an Stáit shallchuir.
Airteagal 32.
1. Féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir an díolúine ó dhlínse atá ag gníomhairí taidhleoireachta agus ag daoine a theachtann díolúine faoi Airteagal 37 a tharscaoileadh.
2. Ní foláir tarscaoileadh a bheith sainráite i gcónaí.
3. Má dhéanann gníomhaire taidhleoireachta nó duine a theachtann díolúine ó dhlínse faoi Airteagal 37 imeachtaí a thionscnamh dúnfaidh sin amach é ó dhíolúine a agairt ó dhlínse i leith aon fhrithéileamh a bhaineann go díreach leis an bpríomh-éileamh.
4. Ní ghlacfar go n-urchiallaíonn tarscaoileadh díolúine ó dhlínse i leith imeachtaí sibhialta nó imeachtaí riaracháin tarscaoileadh díolúine i leith an breithiúnas a fhorghníomhú agus is gá tarscaoileadh ar leithligh dó sin.
Airteagal 33.
1. Faoi réir forálacha mhír 3 den Airteagal seo, beidh gníomhaire taidhleoireachta, maidir le seirbhísí a dhéanfar don Stát sallchuir, saor ó fhorálacha slándála sóisialaí a bheidh i bhfeidhm sa Stát glacaidh.
2. An tsaoirseacht dá bhforáiltear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo beidh feidhm aici freisin maidir le seirbhísigh phríobháideacha atá ar fostú go heisiatach ag gníomhaire taidhleoireachta, ar choinníoll:
(a) nach náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh iad nó nach ann atá buanchónaí orthu; agus
(b) go bhfuil siad faoi réim na bhfóralacha slándála sóisialaí atá i bhfeidhm sa Stát sallchuir nó i dtríú Stát.
3. Aon ghníomhaire taidhleoireachta a bhfuil daoine ar fostú aige nach bhfuil feidhm maidir leo ag an díolúine dá bhforáiltear i mír 2 den Airteagal seo, comhallfaidh sé na hoibleagáidí a fhorchuireann forálacha slándála sóisialaí an Stáit ghlacaidh ar fhostóirí.
4. Ní dhéanfaidh an tsaoirseacht dá bhforáiltear i míreanna 1 agus 2 den Airteagal seo rannpháirtíocht thoildheonach i gcóras slándála sóisialaí an Stáit ghlacaidh a dhúnadh amach ar choinníoll go gceadóidh an Stát sin an rannpháirtíocht sin.
5. Ní dhéanfaidh forálacha an Airteagail seo difear do chomhaontuithe déthaobhacha nó iltaobhacha i dtaobh slándála sóisialaí atá déanta cheana féin agus ní choiscfidh sé comhaontuithe den sórt sin a dhéanamh amach anseo.
Airteagal 34.
Beidh gníomhaire taidhleoireachta saor ó gach díre agus cáin, pearsanta nó réadach, náisiúnta, réigiúnach nó bardasach, ach amháin:
(a) cánacha indíreacha de chineál is gnách a bheith ar áireamh praghas earraí nó seirbhísí;
(b) dírí agus cánacha ar mhaoin phríobháideach dhochorraithe i gcríoch an Stáit ghlacaidh, mura thar ceann an Stáit shallchuir chun críocha an mhisiúin a theachtann sé í;
(c) dleachtanna eastáit, comharbais nó oidhreachta a thoibhíonn an Stát glacaidh, faoi réir forálacha mhír 4 d'Airteagal 39;
(d) dírí agus cánacha ar ioncam príobháideach ar sa Stát glacaidh dá fhoinse agus cánacha caipitiúla ar infheistíochtaí a rinneadh i ngnólachtaí tráchtála sa Stát glacaidh;
(e) muirir arna dtoibhiú i leith seirbhísí sonracha a rinneadh;
(f) táillí cláraitheachta, cúirte nó taifeadtha, dírí morgáiste agus dleacht stampa, maidir le maoin dochorraithe, faoi réir forálacha Airteagal 23.
Airteagal 35.
Tabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh saoirseacht do ghníomhairí taidhleoireachta ó gach seirbhís phearsanta, ó gach seirbhís phoiblí de gach uile shórt, agus ó oibleagáidí míleata mar atá oibleagáidí a bhaineann le foréileamh, ranníocaí agus coinmheadh míleata.
Airteagal 36.
1. Tabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh, de réir cibé dlíthe agus rialacháin a chuirfidh sé i bhfeidhm, cead isteach agus saoirseacht ó gach dleacht custam, cáin, agus muirear gaolmhar, seachas muirir i leith stórála, iompair agus seirbhísí dá samhail, ar:
(a) earraí chun úsáide oifigiúla an mhisiúin;
(b) earraí chun úsáide pearsanta an ghníomhaire thaidhleoireachta nó daoine dá theaghlach is cuid dá líon tí, lena n-áirítear earraí a bheidh beartaithe dá bhunachas.
2. Beidh saoirseacht ó iniúchadh ag bagáiste pearsanta gníomhaire thaidhleoireachta, mura mbeidh cúiseanna tromaí ann chun a thoimhde go bhfuil earraí ann nach mbaineann na saoirseachtaí leo a luaitear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo, nó earraí a bhfuil a n-allmhairiú nó a n-onnmhairiú toirmiscthe le dlí nó faoi rialú rialachán coraintín an Stáit ghlacaidh. Ní dhéanfar an t-iniúchadh sin ach amháin i láthair an ghníomhaire thaidhleoireachta nó a ionadaí údaraithe.
Airteagal 37.
1. Mura náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh iad, teachtfaidh na daoine de theaghlach gníomhaire thaidhleoireachta is cuid dá líon tí na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí a shonraítear in Airteagail 29 go 36.
2. Mura náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh iad nó murab ann atá buanchónaí orthu, teachtfaidh comhaltaí fhoireann riaracháin agus teicniúil an mhisiúin, mar aon le daoine is cuid dá líon tí faoi seach, na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí a shonraítear in Airteagail 29 go 35, ach amháin nach sroichfidh an díolúine ó dhlínse shibhialta agus riaracháin an Stáit ghlacaidh a shonraítear i mír 1 d'Airteagal 31 gníomhartha acu lasmuigh de chúrsa a ndualgas. Teachtfaidh siad, freisin, na pribhléidí a shonraítear in Airteagal 36, mír 1, maidir le hearraí a allmhairíodh an tráth a chuathas i mbun oifige ar dtús.
3. Teachtfaidh na comhaltaí d'fhoireann sheirbhíse an mhisiúin nach náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh nó nach ann atá buanchónaí orthu díolúine i leith gníomhartha acu i gcúrsa a ndualgas, saoirseacht ó dhírí agus cánacha ar a luach saothair de dhroim a bhfostaíochta agus an tsaoirseacht atá in Airteagal 33.
4. Mura náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh iad nó murab ann atá buanchónaí orthu, beidh seirbhísigh phríobháideacha comhaltaí an mhisiúin saor ó dhírí agus cánacha ar a luach saothair de dhroim a bhfostaíochta. Thairis sin, ní fhéadfaidh siad pribhléidí agus díolúintí a theachtadh ach amháin an méid a cheadóidh an Stát glacaidh. Ní foláir don Stát glacaidh, áfach, a dhlínse a fheidhmíú ar na daoine sin í slí nach gcuirfear isteach go míchuí ar chomhlíonadh feidhmeanna an mhisiúin.
Airteagal 38.
1. Ach amháin a mhéid a dheonóidh an Stát glacaidh pribhléidí agus díolúintí breise, ní theachtfaidh gníomhaire taidhleoireachta, is náisiúnach den Stát glacaidh nó arb ann atá buanchónaí air, ach díolúine ó dhlínse, agus dosháraitheacht, i leith gníomhartha oifigiúla aige i bhfeidhmiú a fheidhmeanna.
2. Na comhaltaí eile d'fhoireann an mhisiúin agus seirbhísigh phríobháideacha is náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh nó arb ann atá buanchónaí orthu ní theachtfaidh siad pribhléidí agus díolúintí ach amháin a mhéid a cheadóidh an Stát glacaidh. Ní foláir don Stát glacaidh, áfach, a dhlínse a fheidhmiú ar na daoine sin i slí nach gcuirfidh sé isteach go míchuí ar chomhlíonadh feidhmeanna an mhisiúin.
Airteagal 39.
1. Gach duine atá i dteideal pribhléidí agus díolúintí teachtfaidh sé iad ón nóiméad a thiocfaidh sé isteach i gcríoch an Stáit ghlacaidh ag dul dó i mbun a phoist nó, más ina chríoch dó cheana féin, ón nóiméad a chuirfear a cheapachán in iúl don Aireacht Gnóthaí Coigríche nó do cibé aireacht eile ar a gcomhaontófar.
2. Nuair a bheidh deireadh le feidhmeanna duine a theachtann pribhléidí agus díolúintí, scoirfidh na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí sin sa ghnáth-shlí an nóiméad a fhágfaidh sé an tír, nó ar éag do thréimhse réasúnach chun sin a dhéanamh, ach mairfidh siad go dtí an tráth sin, fiú amháin i gcás coinbhleacht faoi airm. Ach, maidir le gníomhartha a rinne an duine sin i bhfeidhmiú a fheidhmeanna dó mar chomhalta den mhisiún, leanfaidh díolúine de bheith ar marthain.
3. Má éagann comhalta den mhisiún, ansin na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí a mbeidh teideal ag na daoine dá theaghlach chucu teachtfaidh siad iad go ceann tréimhse réasúnaí chun an tír a fhágáil.
4. Má éagann comhalta den mhisiún nach náisiúnach den Stát glacaidh nó nach ann atá buanchónaí air nó duine dá theaghlach is cuid dá líon tí ceadóidh an Stát glacaidh maoin shochorraithe an éagaigh a thabhairt chun siúil, ach amháin aon mhaoin a fuarthas sa tír agus a raibh a honnmhairiú toirmiscthe an tráth a d'éag sé. Ní dhéanfar dleacht eastáit, dleacht comharbais ná dleacht oidhreachta a thoibhiú ar mhaoin shochorraithe arb é amháin ba chúis le hí a bheith sa Stát glacaidh an t-éagach a bheith ann mar chomhalta den mhisiún nó mar dhuine de theaghlach comhalta den mhisiún.
Airteagal 40.
1. Má théann gniomhaire taidhleoireachta trí chríoch tríú Stát, nó má bhíonn sé i gcríoch tríú Stát, a thug pas-víosa dó má ba ghá an víosa sin, ag dul i mbun a phoist nó ag filleadh ar a phost dó, nó ag filleadh ar a thír féin dó, tabharfaidh an tríú Stát dosháraitheacht dó mar aon le cibé díolúintí eile is gá chun a idirthuras nó a fhilleadh a áirithiú. Is amhlaidh sin a bheidh freisin i gcás aon daoine dá theaghlach a theachtann pribhléidí nó díolúintí agus a bheidh i gcuideachta an ghníomhaire thaidhleoireachta, nó a bheidh ag taisteal ar leithligh chuige nó ag filleadh ar a dtír féin.
2. In imthosca cosúil leo sin a shonraítear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo, ní bhacfaidh tríú Stáit comhaltaí d'fhoireann riaracháin agus teicniúil nó seirbhíse misiúin, agus daoine dá dteaghlaigh, a bheidh ar idirthuras trína gcríocha.
3. Déanfaidh tríú Stáit an tsaoirse agus an chaomhaint chéanna a thugann an Stát glacaidh a thabhairt do chomhfhreagras oifigiúil agus do chumarsáidí oifigiúla eile a bheidh ar idirthuras, lena n-áirítear teachtaireachtaí i gcód nó i rúnscríbhinn. Tabharfaidh siad do theachtairí turais taidhleoireachta a mbeidh pas-víosa tugtha dóibh má ba ghá an víosa sin agus do mhálaí taidhleoireachta a bheidh ar idirthuras an dosháraitheacht agus an chaomhaint chéanna atá de cheangal ar an Stát glacaidh a thabhairt.
4. Na hoibleagáidí atá ar thríú Stáit faoi mhíreanna 1, 2 agus 3 den Airteagal seo bainfidh siad freisin le daoine a luaitear faoi seach sna míreanna sin, agus le cumarsáidí oifigiúla agus málaí taidhleoireachta, ar force majeure is cúis le hiad a bheith i gcríoch an tríú Stát.
Airteagal 41.
1. Gan dochar dá bpribhléidí agus dá ndíolúintí, is é dualgas na ndaoine go léir a theachtann pribhléidí agus díolúintí den sórt sin dlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh a urramú. Tá de dhualgas orthu freisin gan cur isteach ar ghnóthaí inmheánacha an Stáit sin.
2. An gnó oifigiúil go léir leis an Stát glacaidh a bheidh curtha ar iontaobh an mhisiúin ag an Stát sallchuir déanfar é le hAireacht Gnóthaí Coigríche an Stáit ghlacaidh nó le cibé aireacht eile ar a gcomhaontófar.
3. Ní bheidh aon cheart ann áitreabh an mhisiúin a úsáid in aon slí ar neamhréir le feidhmeanna an mhisiúin mar atá leagtha amach sa Choinbhinsiún seo nó le rialacha eile sa dlí idirnáisiúnta ginearálta nó le haon chomhaontuithe speisialta a bheidh i bhfeidhm idir an Stát sallchuir agus an Stát glacaidh.
Airteagal 42.
Ní bheidh gníomhaire taidhleoireachta ag gabháil sa Stát glacaidh d'aon ghníomhaíocht ghairme nó tráchtála le haghaidh sochair phearsanta.
Airteagal 43.
Bíonn deireadh le feidhm gníomhaire thaidhleoireachta, inter alia:
(a) ar an Stát sallchuir á chur in iúl don Stát glacaidh go bhfuil deireadh le feidhm an ghníomhaire thaidhleoireachta;
(b) ar an Stát glacaidh á chur in iúl don Stát sallchuir go ndiúltaíonn sé, de réir mhír (2) d'Airteagal 9, an gníomhaire taidhleoireachta a aithint mar chomhalta den mhisiún.
Airteagal 44.
Caithfidh an Stát glacaidh, fiú i gcás coinbhleacht faoi airm, saoráidí a thabhairt chun a chumasú do dhaoine a theachtann pribhléidí agus díolúintí, seachas náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh, agus daoine de theaghlaigh daoine den sórt sin, is cuma faoina náisiúntacht, fágáil a luaithe is féidir. Caithfidh sé, go háirithe, má bhionn gá leis, cóir iompair a bheidh ag teastáil dóibh féin agus dá maoin a chur ar fáil dóibh.
Airteagal 45.
Má bhristear caidreamh taidhleoireachta idir dhá Stát, nó má aisghairtear misiún go buan nó go sealadach:
(a) caithfidh an Stát glacaidh, fiú amháin i gcás coinbhleacht faoi airm, áitreabh an mhisiúin, mar aon lena mhaoin agus a chartlann, a urramú agus a chaomhnú;
(b) féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir áitreabh an mhisiúin, mar aon lena mhaoin agus a chartlann, a chur faoi chúram tríú Stát lena bhfuil glacadh ag an Stát glacaidh;
(c) féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir caomhaint a leasanna agus leasanna a náisiúnach a chur faoi chúram tríú Stát lena bhfuil glacadh ag an Stát glacaidh.
Airteagal 46.
Féadfaidh Stát sallchuir, le toiliú roimh ré Stáit ghlacaidh agus ar thríú Stát nach bhfuil ionadaí aige sa Stát glacaidh á iarraidh sin, caomhaint shealadach leasanna an tríú Stát agus a náisiúnach a ghabháil air féin.
Airteagal 47.
1. Ag cur forálacha an choinbhinsiúin seo chun feidhme dó, ní dhéanfaidh an Stát glacaidh idirdhealú amhail idir Stáit.
2. Ní mheasfar, áfach, idirdhealú a bheith á dhéanamh:
(a) i gcás ina gcuirfidh an Stát glacaidh aon cheann d'fhorálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo chun feidhme go sriantach mar gheall ar an bhforáil sin a chur chun feidhme go sriantach maidir lena mhisiún sa Stát sallchuir;
(b) i gcás ina bhfearann Stáit, ó ghnás nó ó chomhaontú, cóir níos fabharaí le chéile ná a cheanglaíonn forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo.
Airteagal 48.
Beidh an Coinbhinsiún seo ar oscailt lena shíniú ag na Stáit uile is Comhaltaí de na Náisiúin Aontaithe nó d'aon cheann de na sainghníomhaireachtaí nó de na Páirtithe i Reacht na Cúirte Breithiúnais Idirnáisiúnta agus ag aon Stát eile a iarrfaidh Comhthionól na Náisiún Aontaithe teacht chun bheith ina Pháirtí sa Choinbhinsiún, mar a leanas: go dtí 31 Deireadh Fómhair 1961 ag Aireacht Chónaidhme Gnóthaí Coigríche na hOstaire agus ina dhiaidh sin, go dtí 31 Márta 1962, i gCeanncheathrú na Náisiún Aontaithe i Nua Eabhrac.
Airteagal 49.
Tá an Coinbhinsiún seo faoi réir a dhaingnithe. Taiscfear na hionstraimí daingniúcháin le hArd-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Airteagal 50.
Fanfaidh an Coinbhinsiún seo ar oscailt le haghaidh aontachais aon Stát d'aon cheann de na ceithre earnáil a luaitear in Airteagal 48. Taiscfear na hionstraimí aontachais le hArd-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Airteagal 51.
1. Tiocfaidh an Coinbhinsiún seo i bhfeidhm an tríochadú lá tar éis dáta an fiche a dóú ionstraim dhaingniúcháin nó aontachais a thaisceadh le hArd-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe.
2. Gach Stát a dhaingneoidh an Coinbhinsiún, nó a aontóidh leis, tar éis an fiche a dóú ionstraim dhaingniúcháin nó aontachais a thaisceadh, tiocfaidh an Coinbhinsiún i bhfeidhm ina leith an tríochadú lá tar éis don Stát sin a ionstraim dhaingniúcháin nó aontachais a thaisceadh.
Airteagal 52.
Cuirfidh Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe in iúl do na Stáit d'aon cheann de na ceithre earnáil a luaitear in Airteagal 48:
(a) síniúcháin a cuirfear leis an gCoinbhinsiún seo agus ionstraimí daingniúcháin nó aontachais, a thaisceadh, de réir Airteagail 48, 49 agus 50;
(b) an dáta a thiocfaidh an Coinbhinsiún seo i bhfeidhm, de réir Airteagal 51.
Airteagal 53.
Déanfar bunchóip an Choinbhinsiúin seo, agus an téacs Síneach, an téacs Béarla, an téacs Fraincise, an téacs Rúiseach agus an téacs Spáinneach de comhúdarásach, a thaisceadh le hArd-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe agus cuirfidh seisean cóipeanna deimhnithe de go dtí na Stáit uile d'aon cheann de na ceithre earnáil a luaitear in Airteagal 48.
Dá FHIANú SIN tá na Lánchumhachtaigh a bhfuil a sínithe anseo thíos, agus atá údaraithe go cuí chuige sin ag a Rialtais faoi seach, tar éis an Coinbhinsiún seo a shíniú.
ARNA DHéANAMH I VíN an t-ochtú lá déag seo d'Aibreán míle naoi gcéad seasca is a haon.
AN DARA SCEIDEAL
COINBHINSIUN VINE AR CHAIDREAMH CONSALACHTA
Tá na Stáit is Páirtithe sa Choinbhinsiún seo,
Ag meabhrú dóibh go bhfuil Caidreamh Consalachta bunaithe idir pobail anallód,
Ag cuimhneamh dóibh ar Chríocha agus Prionsabail Chairt na Náisiún Aontaithe maidir le Comhionannas Ceannasach Stát, ar an tsíocháin agus an tslándáil idirnaisiúnta a chothabháil, agus ar chaidhreamh cairdiúil a chur ar aghaidh idir náisiúin,
á bhreithniú dóibh gur ghlac Comhdháil na Náisiún Aontaithe ar Idirghnóthaíocht agus Díolúintí Taidhleoireachta le Coinbhinsiún Víne ar Chaidreamh Taidhleoireachta a osclaíodh lena shíniú 18 Aibreán, 1961,
á chreidiúint dóibh go gcabhródh coinbhinsiún idirnáisiúnta ar chaidreamh, pribhléidí agus díolúintí consalachta freisin le Caidreamh Cairdiúil a fhorbairt i measc náisiún, ar neamhspleidh leis an éagsúlacht idir a gcórais bhunreachtúla agus shóisialaigh,
á thuiscint dóibh nach é leas daoine aonair is críoch do phribhléidí agus díolúintí den sórt sin ach a áirithiú go gcomhlíonfaidh poist chonsalachta feidhmeanna go héifeachtach thar ceann a Stát faoi seach,
á dhearbhú dóibh go leanfaidh ábhair nach rialaítear go sainráite le forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo faoi bhrí rialacha an dlí idirnáisiúnta ghnáich,
Tar éis comhaontú mar a leanas:
Airteagal 1.
Mínithe.
Chun críocha an Choinbhinsiúin seo, beidh na bríonna a shanntar dóibh anseo síos ag na habairtí seo a leanas:
(a) ciallaíonn “post consalachta” aon ard-chonsalacht, consalacht, leas-chonsalacht nó gníomhaireacht consalachta;
(b) ciallaíonn “ceantar consalachta” an limistéar atá sannta do phost consalachta chun feidhmeanna consalachta a fheidhmhiú;
(c) ciallaíonn “ceann poist chonsalachta” an duine ar a bhfuil sé curtha de dhualgas gníomhú sa cháil sin;
(d) ciallaíonn “oifigeach consalachta” aon duine, lena n-áirítear ceann poist chonsalachta, a bhfuil sé curtha ar a iontaobh sa cháil sin feidhmeanna consalachta a fheidhmiú;
(e) ciallaíonn “fostaí consalachta” aon duine atá ar fostú i seirbhís riaracháin nó teicniúla phoist chonsalachta;
(f) ciallaíonn “comhalta den fhoireann sheirbhíse” aon duine atá ar fostú i seirbhís tís phoist chonsalachta;
(g) ciallaíonn “comhaltaí an phoist chonsalachta” oifigigh chonsalachta, fostaithe consalachta, agus comhaltaí na foirne seirbhíse;
(h) ciallaíonn “comhaltaí na foirne consalachta” oifigigh chonsalachta, seachas ceann poist chonsalachta, fostaithe consalachta agus comhaltaí na foirne seirbhíse;
(i) ciallaíonn “comhalta den fhoireann phríobháideach” duine atá ar fostú go heisiatach i seirbhís phríobháideach comhalta den phost consalachta;
(j) ciallaíonn “áitreabh consalachta” na foirgnimh nó codanna d'fhoirgnimh agus an talamh a ghabhann leis an gcéanna, is cuma cé leis, a úsáidtear go heisiatach chun críocha an phoist chonsalachta;
(k) folaíonn “cartlann chonsalachta” páipéir, doiciméid, comhfhreagras, leabhair, scannáin, téipeanna agus cláir uile an phoist chonsalachta, mar aon leis na rúnscríbhinní agus na cóid, na treoirchártaí agus aon bhall troscáin atá ceaptha lena gcaomhnú nó lena slánchoimeád.
2. Tá dhá aicme oifigeach consalachta ann, is é sin, oifigigh chonsalachta ghairme agus oifigigh chonsalachta oinigh. Baineann forálacha Chaibidil II den Choinbhinsiún seo le poist chonsalachta a bhfuil oifigigh chonsalachta ghairme i gceannas orthu; rialaíonn forálacha Chaibidil III poist chonsalachta arb oifigigh chonsalachta oinigh atá i gceannas orthu.
3. Rialaíonn Airteagal 71 den Choinbhinsiún seo stádas áirithe comhaltaí post consalachta is náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh nó arb ann atá buanchónaí orthu.
CAIBIDIL I. CAIDREAMH CONSALACHTA I gCOITINNE.
ROINN I. CAIDREAMH CONSALACHTA A BHUNU AGUS A SHEOLADH.
Airteagal 2.
Caidreamh consalachta a bhunú.
1. Is de chomhthoiliú a bhunaítear caidreamh consalachta idir Stáit.
2. An toiliú le caidreamh taidhleoireachta a bhunú idir Stáit toimhdíonn sé, mura ndeirtear a mhalairt, toiliú le caidreamh consalachta a bhunú.
3. Ní dhéanfaidh caidreamh taidhleoireachta a théarbhadh caidreamh consalachta a théarbhadh ipso facto.
Airteagal 3.
Feidhmeanna consalachta a fheidhmiú.
Poist chonsalachta a fheidhmíonn feidhmeanna consalachta. Feidhmíonn misiúin thaidhleoireachta iad freisin de réir forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo.
Airteagal 4.
Post Consalachta a bhunú.
1. Is le toiliú an Stáit ghlacaidh a dhéanfar, agus ní dhéanfar gan an toiliú sin, post consalachta a bhunú i gcríoch an Stáit sin.
2. Socróidh an Stát sallchuir, faoi réir chead an Stáit ghlacaidh, suíochán, aicmiú agus ceantar consalachta an phoist chonsalachta.
3. Aon athruithe a dhéanfar ina dhiaidh sin ar shuíochán, aicmiú nó ceantar consalachta an phoist chonsalachta is le toiliú an Stáit ghlacaidh a dhéanfar iad agus ní dhéanfar iad gan an toiliú sin.
4. Ní mór freisin toiliú an Stáit ghlacaidh más mian le hardchonsalacht nó consalacht leas-chonsalacht nó gníomhaireacht chonsalachta a oscailt i limistéar seachas an limistéar ina bhfuil sé féin bunaithe.
5. Ní mór toiliú sainráite roimh ré a fháil ón Stát glacaidh chun oifig a bheidh ina cuid de phost consalachta atá ann cheana féin a oscailt in áit seachas ag suíochán an phoist sin.
Airteagal 5.
Feidhmeanna consalachta.
Is iad is feidhmeanna consalachta ann:
(a) leasanna náisiúnach an Stáit shallchuir agus a náisiúnach, idir phearsana aonair agus chomhlachta corpraithe a chaomhnú sa Stát glacaidh, laistigh de na teorainneacha a cheadaíonn an dlí idirnáisiúnta;
(b) forbairt caidreamh tráchtála, eacnamaíochta, cultúir agus eolaíochta idir an Stát sallchuir agus an Stát glacaidh a chur ar aghaidh agus, freisin, caidreamh cairdiúil a chur ar aghaidh eatarthu de réir forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo;
(c) dálaí agus forbairtí i saol tráchtála, eacnamaíochta, cultúir agus eolaíochta an Stáit ghlacaidh a fháil amach ar gach slí dhleathach, agus an céanna a thuairisciú do Rialtas an Stáit shallchuir agus eolas a thabhairt do dhaoine leasmhara;
(d) pasanna agus doiciméid taistil a eisiúint chun náisiúnach den Stát sallchuir, agus víosaí nó doiciméid iomchuí a eisiúint chun daoine ar mian leo taisteal chun an Stáit shallchuir;
(e) cabhair agus cúnamh a thabhairt do náisiúnaigh, idir phearsana aonair agus chomhlachtaí corpraithe, den Stát sallchuir;
(f) gníomhú mar nótaire agus cláraitheoir sibhialta agus i gcáileanna den sórt céanna, agus feidhmeanna áirithe de ghné riaracháin a chomhlíonadh ar choinníoll nach bhfuil aon ní contrártha dó sin i ndlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh;
(g) cosaint a dhéanamh ar leasanna náisiúnach, idir phearsana aonair agus chomhlachtaí corpraithe, den Stát sallchuir i gcásanna comharbais mortis causa i gcríoch an Stáit ghlacaidh, de réir dlíthe agus rialachán an Stáit ghlacaidh;
(h) caomhnú a dhéanamh, laistigh de na teorainneacha a fhorchuireann dlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh, ar leasanna mionaoiseach agus daoine eile ar easpa inniúlachta iomláine is náisiúnaigh den Stát sallchuir, go háirithe i gcás inar gá caomhnóireacht nó iontaobhaíocht maidir le daoine den sórt sin;
(i) faoi réir na gcleachtas agus na nós imeachta sa Stát glacaidh, ionadaíocht a dhéanamh, nó dlús a chur le hionadaíocht iomchuí a dhéanamh, do náisiúnaigh den Stát sallchuir os comhair binsí agus údarás eile de chuid an Stáit ghlacaidh d'fhonn go ndéanfar, de réir dlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh, beartanna sealadacha chun ceartanna agus leasanna na náisiúnach sin a shlánchoimeád i gcásanna nach bhfuil náisiúnaigh den sórt sin, mar gheall ar bheith as láthair nó cúis éigin eile, ábalta, an tráth cuí dul i mbun a gcearta agus a leasanna a chosaint;
(j) tarchur doiciméad breithiúnach agus doiciméad seachbhreithiúnach, nó forghníomhú litreacha rogáide nó coimisiún chun fianaise a ghlacadh do chúirteanna an Stáit shallchuir de réir comhaontuithe idirnáisiúnta a bheidh i bhfeidhm, nó mura mbeidh comhaontuithe den sórt sin ann, in aon slí eile ar comhréir le dlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh;
(k) feidhmiú cearta maoirseachta agus iniúchaidh dá bhforáiltear i ndlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit shallchuir maidir le hárthaí ag a bhfuil náisiúntacht an Stáit shallchuir, agus maidir le haerárthaí atá cláraithe sa Stát sin, agus maidir lena bhfoirne;
(l) cúnamh a thabhairt d'árthaí agus d'aerárthaí a luaitear i bhfomhír (k) den Airteagal seo agus dá bhfoirne, ráitis a ghlacadh i dtaobh turas árthaigh, páipéir na loinge a scrúdú agus a stampáil agus, gan dochar do chumhachtaí údarás an Stáit ghlacaidh, fiosruithe a sheoladh i dtaobh aon teagmhais a tharla le linn an turais agus díospóidí d'aon sórt idir an máistir, na hoifigigh agus na mairnéalaigh a shocrú a mhéid a údaraítear sin le dlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit shallchuir;
(m) aon fheidhmeanna eile a chomhlíonadh a chuirfidh an Stát sallchuir de chúram ar phost consalachta agus nach bhfuil toirmiscthe le dlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh nó nach gcuirfidh an Stát glacaidh ina gcoinne nó dá dtagraítear i gcomhaontuithe idirnáisiúnta atá i bhfeidhm idir an Stát sallchuir agus an Stát glacaidh.
Airteagal 6.
Feidhmeanna consalachta a fheidhmiú lasmuigh den cheantar consalachta.
Féadfaidh oifigeach consalachta, in imthosca áirithe, le toiliú an Stáit ghlacaidh, a fheidhmeanna a fheidhmiú lasmuigh dá cheantar consalachta.
Airteagal 7.
Feidhmeanna consalachta a fheidhmiú i dtríú Stát.
Féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir, tar éis fógra a thabhairt do na Stáit lena mbaineann, a chur de chúram ar phost consalachta atá bunaithe i Stát áirithe feidhmeanna consalachta a fheidhmiú i Stát eile, mura ndéanfaidh ceann de na Stáit lena mbaineann agóid shainráite.
Airteagal 8.
Feidhmeanna consalachta a fheidhmiú thar ceann tríú Stát.
Ar fhógra iomchuí a thabhairt don Stát glacaidh, féadfaidh post consalachta de chuid an Stáit shallchuir, mura gcuirfidh an Stát glacaidh ina choinne, feidhmeanna consalachta a fheidhmiú sa Stát glacaidh thar ceann tríú Stát.
Airteagal 9.
Aicmí cinn phoist chonsalachta.
1. Tá cinn phoist chonsalachta roinnte i gceithre aicme, is é sin:
(a) ard-chonsail;
(b) consail;
(c) leas-chonsail;
(d) gníomhairí consalachta.
2. Ní shrianann mír 1 den Airteagal seo ar aon slí ceart aon cheann de na Páirtithe Conarthacha oifigigh chonsalachta, seachas cinn phoist chonsalachta, a ainmniú.
Airteagal 10.
Cinn phoist chonsalachta a cheapadh agus a ligean chun feidhmithe.
1. Ceapann an Stát sallchuir cinn phoist chonsalachta agus ligeann an Stát glacaidh chun a bhfeidhmeanna a chomhlíonadh iad.
2. Faoi réir forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo, déantar na foirmiúlachtaí chun ceann poist chonsalachta a cheapadh agus a ligean chun feidhmithe a chinneadh le dlíthe, rialacháin agus gnása an Stáit shallchuir agus an Stáit ghlacaidh faoi seach.
Airteagal 11.
An coimisiún consalachta nó fógra ceapacháin.
1. Tabharfaidh an Stát sallchuir do cheann poist chonsalachta doiciméad, ar mhodh coimisiúin nó ionstraime dá shórt, a dhéanfar amach le haghaidh gach ceapacháin, a dheimhneoidh a cháil agus a inseoidh, de ghnáthriail, a ainm go hiomlán, a earnáil agus a aicme, an ceantar consalachta agus suíochán an phoist chonsalachta.
2. Déanfaidh an Stát sallchuir an coimisiún nó an ionstraim dá shórt a tharchur tríd an meán taidhleoireachta nó meán iomchuí eile go dtí Rialtas an Stáit arb ina chríoch a fheidhmeoidh ceann poist chonsalachta a fheidhmeanna.
3. Má aontaíonn an Stát glacaidh, féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir fógra ina mbeidh na sonraí a éilíonn mír 1 den Airteagal seo a chur chun an Stáit ghlacaidh in ionad coimisiúin nó ionstraime dá shórt.
Airteagal 12.
An Exequatur.
1. Ligtear ceann poist chonsalachta chun a fheidhmeanna a fheidhmiú trí údarás ón Stát glacaidh ar a dtugtar exequatur, cibé foirm ina mbíonn an t-údarás sin.
2. Aon Stát a dhiúltóidh exequatur a thabhairt ní bheidh d'oibleagáid air cúiseanna faoin diúltú sin a thabhairt don Stát sallchuir.
3. Faoi réir forálacha Airteagail 13 agus 15, ní rachaidh ceann poist chonsalachta i mbun a dhualgas go dtí go mbeidh exequatur faighte aige.
Airteagal 13.
Cinn phoist chonsalachta a ligean chun feidhmithe go sealadach.
Go dtí go seachadfar an exequatur, féadfar ceann poist chonsalachta a ligean, ar fhoras sealadach, chun a fheidhmeanna a fheidhmiú. Sa chás sin, beidh feidhm ag forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo.
Airteagal 14.
Fógra d'údaráis an cheantair chonsalachta.
A luaithe a ligfear ceann poist chonsalachta, go sealadach féin, chun a fheidhmeanna a fheidhmiú, tabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh fógra láithreach d'údaráis inniúla an cheantair chonsalachta. Áiritheoidh sé freisin go ndéanfar na bearta is gá chun a chumasú do cheann poist chonsalachta dualgais a oifige a dhéanamh agus sochar forálacha ar Choinbhinsiúin seo a bheith aige.
Airteagal 15.
Feidhmeanna cheann poist chonsalachta a fheidhmiú go sealadach.
1. Má bhíonn ceann poist chonsalachta neamhábalta a fheidhmeanna a chomhlíonadh nó má bhíonn post cheann poist chonsalachta folamh, féadfaidh ceann gníomhaitheach poist gníomhú go sealadach mar cheann an phoist chonsalachta.
2. Déanfaidh misiún taidhleoireachta an Stáit shallchuir nó, mura bhfuil misiún den sórt sin ag an Stát sin sa Stát glacaidh, ceann an phoist chonsalachta, nó, má bhíonn sé neamhábalta é a dhéanamh, aon údarás inniúil de chuid an Stáit shallchuir, ainm iomlán an chinn ghníomhaithigh phoist a fhógairt d'Aireacht Gnóthaí Coigríche an Stáit ghlacaidh nó don údarás a ainmneoidh an Aireacht sin. Tabharfar, de ghnáthriail, an fógra sin roimh ré. Féadfaidh an Stát glacaidh a thoiliú a chur mar choinníoll le duine a ligean chun gníomhú mar cheann gníomhaitheach poist is duine nach gníomhaire taidhleoireachta ná oifigeach consalachta de chuid an Stáit shallchuir sa Stát glacaidh.
3. Tabharfaidh údaráis inniúla an Stáit ghlacaidh cúnamh agus caomhnú don cheann poist gníomhaitheach. An fad a bheidh sé i gcúram an phoist beidh feidhm ag forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo maidir leis ar an bhforas céanna le ceann an phoist chonsalachta lena mbainfidh. Ní bheidh an Stát glacaidh, áfach, faoi oibleagáid aon saoráid, pribhléid ná díolúine a thabhairt do cheann cheann gníomhaitheach poist nach dteachtann ceann an phoist chonsalachta ach amháin faoi réir coinníollacha nach gcomhallann an ceann gníomhaitheach poist.
4. Nuair a dhéanfaidh an Stát sallchuir, sna himthosca dá dtagraítear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo, comhalta d'fhoireann taidhleoireachta de mhisiún taidhleoireachta an Stáit shallchuir sa Stát glacaidh a ainmniú mar cheann gníomhaitheach poist, leanfaidh sé, mura gcuirfidh an Stát glacaidh ina choinne, de phribhléidí agus díolúintí taidhleoireachta a theachtadh.
Airteagal 16.
Tosaíocht amhail idir cinn phoist chonsalachta.
1. Beidh tosaíocht i ngach aicme ag cinn phoist chonsalachta de réir dáta an exequatur a thabhairt.
2. Más rud é, áfach, go ligfear ceann poist chonsalachta chun a fheidhmeanna a fheidhmiú go sealadach sula bhfaighidh sé an exequatur, cinnfear a thosaíocht de réir an dáta a ligeadh chun feidhmithe go sealadach é; leanfaidh don tosaíocht sin tar éis an exequatur a thabhairt.
3. Déanfar an t-ord tosaíochta amhail idir beirt nó níos mó is cinn phost consalachta a fuair an exequatur nó a ligeadh chun feidhmithe go sealadach an lá céanna a chinneadh de réir na ndátaí ar a ndearnadh a gcoimisiúin nó ionstraimí dá sórt nó na fógraí dá dtagraítear i mír 3 d'Airteagal 11 a thíolacadh don Stát glacaidh.
4. Tiocfaidh cinn phost ghníomhaitheacha i ndiaidh na gceann post consalachta uile sa réim tosaíochta agus, amhail eatarthu féin, beidh tosaíocht acu de réir na ndátaí a chuadar i mbun a bhfeidhmeanna mar chinn phost ghníomhaitheacha mar bhí sna fógraí a tugadh faoi mhír 2 d'Airteagal 15.
5. Oifigigh chonsalachta oinigh is cinn phost consalachta tiocfaidh siad i ngach aicme i ndiaidh cinn phost consalachta ghairme sa réim tosaíochta san ord agus de réir na rialacha atá leagtha síos sna míreanna sin roimhe seo.
6. Beidh tosaíocht ag cinn phost consalachta ar oifigigh chonsalachta nach bhfuil an stádas sin acu.
Airteagal 17.
Gníomhartha taidhleoireachta ag oifigigh chonsalachta.
1. I Stát nach bhfuil misiún taidhleoireachta ann ag an Stát sallchuir agus gan ionadaíocht á dhéanamh dó ag misiún taidhleoireachta tríú Stát, féadfar, le toiliú an Stáit ghlacaidh, údarás a thabhairt d'oifigeach consalachta, gan difear a dhéanamh dá stádas consalachta, gníomhartha taidhleoireachta a dhéanamh. Ní thabharfaidh gníomhartha den sórt sin ag oifigeach consalachta aon cheart dó pribhléidí agus díolúintí taidhleoireachta a éileamh.
2. Féadfaidh oifigeach consalachta, tar éis fógra a dhíreofar chun an Stáit ghlacaidh, gníomhú mar ionadaí an Stáit shallchuir chun aon eagraíochta idir-rialtasach. Nuair a bheidh sé ag gníomhú amhlaidh, beidh sé i dteideal aon phribhléidí agus díolúintí a theachtadh a thugtar d'ionadaí den sórt sin de réir an dlí idirnáisiúnta ghnáich nó de réir comhaontuithe idirnáisiúnta; ach, maidir le haon fheidhm chonsalachta a fheidhmiú aige, ní bheidh sé i dteideal aon díolúine níos mó ó dhlínse ná mar atá oifigeach consalachta i dteideal faoin gCoinbhinsiún seo.
Airteagal 18.
An duine céanna a cheapadh ag dhá Stát nó níos mó mar oifigeach consalachta.
Féadfaidh dhá Stát nó níos mó, le toiliú an Stáit ghlacaidh, an duine céanna a cheapadh mar oifigeach consalachta sa Stát sin.
Airteagal 19.
Comhaltaí fhoireann chonsalachta a cheapadh.
1. Faoi réir forálacha Airteagail 20, 22 agus 23, féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir comhaltaí na foirne consalachta a cheapadh go saorálach.
2. Cuirfidh an Stát sallchuir ainm iomlán, earnáil agus aicme gach oifigigh chonsalachta, seachas ceann poist chonsalachta, in iúl don Stát glacaidh sách luath chun go bhfeidhmeoidh an Stát glacaidh, más mian leis, a chearta faoi mhír 3 d'Airteagal 23.
3. Féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir, má cheanglaíonn a dhlíthe agus a rialacháin é, a iarraidh ar an Stát glacaidh exequatur a thabhairt d'oifigeach consalachta seachas ceann poist chonsalachta.
4. Féadfaidh an Stát glacaidh, má cheanglaíonn a dhlíthe agus a rialacháin é, exequatur a thabhairt d'oifigeach consalachta seachas ceann poist chonsalachta.
Airteagal 20.
Méid na foirne consalachta.
Mura mbeidh comhaontú sainráite ann i dtaobh méid na foirne consalachta, féadfaidh an Stát glacaidh a cheangal go gcoimeádfar méid na foirne laistigh de na teorainneacha a measfaidh sé gur teorainneacha réasúnacha gnácha iad, ag féachaint d'imthosca agus do dhálaí sa cheantar consalachta agus do riachtanais an phoist chonsalachta áirithe.
Airteagal 21.
Tosaíocht idir oifigigh chonsalachta phoist chonsalachta.
Déanfaidh misiún taidhleoireachta an Stáit shallchuir nó, mura bhfuil aon mhisiún den sórt ag an Stát sin sa Stát glacaidh, ceann an phoist chonsalachta, an t-ord tosaíochta amhail idir oifigigh chonsalachta phoist chonsalachta agus aon athrú ar an gcéanna a chur in iúl d'Aireacht Gnóthaí Coigríche an Stáit ghlacaidh nó don údarás a ainmneoidh an Aireacht sin.
Airteagal 22.
Náisiúntacht oifigeach consalachta.
1. Is ceart ó phrionsabal gur náisiúnaigh den Stát sallchuir oifigigh chonsalachta.
2. Ní fhéadfar oifigigh chonsalachta a cheapadh as daoine is náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh ach amháin le toiliú sainráite an Stáit sin, toiliú is féidir a tharraingt siar aon tráth.
3. Féadfaidh an Stát glacaidh an ceart céanna a fhorcoimeád maidir le náisiúnaigh tríú Stát nach náisiúnaigh den Stát sallchuir freisin.
Airteagal 23.
Daoine a dhearbhófar a bheith non grata.
1. Féadfaidh an Stát glacaidh aon tráth fógra a thabhairt don Stát sallchuir gur persona non grata oifigeach consalachta áirithe nó nach inghlactha aon chomhalta áirithe eile den fhoireann chonsalachta. Má bhíonn sin amhlaidh, déanfaidh an Stát sallchuir, de réir mar a bheidh, an duine lena mbainfidh a tharraingt siar nó a fheidhmeanna leis an bpost consalachta a fhoirceannadh.
2. Má dhiúltaíonn nó má mhainníonn an Stát sallchuir laistigh de thréimhse réasúnach a oibleagáidí faoi mhír 1 den Airteagal seo a chomhlíonadh, féadfaidh an Stát glacaidh, de réir mar a bheidh, an exequatur a tharraingt siar ón duine lena mbainfidh nó scor dá a mheas gur comhalta den fhoireann chonsalachta é.
3. Aon duine a cheapfar mar chomhalta de phost consalachta féadar a dhearbhú nach inghlactha é roimh theacht dó isteach i gcríoch an Stáit ghlacaidh nó, má bhíonn sé sa Stát glacaidh cheana féin, roimh dhul i mbun a dhualgas dó leis an bpost consalachta. In aon chás den sórt sin, tarraingeoidh an Stát sallchuir siar a cheapachán.
4. Sna cásanna a luaitear a míreanna 1 agus 3 den Airteagal seo, níl d'oibleagáid ar an Stát glacaidh cúiseanna faoina chinneadh a thabhairt don Stát sallchuir.
Airteagal 24.
Fógra don Stát glacaidh faoi cheapacháin, teacht agus imeacht.
1. Tabharfar fógra d'Aireacht Gnóthaí Coigríche an Stáit ghlacaidh nó don údarás a ainmneoidh an Aireacht sin faoin méid seo a leanas:
(a) ceapadh comhaltaí de phost consalachta, a dteacht tar éis a gceaptha chun an phoist chonsalachta, a n-imeacht deiridh nó foirceannadh a bhfeidhmeanna agus aon athruithe eile a dhéanann difear dá stádas agus a tharlóidh i gcúrsa a seirbhíse leis an bpost consalachta;
(b) teacht agus imeacht deiridh duine de theaghlach comhalta de phost consalachta is cuid dá líon tí agus, i gcás inar iomchuí, go bhfuil duine tar éis teacht chun bheith, nó tar éis scor de bheith, ina dhuine den sórt sin den teaghlach;
(c) teacht agus imeacht deiridh comhaltaí den fhoireann phríobháideach agus, mar is iomchuí, foirceannadh a seirbhíse mar chomhaltaí den sórt sin;
(d) fruiliú agus urscaoileadh daoine a chónaíonn an Stát mar chomhaltaí de phost consalachta nó mar chomhaltaí den fhoireann phríobháideach atá i dteideal pribhléidí agus díolúintí.
2. I gcásanna inar féidir sin, tabharfar fógra roimh ré faoi theacht agus faoi imeacht deiridh.
ROINN II. DEIREADH LE FEIDHMEANNA CONSALACHTA.
Airteagal 25.
Feidhmeanna comhalta de phost consalachta a fhoirceannadh.
Beidh deireadh le feidhmeanna comhalta de phost consalachta inter alia:
(a) ar an Stát sallchuir á chur in iúl don Stát glacaidh go bhfuil deireadh lena fheidhmeanna;
(b) ar an exequatur a tharraingt siar;
(c) ar an Stát glacaidh á chur in iúl don Stát sallchuir go bhfuil scortha ag an Stát glacaidh dá a mheas gur comhalta den phost consalachta é.
Airteagal 26.
Imeacht as críoch an Stáit ghlacaidh.
Tabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh, fiú i gcás coinbhleacht faoi airm, do chomhalta poist chonsalachta agus do chomhaltaí na foirne príobháidí, seachas náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh, agus do dhaoine dá dteaghlaigh is cuid dá líon tí is cuma faoi náisiúntacht, an t-am agus na saoráidí is gá chun a chur ar a gcumas ullmhú chun imeachta agus imeacht a luaithe is féidir tar éis feidhmeanna na gcomhaltaí a bheidh i gceist a fhoirceannadh. Cuirfidh sé, go háirithe, má bhíonn gá leis, cóir iompair ar fáil dóibh a bheidh ag teastáil uathu féin agus óna maoin seachas maoin a fuarthas sa Stát glacaidh agus a bhfuil a onnmhairiú toirmiscthe tráth na himeachta.
Airteagal 27.
Cosaint d'áitreabh agus do chartlann chonsalachta agus do leasanna an Stáit shallchuir in imthosca neamhghnácha.
Má théarbhtar caidreamh consalachta idir dhá Stát:
(a) déanfaidh an Stát glacaidh, fiú amháin i gcás coinbhleacht faoi airm, an t-áitreabh consalachta, mar aon le maoin an phoist chonsalachta agus cartlann na consalachta a urramú agus a chaomhnú;
(b) féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir áitreabh na consalachta mar aon leis an maoin a bheidh ann agus cairtlann na consalachta a chur faoi chúram tríú Stát is inghlactha ag an Stát glacaidh;
(c) féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir caomhnú a leasanna agus leasanna a náisiúnach a chur faoi chúram tríú Stát is inghlactha ag an Stát glacaidh.
2. I gcás ina ndúnfar go sealadach nó go buan post consalachta, beidh feidhm ag forálacha fhomhír (a) de mhír 1 den Airteagal seo. Ina theannta sin,
(a) má bhíonn post consalachta eile i gcríoch an Stáit ghlacaidh ag an Stát sallchuir cé nach mbeidh misiún taidhleoireachta á ionadú sa Stát glacaidh, féadfar coimeád áitribh an phoist chonsalachta a bheidh dúnta, mar aon leis an maoin a bheidh ann agus an chartlann chonsalachta, agus, le toiliú an Stáit ghlacaidh, feidhmiú feidhmeanna consalachta i gceantar an phoist chonsalachta a bheidh dúnta, a chur de chúram ar an bpost consalachta sin; nó
(b) mura mbeidh misiún taidhleoireachta nó post consalachta eile ag an Stát sallchuir sa Stát glacaidh, beidh feidhm ag forálacha fomhíreanna (b) agus (c) de mhír 1 den Airteagal seo.
CAIBIDIL II. SAORAIDI, PRIBHLEIDI AGUS DIOLUINTI A BHAINEANN LE POIST CHONSAL-ACHTA, LE hOIFIGIGH CHONSALACHTA GHAIRME AGUS LE COMHALTAI EILE DE PHOST CONSALACHTA.
ROINN I. SAORAIDI, PHRIBHLEIDI AGUS DIOLUINTI A BHAINEANN LE POST CONSALACHTA.
Airteagal 28.
Saoráidí d'obair phoist chonsalachta.
Tabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh saoráidí iomlána chun feidhmeanna an phoist chonsalachta a chomhlíonadh.
Airteagal 29.
Bratach agus armas náisiúnta a úsáid.
1. Beidh de cheart ag an Stát sallchuir a bhratach agus a armas náisiúnta a úsáid sa Stát glacaidh de réir forálacha an Airteagal seo.
2. Féadfar bratach náisiúnta an Stáit shallchuir a chur ar foluain agus a armas a thaispeáint ar an bhfoirgneamh a áitíonn an post consalachta agus ag an doras isteach ann, ar áit chónaithe cheann an phoist chonsalachta agus ar a chóir iompair nuair a úsáidtear í ar ghnó oifigiúil.
3. Nuair a bheidh an ceart a thugtar leis an Airteagal seo á fheidhmiú, tabharfar aird ar dhlíthe, rialacháin agus gnása an Stáit ghlacaidh.
Airteagal 30.
Cóiríocht.
1. Éascóidh an Stát glacaidh don Stát sallchuir áitreabh is gá le haghaidh a phoist chonsalachta a fháil ina chríoch de réir dlíthe agus rialachán an Stáit ghlacaidh nó cabhróidh sé leis an Stát sallchuir chun cóiríocht a fháil i slí éigin eile.
2. Cabhróidh sé freisin, i gcás inar gá sin, leis an bpost consalachta chun cóiríocht oiriúnach a fháil dá chomhaltaí.
Airteagal 31.
Dosháraitheacht áitribh chonsalachta.
1. Beidh áitreabh consalachta dosháraithe a mhéid a fhoráiltear san airteagal seo.
2. Ní rachaidh údaráis an Stáit ghlacaidh isteach sa chuid sin d'áitreabh na consalachta a úsáidtear go heisiatach chun oibre an phoist chonsalachta ach amháin le toiliú ceann an phoist chonsalachta nó a ainmní nó le toiliú cheann mhisiún taidhleoireachta an Stáit shallchuir. Féadfar, áfach, a thoimhdiú toiliú cheann an phoist chonsalachta a bheith tugtha i gcás dóiteáin nó tubaiste eile ar gá gníomh caomhainte sciobtha chuige.
3. Faoi réir forálacha mhír 2 den Airteagal seo, tá dualgas speisialta ar an Stát glacaidh gach beart iomchuí a dhéanamh chun áitreabh na consalachta a chaomhnú in aghaidh aon chur isteach nó damáiste agus chun aon chorraíl ar shíocháin an bpoist chonsalachta nó aon docharú dá dhignit a chosc.
4. Beidh áitreabh na consalachta, a throscán, maoin an phoist chonsalachta agus a chóir iompair díolmhaithe ó aon sórt foréileamh chun críocha cosanta náisiúnta nó fóntais phoiblí. Más gá díshealbhú chuige sin, déanfar gach beart is féidir chun go seachnófar comhlíonadh feidhmeanna an phoist chonsalachta a bhac, agus íocfar cúiteamh leordhóthanach, éifeachtúil go sciobtha leis an Stát sallchuir.
Airteagal 32.
Áitreabh consalachta a bheith saor ó chánachas.
1. Beidh áitreabh consalachta agus áit chónaithe cheann gairme poist chonsalachta arb é an Stát sallchuir nó aon duine a bheidh ag gníomhú thar ceann an Stáit shallchuir is úinéir air nó ar léasaí air é saor ó gach uile shórt díre agus cáin náisiúnta, réigiúnach nó bardasach, seachas iad siúd is íocaíocht as seirbhísí sonraithe a rinneadh.
2. Ní bheidh feidhm ag an tsaoirseacht ó chánachas dá dtagraítear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo maidir le dírí agus cánacha den sórt sin más iníoctha iad, faoi dhlí an Stáit ghlacaidh, ag an duine a rinne conradh leis an Stát sallchuir nó leis an duine a ghníomhaigh thar a cheann.
Airteagal 33.
Beidh an chartlann agus na doiciméid chonsalachta dosháraithe.
Beidh cartlann agus doiciméid chonsalachta dosháraithe gach tráth agus cibé áit ina mbeidh siad.
Airteagal 34.
Saoirse gluaiseachta.
Faoi réir a dhlíthe agus a rialachán i dtaobh ceantair a bhfuil dul isteach iontu toirmischthe nó faoi rialáil mar gheall ar shlándáil náisiúnta, áiritheoidh an Stát glacaidh saoirse gluaiseachta agus taistil ina chríoch do chomhaltaí uile an phoist chonsalachta.
Airteagal 35.
Saoirse Cumarsáide.
1. Ceadóidh agus caomhnóidh an Stát glacaidh saoirse cumarsáide ar thaobh an phoist chonsalachta chun gach críche oifigiúla. Ina chumarsáidí le Rialtas, le misiúin thaidhleoireachta agus le poist chonsalachta eile, cibé áit ina bhfuil siad, an Stát shallchuir, féadfaidh an post consalachta leas a bhaint as gach meán iomchuí, lena n-áirítear teachtairí turais taidhleoireachta nó consalachta, málaí taidhleoireachta nó consalachta agus teachtaireachtaí i gcód nó i rúnscríbhinn. Is le toiliú an Stáit ghlacaidh a dhéanfaidh an post consalachta, agus ní dhéanfaidh gan toiliú an Stáit ghlacaidh, raidió-tharchuireadóir a chur isteach agus a úsáid.
2. Beidh comhfhreagras oifigiúil an phoist chonsalachta dosháraithe. Ciallaíonn comhfhreagras oifigiúil an comhfhreagras uile a bhaineann leis an bpost consalachta agus lena fheidhmeanna.
3. Ní osclófar ná ní choinneofar an mála consalachta. Dá ainneoin sin, má bhíonn cúis thromaí ag údaráis inniúla an Stát ghlacaidh chun a chreidiúint go bhfuil rud éigin sa mhála seachas comhfhreagras, doiciméid nó earraí dá dtagraítear i mír 4 den Airteagal seo, féadfaidh siad a iarraidh go ndéanfaidh ionadaí údaraithe don Stát sallchuir é a oscailt ina láthair. Má dhiúltaíonn údaráis an Stáit shallchuir don iarratas sin, cuirfear an mála ar ais go dtí an áit as a dtáinig sé.
4. Na pacáistí a chomhdhéanfaidh an mála consalachta beidh marcanna infheicthe orthu lasmuigh ag cur a ngné in iúl agus ní fhéadfaidh a bheith iontu ach comhfhreagras oifigiúil agus doiciméid oifigiúla nó earraí a bheidh beartaithe go heisiatach le haghaidh úsáide oifigiúla.
5. Beidh ag an teachtaire turais consalachta doiciméad oifigiúil a tugadh dó ag insint a stádais agus an méid pacáistí a chomhdhéanann an mála consalachta. Ach amháin le toiliú an Stáit ghlacaidh, ní náisiúnach den Stát glacaidh a bheidh ann ná, mura náisiúnach den Stát sallchuir é, ní duine ar a bhfuil buanchónaí sa Stát glacaidh a bheidh ann. Caomhnóidh an Stát glacaidh é ag comhlíonadh a fheidhmeanna dó, teachtfaidh sé dosháraitheacht phearsanta agus ní dhílfidh sé aon ghabháil ná coinneáil a dhéanamh air.
6. Féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir a mhisiúin thaidhleoireachta agus a phoist chonsalachta teachtairí turais consalachta a ainmniú ad hoc. I gcásanna den sórt sin beidh feidhm freisin ag forálacha mhír 5 den Airteagal seo ach amháin go scoirfidh na díolúintí a luaitear ansin d'fheidhm a bheith acu nuair a bheidh teachtaire turais den sórt sin tar éis an mála consalachta a bheidh faoina chúram a sheachadadh don choinsíní.
7. Féadfar mála consalachta a chur faoi chúram chaptaen loinge nó aerárthaigh thráchtála a bheidh sceidealta tuirlingt i bport iontrála údaraithe. Tabharfar doiciméad oifigiúil dó ag insint an méid pacáistí a chomhdhéanann an mála, ach ní mheasfar gur teachtaire turais consalachta é. Féadfaidh an post consalachta, trí chomhshocrú leis an húdaráis áitiúla iomchuí, duine dá chomhaltaí a chur chun seilbh a ghlacadh go díreach saorálach ar an mála ó chaptaen na loinge nó an aerárthaigh.
Airteagal 36.
Cumarsáid agus teagmháil le náisiúnaigh de chuid an Stáit shallchuir.
1. D'fhonn a urasú feidhmeanna consalachta a bhaineann le náisiúnaigh de chuid an Stát shallchuir a fheidhmiú:
(a) beidh saoirse ag oifigigh chonsalachta chun cumarsáid a dhéanamh le náisiúnaigh an Stáit shallchuir agus chun teacht a bheith acu orthu. Beidh an tsaoirse chéanna ag náisiúnaigh an Stát shallchuir maidir le cumarsáid a dhéanamh le hoifigigh chonsalachta an Stáit shallchuir agus teacht a bheith acu orthu;
(b) má iarrann sé é, cuirfidh údaráis inniúla an Stáit ghlacaidh in iúl, gan mhoill, do phost consalachta an Stáit shallchuir má bhíonn, ina cheantar consalachta, náisiúnach de chuid an Stáit sin gafa nó cimithe chun priosúin nó chun coimeáda ar feitheamh lena thriail nó á choinneáil in aon slí eile. Déanfaidh na húdaráis aon chumarsáid a bheidh arna díriú chun an phoist chonsalachta ag an duine a bheidh gafa, i bpriosún, á choimeád nó á choinneáil a chur ar aghaidh freisin gan mhoill. Déanfaidh na húdaráis sin a chearta faoin bhfomhír seo a chur in iúl gan mhoill don duine lena mbainfidh.
(c) beidh de cheart ag oifigigh chonsalachta cuairt a thabhairt ar náisiúnach den Stát sallchuir a bheidh i bpríosún, á choimeád nó á choinneáil, comhrá agus comhfhreagras a dhéanamh leis agus socrú a dhéanamh le haghaidh ionadaiochta dlíthiúla dó. Beidh de cheart acu freisin cuairt a thabhairt ar aon náisiúnach de chuid an Stáit shallchuir a bheidh i bpríosún, á choimeád nó á choinneáil ina gceantar de bhun breithiúnais. Dá ainneoin sin, staonfaidh oifigigh chonsalachta ó aon ghníomh a dhéanamh thar ceann náisiúnaigh atá i bpríosún, á choimeád nó á choinneáil má chuireann sé go sainráite in aghaidh an ghnímh sin.
2. Feidhmeofar na cearta dá dtagraítear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo i gcomhréir le dlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh, faoi réir an choinníll, áfach, nach foláir do na dlíthe agus na rialacháin sin a chumasú lán-éifeacht a thabhairt do na críocha chun a bhfuil na cearta a thugtar leis an Airteagal seo beartaithe.
Airteagal 37.
Eolas i gcásanna báis, caomhnóireachta nó iontaobhais, raiceanna agus aerthionóiscí.
Má bhíonn an t-eolas iomchuí ag na húdaráis inniúla de chuid an Stáit ghlacaidh, beidh de dhualgas ar an húdaráis sin:
(a) i gcás bás náisiúnaigh de chuid an Stáit shallchuir, eolas a thabhairt gan mhoill don phost consalachta ar ina cheantar a tharla an bás;
(b) eolas a thabhairt gan mhoill don phost consalachta inniúil faoi aon chás inar dealraitheach gurbh é leas mionaoisigh, nó duine eile gan lán-inniúlacht, is náisiúnach den Stát sallchuir, caomhnóir nó iontaobhaí a cheapadh. Beidh tabhairt an eolais sin gan dochar, áfach, d'oibriú dlíthe agus rialachán an Stáit ghlacaidh i ndáil le ceapacháin den sórt sin;
(c) má raiceáiltear long de náisiúnacht an Stáit shallchuir nó má théann long den sórt sin ar thalamh i bhfarraige críche nó in uiscí inmheánacha an Stáit ghlacaidh, nó má tharlaíonn d'aerárthach atá cláraithe sa Stát sallchuir go mbainfidh tionóisc di ar chríoch an Stáit ghlacaidh, eolas a thabhairt gan mhoill don phost consalachta is gaire do láthair an teagmhais.
Airteagal 38.
Cumarsáid le húdaráis an Stáit ghlacaidh.
Ag feidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna dóibh, féadfaidh oifigigh chonsalachta aitheasc a dhéanamh chun:
(a) údaráis áitiúla inniúla a gceantair chonsalachta;
(b) údaráis larnacha inniúla an Stáit ghlacaidh má cheadaítear sin agus a mhéid a cheadaítear sin le dlíthe, rialacháin agus gnása an Stáit ghlacaidh nó leis na comhaontuithe idirnáisiúnta iomchuí.
Airteagal 39.
Táillí agus muirir chonsalachta.
1. Féadfaidh an post consalachta na táillí agus na muirir a fhoráiltear le dlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit shallchuir i leith gníomhartha consalachta a thobhach i gcríoch an Stáit ghlacaidh.
2. Beidh na suimeanna a bhaileofar ar mhodh na dtáillí agus na muirear dá dtagraítear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo, agus na hadmhála ar thaillí agus muirir den sórt sin saor ó gach díre agus cáin sa Stát glacaidh.
ROINN II. SAORAIDI, PRIBHLEIDI AGUS DIOLUINTI A BHAINEANN LE hOIFIGIGH CHONSALACHTA GHAIRME AGUS LE COMHALTAI EILE DE PHOST CONSALACHTA.
Airteagal 40.
Oifigigh chonsalachta a chaomhnú.
Tabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh urraim chuí d'oifigigh chonsalachta agus déanfaidh gach beart iomchuí chun aon ionsaí ar a bpearsa, ar a saoirse nó ar a ndignit a chosc.
Airteagal 41.
Dosháraitheacht phearsanta oifigeach consalachta.
1. Ní dhlífidh oifigigh chonsalachta go ndéanfar iad a ghabháil ná a choinneáil ar feitheamh le triail, ach amháin i gcás coire tromaí agus de bhun breithe ón údarás breithiúnach inniúil.
2. Ach amháin sa chás a shonraítear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo, ní chimeofar oifigigh chonsalachta chun príosúin ná ní dhlífidh siad aon sórt sriantacht eile a chur ar a saoirse phearsanta, ach amháin i bhforghníomhú breithe breithiúnaí críochnaithí.
3. Má thionscnaítear imeachtaí coiriúla i gcoinne oifigigh chonsalachta, ní foláir dó láithriú os comhair na n-údarás inniúil. Dá ainneoin sin, seolfar na himeachtaí leis an urraim a dhlitear dó mar gheall ar a phost oifigiúil agus, ach amháin sa chás a shonraítear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo, i slí a bhacfaidh a laghad is féidir feidhmiú feidhmeanna consalachta. Nuair is gá, sna himthosca a luaitear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo, oifigeach consalachta a choinneáil, tionscnófar gan ró-mhoill na himeachtaí ina choinne.
Airteagal 42.
Fógra faoi ghabháil, coinneáil nó ionchúiseamh.
Má ghabhtar nó má choinnítear, ar feitheamh lena thriail, comhalta den fhoireann chonsalachta, nó má thionscnaítear imeachtaí coiriúla ina choinne, tabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh fógra láithreach do cheann an phoist chonsalachta. Más é ceann an phoist chonsalachta féin is ábhar d'aon bheart den sórt sin, tabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh fógra don Stát sallchuir tríd an meán taidhleoireachta.
Airteagal 43.
Díolúine ó dhlínse.
1. Ní bheidh oifigigh chonsalachta ná fostaithe consalachta freagrach do dhlínse údarás breithiúnach nó údarás riaracháin an Stáit ghlacaidh i leith gníomhartha acu i bhfeidhmiú feidhmeanna consalachta.
2. Ní bheidh feidhm, áfach, ag forálacha mhír 1 den Airteagal seo i leith caingne sibhialta:
(a) de dhroim conradh a rinne oifigeach consalachta nó fostaí consalachta agus nár chonradh aige é a rinne sé go sainráite nó go hintuigthe mar ghníomhaire don Stát sallchuir; nó
(b) ag tríú páirtí mar gheall ar dhamáiste de dhroim tionóisc sa Stát glacaidh a rinne feithicil, árthach nó aerárthach.
Airteagal 44.
Dliteanas fianaise a thabhairt.
1. Féadfar glaoch ar chomhaltaí poist chonsalachta láithriú mar fhinnéithe i gcúrsa imeachtaí dlíthiúla nó imeachtaí riaracháin. Ach amháin sna cásanna a luaitear i mír 3 den Airteagal seo ní dhiúltóidh fostaí consalachta ná comhalta den fhoireann sheirbhíse fianaise a thabhairt. Má dhiúltaíonn oifigeach consalachta é sin a dhéanamh, ní fhéadfar aon éigeantas ná pionós a imirt air.
2. An t-údarás a iarrfaidh fianaise ó oifigeach consalachta seachnóidh sé cur isteach ar chomhlíonadh a fheidhmeanna. Féadfaidh an t-údarás sin, i gcás inar féidir é, an fhianaise sin a ghlacadh ina áit chónaithe nó sa phost consalachta nó glacadh le ráiteas i scríbhinn uaidh.
3. Níl oibleagáid ar bith ar chomhaltaí poist chonsalachta fianaise a thabhairt i dtaobh ábhar a bhaineann le feidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna nó comhfhreagras oifigiúil agus doiciméid oifigiúla a bhaineann leis sin a thabhairt ar aird. Tá siad i dteideal freisin diúltú fianaise mar fhinnéithe saineolacha a thabhairt i dtaobh dlí an Stáit shallchuir.
Airteagal 45.
Pribhléidí agus díolúintí a tharscaoileadh.
1. Féadfaidh an Stát sallchuir aon cheann de na pribhléidí agus de na díolúintí dá bhforáiltear in Airteagail 41, 43 agus 44 a tharscaoileadh maidir le comhalta den phost consalachta.
2. Is tarscaoileadh sainráite a bheidh sa tarscaoileadh i ngach cás, ach amháin mar a fhoráiltear i mír 3 den Airteagal seo, agus cuirfear in iúl i scríbhinn é don Stát glacaidh.
3. Má dhéanann oifigeach consalachta nó fostaí consalachta imeachtaí a thionscnamh in ábhar mar a dteachtfadh sé díolúine ó dhlínse faoi Airteagal 43 dúnfaidh sin amach é ó dhíolúine a agairt ó dhlínse i leith aon fhrithéileamh a bhaineann go díreach leis an bpríomh-éileamh.
4. Ní mheasfar go n-uirchiallaíonn tarscaoileadh ó dhlínse chun críocha imeachtaí sibhialta nó imeachtaí riaracháin tarscaoileadh díolúine ó na bearta forghníomhaithe de thoradh na breithe breithiúnaí; is gá tarscaoileadh ar leithligh maidir leis an bearta sin.
Airteagal 46.
Saoirseacht ó chlárú eachtrannach agus ó cheadanna cónaithe.
1. Beidh oifigigh chonsalachta agus fostaithe consalachta agus na daoine dá dteaghlaigh is cuid dá líon tí saor ó gach oibleagáid faoi dhlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh maidir le clárú eachtrannach agus ceadanna cónaithe.
2. Ní bheidh feidhm, áfach, ag mír 1 den Airteagal seo maidir le haon fhostaí consalachta nach buan-fhostaí don Stát sallchuir nó a bhíonn ag gabháil d'aon slí bheatha shochrach phríobháideach sa Stát glacaidh ná le haon duine de theaghlach aon fhostaí den sórt sin.
Airteagal 47.
Saoirseacht ó cheadanna oibre.
1. Maidir le seirbhís a dhéanfar don Stát sallchuir beidh comhaltaí an phoist chonsalachta saor ó aon oibleagáidí maidir le ceadanna oibre a fhorchuireann dlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh i ndáil le lucht oibre coigríche a fhostú.
2. Beidh comhaltaí fhoireann phríobháideach de chuid oifigeach consalachta agus de chuid fostaithe consalachta, mura mbíonn siad ag gabháil d'aon slí bheatha shochrach eile sa Stát glacaidh, saor ó na hoibleagáidí dá dtagraítear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo.
Airteagal 48.
Saoirseacht maidir le slándáil shóisialach.
1. Faoi réir forálacha mhír 3 den Airteagal seo, beidh comhaltaí an phoist chonsalachta, agus na daoine dá dteaghlaigh is cuid dá líon tí, saor, maidir le seirbhísí a rinne siad don Stát sallchuir, ó fhorálacha slándála sóisialaí a bheidh i bhfeidhm sa Stát glacaidh.
2. An tsaoirseacht dá bhforáiltear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo beidh feidhm aici freisin maidir le comhaltaí den fhoireann phríobháideach atá ar fostú go heisiatach ag comhaltaí den phost consalachta, ar choinníoll:
(a) nach náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh iad nó nach ann atá buanchónaí orthu; agus
(b) go bhfuil siad faoi réim na bhforálacha slándála sóisialaí atá i bhfeidhm sa Stát sallchuir nó i dtríú Stát.
3. Aon chomhaltaí den phost consalachta a bhfuil daoine ar fostú acu nach bhfuil feidhm maidir leo ag an tsaoirseacht dá bhforáiltear i mír 2 den Airteagal seo comhallfaidh siad na hoibleagáidí a fhorchuireann forálacha slándála sóisialaí an Stáit ghlacaidh ar fhostóirí.
4. Ní dhéanfaidh an tsaoirseacht dá bhforáiltear i míreanna 1 agus 2 den Airteagal seo rannpháirtíocht thoildheonach i gcóras slándála an sóisialaí an Stáit ghlacaidh a dhúnadh amach, ar choinníoll go gceadaíonn an Stáit sin an rannpháirtíocht sin.
Airteagal 49.
Saoirseacht ó chánachas.
1. Beidh oifigigh chonsalachta agus fostaithe consalachta agus na daoine dá dteaghlaigh is cuid dá líon tí saor ó gach díre agus cáin, pearsanta nó réadach, náisiúnta, réigiúnach nó bardasach, ach amháin:
(a) cánacha indíreacha de chineál is gnách a bheith ar áireamh praghas earraí nó seirbhísí;
(b) dírí nó cánacha ar mhaoin phríobháideach dhochorraithe i gcríoch an Stáit ghlacaidh, faoi réir forálacha Airteagal 32;
(c) dleachtanna eastáit, comharbais nó oidhreachta a thoibhíonn an Stát glacaidh, faoi réir forálacha mhír (b) d'Airteagal 51;
(d) dírí agus cánacha ar ioncam príobháideach, lena n-áirítear gnóchan caipitiúil, ar sa Stát glacaidh dá fhoinse agus cánacha caipitiúla a bhaineann le hinfheistíochtaí a rinneadh i ngnólachtaí tráchtála nó airgeadais sa Stát glacaidh;
(e) muirir arna dtoibhiú i leith seirbhísí sonracha a rinneadh;
(f) táillí cláraitheachta, cúirte nó taifeadta, dírí morgáiste agus dleacht stampa, faoi réir forálacha Airteagal 32.
2. Beidh comhaltaí na foirne seirbhíse saor ó dhírí agus ó chánacha ar an bpá a fhaigheann siad as a seirbhísí.
3. Na comhaltaí den phost consalachta a bhfuil daoine ar fostú acu nach bhfuil a bpá nó a dtuarastail saor ó cháin ioncaim sa Stát glacaidh comhallfaidh siad na hoibleagáidí a fhorchuireann dlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit sin ar fhostóirí maidir le toibhiú cánach ioncaim.
Airteagal 50.
Saoirseacht ó dhleachtanna custam agus iniúchadh.
1. Tabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh, de réir cibé dlíthe agus rialacháin a chuirfidh sé i bhfeidhm, cead isteach agus saoirseacht ó gach dleacht custam, cáin agus muirear gaolmhar, seachas muirir i leith stórála, iompair agus seirbhísí dá samhail, ar:
(a) earraí chun úsáide oifigiúla an phoist chonsalachta,
(b) earraí chun úsáide pearsanta oifigigh chonsalachta nó daoine dá theaghlach is cuid dá líon tí, lena n-áirítear earraí a bheidh beartaithe dá bhunachas. Ní mó a bheidh an méid earraí a bheidh beartaithe le tomhailt ná na cainníochtaí is gá chun a n-úsáidte go díreach ag na daoine lena mbainfidh.
2. Teachtfaidh fostaithe consalachta na pribhléidí agus na saoirseachtaí a shonraítear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo maidir le hearraí a allmhairíodh an tráth a chuathas i mbun oifige ar dtús.
3. Beidh saoirseacht ó iniúchadh ag bagáiste pearsanta a bheidh ag gabháil le hoifigigh chonsalachta agus le daoine dá dteaghlaigh is cuid dá líon tí. Ní fhéadfar é a iniúchadh ach amháin mura mbeidh cúis thromaí chun a chreidiúint go bhfuil earraí ann seachas iad sin dá dtagraítear i bhfomhír (b) de mhír 1 den Airteagal seo nó earraí a bhfuil a n-allmhairiú nó a n-onnmhairiú toirmiscthe le dlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh nó faoi réir a dhlíthe agus a rialachán coraintín. Is i láthair an oifigigh chonsalachta nó duine dá theaghlach lena mbainfidh a dhéanfar an t-iniúchadh.
Airteagal 51.
Eastát comhalta den phost consalachta nó eastát duine dá líon tí.
Má éagann comhalta de phost consalachta nó duine dá theaghlach is cuid dá líon tí:
(a) ceadóidh an Stát glacaidh maoin shochorraithe an éagaigh a onnmhairiú, ach amháin aon mhaoin den sórt sin a fuarthas sa Stát glacaidh agus a raibh a honnmhairiú toirmiscthe an tráth a d'éag sé;
(b) ní dhéanfaidh an Stát glacaidh dleacht náisiúnta, dleacht réigiúnach ná dleacht bhardasach, dleacht comharbais ná dleacht oidhreachta, ná dleacht ar aistriú a thobhach ar mhaoin shochorraithe arbh é amháin ba chúis le hí a bheith sa Stát glacaidh an t-éagach a bheith ann mar chomhalta den phost consalachta nó mar dhuine de theaghlach comhalta den phost consalachta.
Airteagal 52.
Saoirseacht ó sheirbhísí agus ranníocaí pearsanta.
Saorfaidh an Stát glacaidh comhaltaí an phoist chonsalachta agus na daoine dá dteaghlaigh is cuid dá líon tí ó gach seirbhís phearsanta, ó gach seirbhís phoiblí de gach uile shórt, agus ó oibleagáidí míleata mar atá oibleagáidí a bhaineann le foréileamh, ranníocaí agus coinnmheadh míleata.
Airteagal 53.
Tús agus deireadh pribhléidí agus díolúintí consalachta.
1. Teachtfaidh gach comhalta den phost consalachta na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí a fhoráiltear sa Choinbhinsiún seo ón nóiméad a thiocfaidh sé isteach i gcríoch an Stáit ghlacaidh ag dul dó i mbun a phoist nó, má bhíonn sé ina chríoch sin cheana féin, ón nóiméad a rachaidh sé i mbun a dhualgas leis an bpost consalachta.
2. Na daoine de theaghlach comhalta den phost consalachta is cuid dá líon tí agus na daoine dá fhoireann phríobháideach gheobhaidh siad na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí a fhoráiltear sa Choinbhinsiún seo ón dáta óna dteachfaidh sé pribhléidí agus díolúintí de réir mhír 1 den Airteagal seo nó ón dáta a thiocfaidh siad isteach i gcríoch an Stáit ghlacaidh nó ón dáta ar a dtiocfaidh siad chun bheith ina nduine den teaghlach sin nó ina chomhalta den fhoireann phríobháideach sin, cibé dáta acu is déanaí.
3. Nuair a bheidh deireadh le feidhmeanna comhalta den phost consalachta, ansin, na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí a bheidh aige agus ag duine dá theaghlach is cuid dá líon tí nó ag comhalta dá fhoireann phríobháideach scoirfidh siad sa ghnáth-shlí an nóiméad a fhágfaidh an duine lena mbainfidh an Stát glacaidh nó ar éag do thréimhse réasúnach chun sin a dhéanamh, cibé acu is luaithe, ach mairfidh siad go dtí an tráth sin, fiú amháin i gcás coinbhleacht faoi airm. I gcás na ndaoine dá dtagraítear i mír 2 den Airteagal seo, beidh deireadh lena bpribhléidí agus lena ndíolúintí nuair a scoirfidh siad de bheith ar áireamh líon tí nó de bheith i seirbhís, comhalta den phost consalachta, ar choinníoll, áfach, má bheartaíonn na daoine sin an Stát glacaidh a fhágáil laistigh de thréimhse réasúnach ina dhiaidh sin, go mairfidh a bpribhléidí agus a ndíolúintí go dtí an tráth a fhágfaidh siad.
4. Ach, maidir le gníomhartha a rinne comhalta den phost consalachta nó fostaí consalachta i bhfeidhmiú a fheidhmeanna leanfaidh díolúine ó dhlínse ar marthain gan teorainn ama.
5. Má éagann comhalta den phost consalachta, leanfaidh na daoine dá theaghlach is cuid dá líon tí de na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí a tugadh dóibh a theachtadh go dtí go bhfágfaidh siad an Stát glacaidh nó go ceann tréimhse réasúnaí chun go bhféadfaidh siad sin a dhéanamh, cibé acu sin is luaithe.
Airteagal 54.
Oibleagáidí tríú Stáit.
1. Má théann oifigeach consalachta trí chríoch tríú Stát, nó má bhíonn sé i gcríoch tríú Stát, a thug pas-víosa dó má ba ghá víosa, ag dul i mbun a phoist dó nó ag filleadh ar an Stát sallchuir dó, tabharfaidh an tríú Stát na díolúintí dó dá bhforáiltear leis na hAirteagal eile den Choinbhinsiún seo is gá chun a idirthuras nó a fhilleadh a áirithiú. Is amhlaidh sin a bheidh freisin i gcás aon duine dá theaghlach is cuid dá líon tí a theachtann pribhléidí agus díolúintí den sórt sin agus a bheidh i gcuideachta an oifigigh chonsalachta nó a bheidh ag taisteal ar leithligh chuige nó ag filleadh ar an Stát sallchuir.
2. In imthosca cosúil leo sin a shonraítear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo, ní bhacfaidh tríú Stáit comhaltaí eile den phost consalachta nó daoine dá dteaghlaigh is cuid dá líon tí a bheidh ar idirthuras trína gcríocha.
3. Déanfaidh tríú Stáit an tsaoirse agus an chaomhaint chéanna atá de cheangal ar an Stát glacaidh a thabhairt faoin gCoinbhinsiún seo a thabhairt do chomhfhreagras oifigiúil agus do chumarsáidí oifigiúla eile a bheidh ar bealach, lena n-áirítear teachtaireachtaí i gcód nó i rúnscríbhinn. Tabharfaidh siad do theachtairí turais consalachta a mbeidh víosa tugtha dóibh, má ba ghá víosa, agus do mhálaí consalachta a bheidh ar idirthuras, an dosháraitheacht agus an chaomhaint chéanna atá de cheangal ar an Stát glacaidh a thabhairt faoin gCoinbhinsiún seo.
4. Na hoibleagáidí atá ar thríú Stáit faoi mhíreanna 1, 2 agus 3 den Airteagal seo beidh feidhm acu freisin maidir le daoine a luaitear faoi seach sna míreanna sin, agus maidir le cumarsáidí oifigiúla agus málaí consalachta ar force majeure is cúis le hiad a bheith i gcríoch an tríú Stát.
Airteagal 55.
Urraim do dhlíthe agus do rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh.
1. Gan dochar dá bpribhléidí agus dá ndíolúintí. is é dualgas na ndaoine go léir a theachtann pribhléidí agus díolúintí den sórt sin dlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh a urramú. Tá de dhualgas orthu freisin gan cur isteach ar gnóthaí inmheánacha an Stáit sin.
2. Ní dhéanfar áitreabh na consalachta a úsáid in aon slí ar neamhréir le feidhmiú feidhmeanna consalachta.
3. Ní choiscfidh forálacha mhír 2 den Airteagal seo oifigí nó bunachais nó gníomhaireachtaí eile a bheith i gcuid den fhoirgneamh ina bhfuil áitreabh na consalachta, ar choinníoll gur áitreabh ar leithligh ón áitreabh a úsáideann an post consalachta atá sannta dóibh. Sa chás sin, ní mheasfar chun críocha an Choinbhinsiúin seo gur cuid d'áitreabh na consalachta na hoifigí sin.
Airteagal 56.
Arachas i gcoinne fiontar tríú páirtí.
Comhlíonfaidh comhaltaí an phoist chonsalachta aon cheanglas a fhorchuireann dlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh maidir le hárachas i gcoinne fiontar tríú páirtí de dhroim aon fheithicil, árthach nó aerárthach a úsáid.
Airteagal 57.
Forálacha speisialta maidir le slí bheatha shochrach phríobháideach.
1. Ní bheidh aon ghníomhaíocht ghairme ná thráchtála ar siúl sa Stát glacaidh ag oifigigh chonsalachta ghairme le haghaidh sochair phearsanta.
2. Ní dhéanfar pribhléidí agus díolúintí a fhoráiltear sa Chaibidil seo a thabhairt:
(a) d'fhostaithe consalachta ghairme ná do chomhaltaí den fhoireann sheirbhíse a bhfuil aon slí bheatha shochrach phríobháideach ar siúl acu sa Stát glacaidh;
(b) do dhaoine de theaghlach duine dá dtagraítear i bhfomhír (a) den mhír seo ná do dhaoine dá fhoireann phríobháideach;
(c) do dhaoine de theaghlach comhalta de phost consalachta a bhfuil aon slí bheatha shochrach phríobháideach ar siúl acu féin sa Stát glacaidh.
CAIBIDIL III. CORAS A BHAINEANN LE hOIFIGIGH CHONSALACHTA OINIGH AGUS LE POIST CHON-SALACHTA ARB OIFIGIGH DEN SORT SIN ATA I gCEANNAS ORTHU.
Airteagal 58.
Forálacha ginearálta a bhaineann le saoráidí, pribhléidí agus díolúintí.
1. Bainfidh Airteagail 28, 29, 30, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38 agus 39, mír 3 d'Airteagal 54 agus míreanna 2 agus 3 d'Airteagal 55 le poist chonsalachta arb oifigeach consalachta oinigh atá i gceannas orthu. Ina theannta sin, beidh saoráidí, pribhléidí agus díolúintí post consalachta den sórt sin faoi rialú Airteagail 59, 60, 61 agus 62.
2. Bainfidh Airteagail 42 agus 43, mír 3 d'Airteagal 44, Airteagail 45 agus 53 agus mír 1 d'Airteagal 55 le hoifigigh chonsalachta oinigh. Ina theannta sin, beidh saoráidí, pribhléidí agus díolúintí oifigeach consalachta den sórt sin faoi rialú Airteagail 63, 64, 65, 66 agus 67.
3. Ní dhéanfar na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí a thugtar leis an gCoinbhinsiún seo a thabhairt do dhaoine de theaghlach oifigigh chonsalachta oinigh nó fostaí chonsalachta atá ar fostú i bpost consalachta arb oifigeach consalachta oinigh atá i gceannas air.
4. Ní cheadófar, gan toiliú an dá Stát ghlacaidh lena mbainfidh, málaí consalachta a mhalairtiú idir dhá phost chonsalachta arb oifigigh chonsalachta oinigh atá i gceannas orthu i Stáit éagsúla.
Airteagal 59.
Áitreabh consalachta a chaomhnú.
Déanfaidh an Stát glacaidh cibé bearta is gá chun áitreabh consalachta poist chonsalachta arb oifigeach consalachta oinigh atá i gceannas air a chaomhnú in aghaidh aon chur isteach nó damáiste agus chun aon chorraíl ar shíocháin an phoist chonsalachta nó aon docharú dá dhignit a chosc.
Airteagal 60.
Áitreabh consalachta a bheith saor ó chánachas.
1. Beidh áitreabh consalachta poist chonsalachta arb oifigeach consalachta oinigh atá i gceannas air agus arb é an Stát sallchuir is úinéir air nó ar léasaí air an Stát sallchuir saor ó gach uile shórt díre agus cáin, náisiúnta, réigiúnach nó bardasach, seachas iad siúd is íocaíocht as seirbhísí sonracha a rinneadh.
2. Ní bheidh feidhm ag an tsaoirseacht ó chánachas dá dtagraítear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo maidir le dírí agus cánacha den sórt sin más iníoctha iad, faoi dhlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh, ag an duine a rinne conradh leis an Stát sallchuir.
Airteagal 61.
Beidh cartlann agus doiciméid chonsalachta dosháraithe.
Beidh cartlann agus doiciméid chonsalachta phoist chonsalachta arb oifigeach consalachta oinigh atá i gceannas air dosháraithe gach tráth agus cibé áit a mbeidh siad, ar choinníoll go gcoimeádtar ar leithligh ó pháipéir agus doiciméid eile iad agus, go háirithe, ó chomhfhreagras príobháideach an cheann poist chonsalachta agus ó chomhfhreagras príobháideach aon duine a bheidh ag obair leis, agus ó aon ábhair, leabhair nó doiciméid a bhaineann lena ngairm nó lena gceird.
Airteagal 62.
Saoirseacht ó dhleachtanna custam.
Tabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh, de réir cibé dlíthe agus rialacháin a chuirfidh sé i bhfeidhm, cead isteach agus saoirseacht ó gach dleacht custam, cáin, agus muirear gaolmhar seachas muirir i leith stórála, iompair agus seirbhísí dá samhail, maidir leis na hearraí seo a leanas ar choinníoll gur le haghaidh úsáide oifigiúla poist chonsalachta iad arb oifigeach consalachta oinigh atá i gceannas air: armais, bratacha, comharthachláir, séalaí agus stampaí, leabhair, ábhar clóite oifigiúil, troscán oifige agus earraí dá samhail a sholáthraigh an Stát sallchuir, nó a soláthraíodh ar thionscnamh an Stáit shallchuir, don phost consalachta.
Airteagal 63.
Imeachtaí coiriúla.
Má thionscnaítear imeachtaí coiriúla i gcoinne oifigigh chonsalachta oinigh, ní foláir dó láithriú os comhair na n-údarás inniúil. Dá ainneoin sin, seolfar na himeachtaí leis an urraim a dhlitear dó mar gheall ar a phost oifigiúil agus, ach amháin nuair a bheidh sé faoi ghabháil nó coinneáil, i slí a bhacfaidh a laghad is féidir feidhmiú feidhmeanna consalachta. Nuair is gá oifigeach consalachta oinigh a choinneáil, tionscnófar gan ró-mhoill na himeachtaí ina choinne.
Airteagal 64.
Oifigigh chonsalachta oinigh a chaomhnú.
Tá de dhualgas ar an Stát glacaidh cibé caomhaint a thabhairt d'oifigeach consalachta oinigh is gá de dhroim a phoist oifigiúil.
Airteagal 65.
Saoirseacht ó chlárú mar eachtrannaigh agus ó cheadanna cónaithe.
Beidh oifigigh chonsalachta oinigh, seachas iad siúd a bhfuil gníomhaíocht ghairme nó thráchtála ar siúl acu sa Stát glacaidh le haghaidh brabaigh phearsanta, saor ó gach oibleagáid faoi dhlíthe agus rialacháin an Stáit ghlacaidh maidir le clárú eachtrannach agus ceadanna cónaithe.
Airteagal 66.
Saoirseacht ó chánachas.
Beidh oifigeach consalachta oinigh saor ó gach díre agus cáin ar an luach saothair agus na sochair oifige a gheobhaidh sé ón Stát sallchuir i leith feidhmeanna consalachta a fheidhmiú.
Airteagal 67.
Saoirseacht ó sheirbhísí agus ranníocaí pearsanta.
Saorfaidh an Stát glacaidh oifigigh chonsalachta oinigh ó gach uile sheirbhís phearsanta agus ó gach uile sheirbhís phoiblí d'aon sórt agus ó oibleagáidí míleata, mar atá oibleagáidí a bhaineann le foréileamh, ranníocaí agus coinnmheadh míleata.
Airteagal 68.
Rogha ann oifigigh chonsalachta oinigh a cheapadh nó a ghlacadh.
Tá saoirse ag gach Stát a chinneadh an gceapfaidh sé nó a nglacfaidh sé oifigigh chonsalachta oinigh.
CAIBIDIL IV. FORALACHA GINEARALTA.
Airteagal 69.
Gníomhairí consalachta nach cinn phoist chonsalachta.
1. Tá saoirse ag gach Stát a chinneadh an mbunóidh sé nó an ligfidh sé isteach gníomhaireachtaí consalachta a sheolfaidh gníomhairí consalachta nach mbeidh ainmnithe ag an Sát sallchuir mar chinn phoist chonsalachta.
2. Cinnfear trí chomhaontú idir an Stát sallchuir agus an Stát glacaidh na coinníollacha faoina bhféadfaidh na gníomhaireachtaí consalachta dá dtagraítear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo a bheith ag gabháil dá ngníomhaíochtaí agus na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí a fhéadfaidh na gníomhairí consalachta a bheidh i gceannas orthu a theachtadh.
Airteagal 70.
Misiúin thaidhleoireachta d'fheidhmiú feidhmeanna consalachta.
1. Baineann forálacha an Choinbinsiúin seo, a mhéid a cheadaíonn an comhthéacs, le feidhmiú feidhmeanna consalachta ag misiún taidhleoireachta.
2. Déanfar ainmneacha comhaltaí misiúin thaidhleoireachta a shannfar don rannóg chonsalachta nó a gcuirfear feidhmiú feidhmeanna consalachta an mhisiúin de chúram orthu ar shlí eile a chur in iúl d'Aireacht Gnóthaí Coigríche an Stáit ghlacaidh nó don údarás a ainmneoidh an Aireacht sin.
3. Ag feidhmiú feidhmeanna consalachta dó, féadhfaidh misiún taidhleoireachta aitheasc a dhéanamh:
(a) chun údaráis áitiúla an cheantair chonsalachta;
(b) chun údaráis lárnacha an Stáit ghlacaidh má cheadaítear sin le dlíthe, rialacháin agus gnása an Stáit ghlacaidh nó le comhaontuithe idirnáisiúnta iomchuí.
4. Leanfaidh pribhléidí agus díolúintí na gcomhaltaí de mhisiún taidhleoireachta dá dtagraítear i mír 2 den Airteagal seo de bheith faoi rialú na rialacha dlí idirnáisiúnta a bhaineann le caidreamh taidhleoireachta.
Airteagal 71.
Náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh agus daoine ar a bhfuil buanchónaí ann.
1. Ach amháin a mhéid a thabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh saoráidí, pribhléidí agus díolúintí breise, ní theachtfaidh oifigigh chonsalachta is náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh nó arb ann atá buanchónaí orthu ach amháin díolúine ó dhlínse agus dosháraitheacht phearsanta i leith gníomhartha oifigiúla i bhfeidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna agus an phribhléid a fhoráiltear i mír 3 d'Airteagal 44. A mhéid a bhaineann leis na hoifigigh chonsalachta sin, beidh an Stát glacaidh faoi cheangal ar an gcuma chéanna ag an oibleagáid atá leagtha síos in Airteagal 42. Má thionscnaítear imeachtaí coiriúla i gcoinne oifigigh chonsalachta don sórt sin, déanfar, ach amháin nuair atá sé faoi ghabháil nó coinneáil, na himeachtaí a sheoladh i slí a bhacfaidh a laghad is féidir feidhmiú feidhmeanna consalachta.
2. Na comhaltaí eile den phost consalachta is náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh nó arb ann atá buanchónaí orthu agus daoine dá dteaghlaigh, mar aon le daoine de theaghlaigh oifigeach consalachta dá dtagraítear i mír 1 den Airteagal seo, teachtfaidh siad saoráidí, pribhléidí agus díolúintí a mhéid, agus a mhéid sin amháin, a thabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh dóibh iad. Na daoine sin de theaghlaigh comhaltaí den phost consalachta agus na comhaltaí sin den fhoireann phríobháideach ar náisiúnaigh den Stát glacaidh iad nó arb ann atá buanchónaí orthu teachtfaidh siad ar an gcuma chéanna saoráidí, pribhléidí agus díolúintí a mhéid, agus a mhéid sin amháin, a thabharfaidh an Stát glacaidh dóibh iad. Déanfaidh an Stát glacaidh, áfach, a dhlínse a fheidhmiú ar na daoine sin ar bhealach nach mbacfaidh sé go míchuí feidhmiú feidhmeanna poist chonsalachta.
Airteagal 72.
Neamhidirdhealú.
1. Ag cur forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo chun feidhme dó, ní dhéanfaidh an Stát glacaidh idirdhealú amhail idir Stáit.
2. Ní mheasfar, áfach, idirdhealú a bheith á dhéanamh:
(a) i gcás ina gcuirfidh an Stát glacaidh aon cheann d'fhorálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo chun feidhme go sriantach mar gheall ar an bhforáil sin a chur chun feidhme go sriantach maidir lena phostanna consalachta sa Stát sallchuir;
(b) i gcás ina bhfearann Stáit ó ghnás nó ó chomhaontú cóir níos fabharaí dá chéile ná a cheanglaíonn forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo.
Airteagal 73.
An bhaint atá ag an gCoinbhinsiún seo le comhaontuithe idirnáisiúnta eile.
1. Ní dhéanfaidh forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo difear do chomhaontuithe idirnáisiúnta eile atá i bhfeidhm amhail idir Stáit is páirtithe iontu.
2. Ní stopfaidh aon ní sa Choinbhinsiún seo Stáit ó chomhaontuithe idirnáisiúnta a dhéanamh do dhaingniú nó d'fhorlíonadh nó do leathnú nó d'fhairsingiú forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo.
CAIBIDIL V. FORALACHA DEIRIDH.
Airteagal 74.
Síniú.
Beidh an Coinbhinsiún seo ar oscailt lena shíniú ag na Stáit uile is Comhaltaí de na Náisiúin Aontaithe nó d'aon cheann de na sainghníomhaireachtaí nó de na Páirtithe i Reacht na Cúirte Breithiúnais Idirnáisiúnta agus ag aon Stát eile a iarrfaidh Comhthionól Ginearálta na Náisiún Aontaithe teacht chun bheith ina Pháirtí sa Choinbhinsiún, mar a leanas: go dtí 31 Deireadh Fómhair, 1963 ag Aireacht Chónaidhme Gnóthaí Coigríche Phoblacht na hOstaire agus ina dhiaidh sin, go dtí 31 Márta, 1964, i gCeanncheathrú na Náisiún Aontaithe i Nua Eabhrac.
Airteagal 75.
Daingniú.
Tá an Coinbhinsiún seo faoi réir a dhaingnithe. Taiscfear na hionstraimí daingniúchán le hArd-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Airteagal 76.
Aontachas.
Fanfaidh an Coinbhinsiún ar oscailt le haghaidh aontachais aon Stáit d'aon cheann de na ceithre earnáil a luaitear in Airteagal 74. Taiscfear na hionstraimí aontachais le hArd-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Airteagal 77.
Teacht i bhfeidhm.
1. Tiocfaidh an Coinbhinsiún seo i bhfeidhm an tríochadú lá tar éis dáta an fiche a dóú ionstraim dhaingniúcháin nó aontachais a thaisceadh le hArd-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe.
2. Gach Stát a dhaingneoidh an Coinbhinsiún, nó a aontóidh leis, tar éis an fiche a dóú ionstraim dhaingniúcháin nó aontachais a thaisceadh, tiocfaidh an Coinbhinsiún i bhfeidhm ina leith an tríochadú lá tar éis don Stát sin a ionstraim dhaingniúcháin nó aontachais a thaisceadh.
Airteagal 78.
Fógraí ón Ard-Rúnaí.
Cuirfidh Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe in iúl do na Stáit d'aon cheann de na ceithre earnáil a luaitear in Airteagal 74:
(a) na sínithe leis an gCoinbhinsiún seo agus ionstraimí daingniúcháin nó aontachais a thaisceadh, de réir Airteagail 74, 75 agus 76;
(b) an dáta a thiocfaidh an Coinbhinsiún seo i bhfeidhm, de réir Airteagal 77.
Airteagal 79.
Fíorthéacsanna.
Déanfar bunchóip an Choinbhinsiúin seo, agus an téacs Síneach, an téacs Béarla, an téacs Fraincise, an téacs Rúiseach agus an téacs Spáinneach de comhúdarásach, a thaisceadh le hArd-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe agus cuirfidh seisean cóipeanna deimhnithe de go dtí na Stáit uile d'aon cheann de na ceithre earnáil a luaitear in Airteagal 74.
Dá FHIANú SIN tá na Lánchumhachtaigh a bhfuil a sínithe anseo thíos, agus atá údaraithe go cuí chuige sin ag a Rialtais faoi seach, tar éis an Coinbhinsiún seo a shíniú.
ARNA DHéANAMH I VíN an ceathrú lá fichead seo d'Aibreán míle naoi gcéad seasca a trí.
AN TRIU SCEIDEAL.
COINBHINSIUN AR PHRIBHLEIDI AGUS AR DHIOLUINTI NA NAISIUN AONTAITHE.
De bhrí go bhforálann Airteagal 104 de Chairt na Náisiún Aontaithe go dteachtfaidh an Eagraíocht i gcríoch gach ceann dá Chomhaltaí cibé cáil dhlíthiúil is gá chun a fheidhmeanna a chomhlíonadh agus a chríocha a chomhalladh, agus
De bhrí go bhforálann Airteagal 105 de Chairt na Náisiún Aontaithe go dteachtfaidh an Eagraíocht i gcríoch gach ceann dá chomhaltaí cibé pribhléidí agus díolúintí is gá chun a chríocha a chomhalladh agus go dteachtfaidh ionadaithe Comhaltaí na Náisiún Aontaithe agus oifigigh na hEagraíochta, ar an gcuma chéanna, cibé pribhléidí agus díolúintí is gá chun na feidhmeanna i ndáil leis an Eagraíocht a fheidhmiú go saorálach,
Dá dhroim sin, trí Rún lenar glacadh an 13 Feabhra, 1946, cheadaigh an Comhthionól Ginearálta an Coinbhinsiún seo a leanas agus molann sé go dtabharfaidh gach Comhalta de na Náisiúin Aontaithe aontachas leis.
Airteagal I.
Pearsantacht Dlítheanach.
Alt 1.—Beidh pearsantacht dlítheanach ag na Náisiúin Aontaithe. Beid cumas ann—
(a) conarthaí a dhéanamh;
(b) maoin dhochorraithe agus maoin shochorraithe a fháil agus a dhiúscairt;
(c) imeachtaí dlíthiúla a thionscnamh.
Airteagal II.
Maoin, Cistí agus Sócmhainní.
Alt 2.—Teachtfaidh na Náisiúin Aontaithe, a mhaoin agus a shócmhainní, cibé áit ina mbeidh agus cibé ag a mbeidh an céanna, díolúine ó gach sórt próis dhlíthiúil ach amháin a mhéid a bheidh sé tar éis a dhíolúine a tharscaoileadh go sainráite in aon chás áirithe. Tuigtear, áfach, nach mbainfidh aon tarscaoileadh díolúine le haon bheart forghníomhaithe.
Alt 3.—Beidh áitreabh na Náisiún Aontaithe dosháraithe. Beidh díolúine ó chuardach, foréileamh, coigistiú, díshealbhú nó aon sórt eile cur isteach, trí ghníomh feidhmiúcháin, gníomh riaracháin, gníomh breithiúnach nó gníomh reachtach, ag maoin agus sócmhainní na Náisiún Aontaithe cibé áit ina mbeidh nó cibé ag a mbeidh an céanna.
Alt 4.—Beidh cartlann na Náisiún Aontaithe, agus, i gcoitinne, na doiciméid go léir is leis féin nó a bheidh ina sheilbh aige dosháraithe, cibé áit ina mbeidh siad.
Alt 5.—Gan bheith faoi shriantacht ag rialála airgeadais, rialacháin ná moratoria d'aon sórt—
(a) féadfaidh na Náisiúin Aontaithe cistí, ór nó airgeadra d'aon sórt a shealbhú agus cuntais a oibriú in aon airgeadra;
(b) beidh saoirse ag na Náisiúin Aontaithe a chuid cistí, óir nó airgeadra a aistriú ó thír go tír eile nó istigh in aon tír agus aon airgeadra a bheidh aige a chomhshó in aon airgeadra eile.
Alt 6.—Ag feidhmiú a chearta faoi Alt 5 thuas dó, tabharfaidh na Náisiúin Aontaithe aird chuí ar aon uiríolla ó Rialtas aon Chomhalta a mhéid a meastar is féidir éifeacht a thabhairt do na huiríolla sin gan dochar do leasanna na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Alt 7.—Beidh na Náisiúin Aontaithe, a shócmhainní, a ioncam agus a mhaoin eile—
(a) saor ó gach cáin dhíreach; tuigtear, áfach, nach n-éileoidh na Náisiúin Aontaithe saoirseacht ó chánacha nach bhfuil iontu, go deimhin, ach muirir i leith seirbhísí fóntais phoiblí;
(b) saor ó dhleachtanna custam agus ó thoirmisc agus sriantachtaí ar allmhairí agus onnmhairí maidir le hearraí a allmhaireoidh nó a onnmhaireoidh na Náisiúin Aontaithe le haghaidh úsáide oifigiúla aige féin. Tuigtear, áfach, nach ndéanfar earraí a allmhaireofar faoin tsaoirseacht sin a dhíol sa tír ar allmhairíodh isteach inti iad ach amháin faoi choinníollacha ar a gcomhaontófar le Rialtas na tíre sin;
(c) saor ó dhleachtanna custam agus ó thoirmisc agus sriantachtaí ar allmhairí agus onnmhairí maidir lena fhoilseacháin.
Alt 8.—Cé nach n-éileoidh na Náisiúin Aontaithe, de ghnáth, saoirseacht ó dhleachtanna máil agus ó chánacha ar mhaoin shochorraithe nó dhochorraithe a dhíol is cuid den phraghas a bheidh le híoc, dá ainneoin sin, i gcás maoin thábhachtach a bheith á ceannach ag na Náisiúin Aontaithe le haghaidh úsáide oifigiúla agus dleachtanna agus cánacha den sórt sin a bheith muirearaithe nó inmhuirir ar an gcéanna, déanfaidh Comhaltaí, aon uair is féidir sin, comhshocraíochtaí riaracháin iomchuí chun méid na dleachta nó na cánach a loghadh nó a thabhairt ar ais.
Airteagal III.
Saoráidí maidir le Cumarsáidí.
Alt 9.—Teachtfaidh na Náisiúin Aontaithe, i gcríoch gach Comhalta, cóir dá chumarsáidí oifigiúla nach lú fabhair ná an chóir a thugann Rialtas an Chomhalta sin d'aon Rialtas eile lena n-áirítear a mhisiún taidhleoireachta mar a bhaineann le tosaíochtaí, rátaí agus cánacha ar phoist, cáblaí, teileagraim, raidiógraim, teileafótanna, cumarsáidí teileafóin agus cumarsáidí eile; agus rátaí nuachtán ar eolas do na nuachtáin agus don raidió. Ní dhéanfar aon chinsireacht ar chomhfhreagras oifigiúil ná ar chumarsáidí oifigiúla eile na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Alt 10.—Beidh de cheart ag na Náisiúin Aontaithe cóid a úsáid agus a chomhfhreagras a chur ar aghaidh agus a fháil trí mheán teachtaire turais nó i málaí, agus beidh na díolúintí agus na pribhléidí céanna acu sin atá ag teachtairí turais taidhleoireachta agus ag málaí taidhleoireachta.
Airteagal IV.
Ionadaithe Comhaltaí.
Alt 11.—Teachtfaidh Ionadaithe Comhaltaí chun príomh-organ agus fo-organ na Náisiún Aontaithe agus chun comhdhálacha arna dtionól ag na Náisiúin Aontaithe, teachtfaidh siad, ag feidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna dóibh agus le linn a dturais go dtí áit an chruinnithe agus ón áit sin, na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí seo a leanas—
(a) díolúine ó ghabháil nó coinneáil phearsanta agus óna mbagáiste pearsanta a urghabháil, agus, i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus na ngníomhartha go léir a rinne siad ina gcáil mar ionadaithe, díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil de gach sórt;
(b) dosháraitheacht do gach páipéar agus doiciméad;
(c) an ceart chun cóid a úsáid agus páipéir nó comhfhreagras a fháil trí mheán teachtaire turais nó i malaí séalaithe;
(d) saoirseacht ina leith féin agus i leith a gcéilí ó shriantachtaí inimirce, clárú eachtrannach nó oibleagáidí seirbhíse náisiúnta sa Stát ina bhfuil a gcuairt nó trína bhfuil siad ag dul i bhfeidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna dóibh;
(e) na saoráidí céanna maidir le sriantachtaí airgeadra nó iomlaoide a thugtar d'ionadaithe Rialtas coigríche ar mhisiúin oifigiúla shealadacha;
(f) na díolúintí agus na saoráidí céanna maidir lena mbagáiste pearsanta a thugtar do thoscairí taidhleoireachta; agus freisin
(g) cibé pribhléidí, díolúintí agus saoráidí eile nach mbeidh ar neamhréir leis an méid sin roimhe seo agus a theachtann toscairí taidhleoireachta, ach amháin nach mbeidh aon cheart acu chun éileamh a dhéanamh ar shaoirseacht ó dhleachtanna custam ar earraí a allmhaireofar (seachas mar chuid dá mbagáiste pearsanta) nó ó dhleachtanna máil nó cánacha díolacháin.
Alt 12.—Ionas go n-áiritheofar lánsaoirse cainte agus neamhspleáchas iomlán, ag comhlíonadh a ndualgas dóibh, d'ionadaithe comhaltaí chun priomh-organ agus fo-organ na Náisiún Aontaithe agus chun comhdhálacha a thíonóil na Náisiúin Aontaithe, leanfar den díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus na ngníomhartha uile a rinne siad ag comhlíonadh a ndualgas dóibh a thabhairt, d'ainneoin nach ionadaithe Comhaltaí a thuilleadh na daoine iomchuí.
Alt 13.—Má bhíonn titim aon chineál cánachais ag braith ar chónaí, ní mheasfar gur tréimhsí cónaithe tréimhsí a bheidh ionadaithe Comhaltaí chun príomh-organ agus fo-organ na Náisiún Aontaithe agus chun comhdhálacha a thionóil na Náisiúin Aontaithe i láthair i Stát chun a ndualgais a chomhlíonadh.
Alt 14.—Ní chun sochair phearsanta dóibh féin ach chun feidhmiú neamhspleách a bhfeidhmeanna i ndáil leis na Náisiúin Aontaithe a shlánchoimeád a thugtar pribhléidí agus díolúintí d'ionadaithe Comhaltaí. Dá chionn sin, ní amháin go bhfuil de cheart ag Comhalta ach tá de dhualgas air díolúine a ionadaí a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é tuairim an Chomhalta go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais, agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar don chríoch dá dtugtar an díolúine.
Alt 15.—Níl forálacha Ailt 11, 12 agus 13 inchurtha chun feidhme amhail idir ionadaí agus údaráis an Stáit ar náisiúnach de é nó arb ionadaí nó arbh ionadaí dó é.
Alt 16.—San Airteagal seo measfar go bhfolaíonn “ionadaithe” an uile thoscaire, leas-toscaire, comhairleoir, saineolaí teicniúil agus rúnaí toscaireachta.
Airteagal V.
Oifigigh.
Alt 17.—Sonróidh an tArd-Rúnaí na hearnálacha oifigeach lena mbainfidh forálacha an Airteagail seo agus forálacha Airteagal VII. Cuirfidh sé na hearnálacha sin faoi bhráid an Chomhthionóil Ghinearálta. Ina dhiaidh sin, cuirfear na hearnálacha sin in iúl do Rialtais na gComhaltaí go léir. Déanfar ainmneacha na n-oifigeach a bheidh sna hearnálacha sin a chur in iúl ó am go ham do Rialtais na gComhaltaí.
Alt 18.—Maidir le hoifigigh na Náisiún Aontaithe—
(a) beidh díolúine acu ó phróis dhlíthiúil i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus na ngníomhartha go léir a rinne siad ina gcáil oifigiúil;
(b) beidh saoirseacht acu ó chánachas ar na tuarastail agus an sochar oifige a íocfaidh na Náisiúin Aontaithe leo;
(c) beidh díolúine acu ó oibleagáidí seirbhíse náisiúnta;
(d) beidh díolúine acu, agus ag a gcéilí agus ag gaolta atá i gcleithiúnas orthu, ó shriantachtaí inimirce agus ó chlárú eachtrannach;
(e) tabharfar na pribhléidí céanna dóibh i leith saoráidí iomlaoide a thugtar d'oifigigh chomhchéime is cuid de mhisiúin taidhleoireachta an Rialtais lena mbainfidh;
(f) tabharfar dóibh, agus dá gcéilí agus do ghaolta atá i gcleithiúnas orthu, na saoráidí athdhúichithe céanna le linn géarchéime idirnáisiúnta a thugtar do thoscairí taidhleoireachta;
(g) beidh de cheart acu a dtroscán agus a maoin phearsanta a allmhairiú saor ó dhleacht ag dul i mbun a bpoist i gcéadóir dóibh sa tír a bheidh i gceist.
Alt 19.—I dteannta na ndíolúintí agus na bpribhléidí a shonraítear in Alt 18, tabharfar don Ard-Rúnaí agus do gach Ard-Rúnaí Cúnta, maidir leo féin, a gcéilí agus a gclann mhionaoiseach, na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí, na saoirseachtaí agus na saoráidí a thugtar do thoscairí taidhleoireachta, de réir an dlí idirnáisiúnta.
Alt 20.—Is chun leasa na Náisiún Aontaithe agus ní chun sochair phearsanta dóibh féin a dheonaítear pribhléidí agus díolúintí d'oifigigh. Beidh de cheart ag an Ard-Rúnaí agus de dhualgas air díolúine aon oifigigh a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é a thuairim go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar do leasanna na Náisiún Aontaithe. I gcás an Ard-Rúnaí, beidh de cheart ag an gComhairle Slándála díolúine a tharscaoileadh.
Alt 21.—Comhoibreoidh na Náisiúin Aontaithe i gcónaí le húdaráis iomchuí na gComhaltaí chun cuí-riaradh an cheartais a urasú, chun a áirithiú go gcomhallfar rialacháin phóilíneachta, agus aon mhí-úsáid i ndáil leis na pribhléidí, na díolúintí agus na saoráidí a luaitear san Airteagal seo a chosc ó tharlú.
Airteagal VI.
Saineolaithe ar Mhisiúin do na Náisiúin Aontaithe.
Alt 22.—Tabharfar do shaineolaithe (seachas oifigigh a thagann faoi réim Airteagal V) a bheidh ag déanamh misiún do na Náisiúin Aontaithe cibé pribhléidí agus díolúintí is gá chun a bhfeidhmeanna a fheidhmiú go saorálach i gcaitheamh tréimhse a misiún, lena n-áirítear an t-am a chaithfear ar thurais i ndáil lena misiúin. Tabharfar dóibh go háirithe—
(a) díolúine ó ghabháil nó coinneáil phearsanta agus óna mbagáiste pearsanta a urghabháil;
(b) i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus gníomhartha a rinne siad i gcúrsa a misiún a dhéanamh acu, díolúine sin ó phróis dhlíthiúil de gach sórt. Leanfar den díolúine sin ó phróis dhlíthiúil a thabhairt d'ainneoin nach bhfuil na daoine lena mbaineann ar fostú a thuilleadh ar mhisiúin do na Náisiúin Aontaithe;
(c) dosháraitheacht do gach páipéar agus doiciméad;
(d) chun críocha a gcumarsáidí leis na Náisiúin Aontaithe, an ceart chun cóid a úsáid agus páipéir nó comhfhreagras a fháil trí mheán teachtaire turais nó i málaí séalaithe;
(e) na saoráidí céanna i leith sriantachtaí airgeadra nó iomlaoide a thugtar d'ionadaithe Rialtas coigríche ar mhisiúin oifigiúla shealadacha;
(f) na díolúintí agus na saoráidí céanna i leith a mbagáiste phearsanta a thugtar do thoscairí taidhleoireachta.
Alt 23.—Is chun leasa na Náisiún Aontaithe agus ní chun sochair phearsanta dóibh féin a dheonaítear pribhléidí agus díolúintí do shaineolaithe. Beidh de cheart ag an Ard-Rúnaí agus de dhualgas air díolúine aon saineolaí a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é a thuairim go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar do leasanna na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Airteagal VII.
Laissez-Passer na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Alt 24.—Féadfaidh na Náisúin Aontaithe laissez-passer na Náisiún Aontaithe a eisiúint chun a oifigeach. Aithneoidh údaráis na gComhaltaí, agus glacfaidh siad leis na laissez-passer sin mar dhoiciméid taistil bhailí, agus forálacha Alt 25 a chur i gcuntas.
Alt 25.—Déileálfar a scafánta is féidir le hiarratais ar víosaí (i gcás inar gá iad) ó shealbhóirí laissez-passer na Náisiún Aontaithe, nuair a bheidh deimhniú ag gabháil leo go bhfuil siad ag taisteal le gnó na Náisiún Aontaithe. Ina theannta sin deonófar saoráidí taistil scafánta do dhaoine den sórt sin.
Alt 26.—Déanfar saoráidí cosúil leo sin a shonraítear in Alt 25 a thabhairt do shaineolaithe agus do dhaoine eile ag a mbeidh, cé nach sealbhóirí laissez-passer na Náisiún Aontaithe iad, deimhniú go bhfuil siad ag taisteal le gnó na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Alt 27.—Déanfar na saoráidí céanna a thugtar do thoscairí taidhleoireachta a dheonú don Ard-Rúnaí, do na hArd-Rúnaithe Cúnta agus do na Stiúrthóirí a bheidh ag taisteal ar laissez-passer na Náisiún Aontaithe le gnó na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Alt 28.—Féadfar forálacha an Airteagail seo a chur chun feidhme maidir le hoifigigh chomhréire do shainghníomhaireachtaí na Náisiún Aontaithe má fhoráiltear amhlaidh sna comhaontuithe um chaidhreamh arna ndéanamh faoi Airteagal 63 den Chairt.
Airteagal VIII.
Díospóidí a Shocrú
Alt 29.—Cuirfidh na Náisiúin Aontaithe dlús le modhanna iomchuí chun socrú a dhéanamh—
(a) ar dhíospóidí de dhroim conarthaí nó díospóidí eile de ghné dlí phríobháidigh inar páirtí na Náisiúin Aontaithe;
(b) ar dhíospóidí lena bhfuil gabháil ag aon oifigeach de chuid na Náisiún Aontaithe a theachtann díolúine mar gheall ar a phost oifigiúil, murar tharscaoil an tArd-Rúnaí díolúine.
Alt 30.—Déanfar na conspóidí go léir a éireoidh de dhroim an coinbhinsiún seo a léiriú nó a chur chun feidhme a chur faoi bhráid na Cúirte Breithiúnais Idirnáisiúnta, mura gcomhaontóidh na páirtithe in aon chás modh socraithe eile a ghlacadh chucu. Má éiríonn conspóid idir na Náisiúin Aontaithe ar thaobh amháin agus Comhalta ar an taobh eile, iarrfar tuairim chomhairlitheach ar aon cheist dlí a bheidh ann de réir Airteagal 96 den Chairt agus Airteagal 65 de Reacht na Cúirte. Glacfaidh na páirtithe mar thuairim chríochnaitheach le tuairim na Cúirte.
An tAirteagal Deiridh.
Alt 31.—Tá an coinbhinsiún seo á chur faoi bhráid gach Comhalta de na Náisiúin Aontaithe le haghaidh a aontachais.
Alt 32.—Déanfar aontachas trí ionstraim a thaisceadh le hArd-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe agus tiocfaidh an Coinbhinsiún i bhfeidhm maidir le gach Comhalta ar dháta gach ionstraime aontachais a thaisceadh.
Alt 33.—Déanfaidh an tArd-Rúnaí taisceadh gach aontachais a chur in iúl do Chomhaltaí uile na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Alt 34.—Tuigtear go mbeidh aon Chomhalta, nuair a thaiscfear ionstraim aontachais thar ceann an Chomhalta, i gcumas faoina dhlí féin éifeacht a thabhairt do théarmaí an choinbhinsiúin seo.
Alt 35.—Leanfaidh an coinbhinsiún seo i bhfeidhm amhail idir na Náisiúin Aontaithe agus gach Comhalta ag a brfuil ionstraim aontachais taiscthe an fad a leanfaidh an Comhalta sin de bheith ina Chomhalta de na Náisiúin Aontaithe, nó go dtí go mbeidh an Comhthionól Ginearálta tar éis coinbhinsiún athscrúdaithe a cheadú agus go mbeidh an Comhalta sin tagtha chun bheith ina pháirtí sa choinbhinsiún athscrúdaithe.
Alt 36.—Féadfaidh an tArd-Rúnaí comhaontuithe forlíontacha a dhéanamh le haon Chomhalta nó Comhaltaí do choigeartú forálacha an choinbhinsiúin seo a mhéid a bhaineann leis an gComhalta nó leis na Comhaltaí sin. Beidh na comhaontuithe forlíontacha sin faoi réir ceadú an Chomhthionóil Ghinearálta i ngach cás.
AN CEATHRU SCEIDEAL.
COINBHINSIUN AR PHRIBHLEIDI AGUS AR DHIOLUINTI SAINGHNIOMHAIREACHTAI NA NAISIUN AONTAITHE.
De bhrí gur ghlac Comhthionól Ginearálta na Náisiún Aontaithe 13 Feabhra 1946 le rún le hintinn na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí a theachtann na Náisiúin Aontaithe agus na sainghníomhaireachtaí iomaí a ionannú a mhéid is féidir é; agus
De bhrí go ndeachaigh na Náisiúin Aontaithe agus na sainghníomhaireachtaí i gcomhairle le chéile i dtaobh an rún réamhráite a chur i ngníomh;
Dá dhroim sin, trí rún 179 (II) lenar glacadh 21 Samhain, 1947, cheadaigh an Comhthionól Ginearálta an Coinbhinsiún seo a leanas, a chuirtear faoi bhráid na sainghníomhaireachtaí lena ghlacadh agus faoi bhráid gach Comhalta de na Náisiúin Aontaithe agus gach Stáit eile is comhalta de cheann amháin nó níos mó de na sainghníomhaireachtaí le haghaidh aontachais.
Airteagal I.
Mínithe agus réim.
Sa Choinbhinsiún seo:
(i) Is d'fhorálacha Airteagail II go IX a thagraíonn na focail “clásail chaighdeánacha”.
(ii) Ciallaíonn an focal “sainghníomhaireachtaí”:
(a) An Eagraíocht Oibreachais Idirnáisiúnta;
(b) Eagraíocht Bia agus Talmhaíochta na Náisiún Aontaithe;
(c) Eagraíocht Oideachais, Eolaíochta agus Cultúir na Náisiún Aontaithe;
(d) An Eagraíocht Eitlíochta Sibhialta Idirnáisiúnta;
(e) An Ciste Airgeadaíochta Idirnáisiúnta;
(f) An Banc Idirnáisiúnta Athfhoirgníochta agus Forbartha;
(g) An Eagraíocht Sláinte Domhanda;
(h) An tAontas Poist Uilechoiteann;
(i) An tAontas Teilechumarsáide Idirnáisiúnta; agus
(j) Aon ghníomhaireacht eile atá i gcaidreamh leis na Náisiúin Aontaithe de réir Airteagail 57 agus 63 den Chairt.
(iii) Ciallaíonn an focal “Coinbhinsiún”, maidir le haon sainghníomhaireacht áirithe, na clásail chaighdeánacha arna modhnú le téacs deiridh (nó athscrúdaithe) an aguisín a chuir an ghníomhaireacht sin isteach de réir ailt 36 agus 38.
(iv) Chun críocha airteagal III, folóidh na focail “maoin agus sócmhainní” freisin maoin agus cistí a riarann sainghníomhaireacht ar mhaithe lena feidhmeanna bunreachtúla a chur chun cinn.
(v) Chun críocha airteagail V agus VII, measfar go bhfolaíonn an abairt “ionadaithe comhaltaí” gach ionadaí, malairteach, comhairleoir, saineolaí teicniúil agus rúnaí toscaireachta.
(vi) In ailt 13, 14, 15 agus 25 ciallaíonn “cruinnithe arna dtionól ag sainghníomhaireacht” cruinnithe: (1) dá comhthionól agus dá comhlacht feidhmiúcháin (cibé ainm atá air), agus (2) d'aon choimisiún dá bhforáiltear ina bunreacht; (3) d'aon chomhdháil idirnáisiúnta arna tionól aici; agus (4) d'aon choiste d'aon chomhlacht acu sin.
(vii) Ciallaíonn an téarma “ceann feidhmiúcháin” príomhoifigeach feidhmiúcháin na sainghníomhaireachta a bheidh i gceist, is cuma cé acu “Ard-Stúirthóir” nó ainm eile a thugtar air.
Gach Stát is páirtí sa Choinbhinsiún seo i leith aon sainghníomhaireacht a bhfuil an Coinbhinsiún seo tagtha chun bheith inchurtha chun feidhme ina leith de réir alt 37, tabharfaidh sé don ghníomhaireacht sin nó i ndáil léi na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí atá leagtha amach sna clásail chaighdeánacha ar na coinníollacha a shonraítear iontu, faoi réir aon mhodhnuithe ar na clásail sin a bheidh i bhforálacha an aguisín dheiridh (nó athscrúdaithe) a bhaineann leis an ngníomhaireacht sin agus a cuireadh isteach de réir alt 36 nó 38.
Airteagal II.
Pearsantacht dlítheanach.
Beidh pearsantacht dlítheanach ag na sainghníomhaireachtaí. Beidh cumas iontu (a) conarthaí a dhéanamh, (b) maoin dhochorraithe agus maoin shochorraithe a fháil agus a dhiúscairt, (c) imeachtaí dlíthiúla a thionscnamh.
Airteagal III.
Maoin, cistí agus sócmhainní.
Teachtfaidh na sainghníomhaireachtaí, a maoin agus a sócmhainní, cibé áit ina mbeidh agus cibé ag a mbeidh an céanna, díolúine ó gach sórt próis dhlíthiúil ach amháin a mhéid a bheidh siad tar éis a ndíolúine a tharscaoileadh go sainráite in aon chás áirithe. Tuigtear, áfach, nach mbainfidh aon tarscaoileadh díolúine le haon bheart forghníomhaithe.
Beidh áitribh na sainghníomhaireachtaí dosháraithe. Beidh díolúine ó chuardach, foréileamh, coigistiú, díshealbhú nó aon sórt eile cur isteach, trí ghníomh feidhmiúcháin, gníomh riaracháin, gníomh breithiúnach nó gníomh reachtach, ag maoin agus sócmhainní na sainghníomhaireachtaí, cibé áit ina mbeidh agus cibé ag a mbeidh an céanna.
Beidh cartlanna na sainghníomhaireachtaí, agus, i gcoitinne, na doiciméid go léir leo féin nó atá ar teachtadh acu, dosháraithe, cibé áit ina mbeidh siad.
Gan bheith faoi shrian ag rialála, rialacháin ná moratoria airgeadais d'aon sórt:
(a) féadfaidh na sainghníomhaireachtaí cistí, ór nó airgeadra d'aon sórt a shealbhú agus cuntais a oibriú in aon airgeadra;
(b) féadfaidh na sainghníomhaireachtaí a gcuid cistí, óir nó airgeadra a aistriú go saorálach ó thír go tír eile nó istigh in aon tír agus aon airgeadra a bheidh acu a comhshó go saorálach in airgeadais eile.
Ag feidhmiú a cearta faoi alt 7 thuas di, tabharfaidh gach sainghníomhaireacht aird chuí ar aon uiríolla ó Rialtas aon Stáit is páirtí sa Choinbhinsiún seo a mhéid a mheastar is féidir éifeacht do na huiríolla sin gan dochar do leasanna na gníomhaireachta.
Beidh na sainghníomhaireachtaí, a sócmhainní, a n-ioncam agus a maoin eile—
(a) sacr ó gach cáin dhíreach; tuigtear, áfach, nach n-éileoidh na sainghníomhaireachtaí saoirseacht ó chánacha nach bhfuil iontu, go deimhin, ach muirir i leith seirbhísí fóntais phoiblí;
(b) saor ó dhleachtanna custam agus ó thoirmisc agus sriantachtaí ar allmhairí agus onnmhairí maidir le hearraí a allmhaireoidh nó a onnmhaireoidh na sainghníomhaireachtaí le haghaidh úsáide oifigiúla acu; tuigtear, áfach, nach ndéanfar earra a allmhaireofar faoin tsaoirseacht sin a dhíol sa tír ar allmhairíodh isteach inti iad ach amháin faoi choinníollacha ar a gcomhaontófar le Rialtas na tíre sin;
(c) saor ó dhleachtanna agus ó thoirmisc agus sriantachtaí ar allmhairí agus onnmhairí maidir lena bhfoilseacháin.
Cé nach n-éileoidh na sainghníomhaireachtaí, de ghnáth, saoirseacht ó dhleachtanna máil agus ó chánacha ar mhaoin shochorraithe nó dhochorraithe a dhíol is cuid den phraghas a bheidh le híoc, dá ainneoin sin, i gcás maoin tábhachtach a bheith á ceannach ag na sainghníomhaireachtaí le haghaidh úsáide oifigiúla agus dleachtanna agus cánacha den sórt sin a bheith muirearaithe nó inmhuirir ar an gcéanna, déanfaidh na Stáit is páirtithe sa Choinbhinsiún seo, aon uair is féidir sin, comhshocraíochtaí riaracháin iomchuí chun méid na dleachta nó na cánach a loghadh nó a thabhairt ar ais.
Airteagal IV.
Saoráidí maidir le cumarsáidí.
Teachtfaidh gach sainghníomhaireacht, i gcríoch gach Stáit is páirtí sa Choinbhinsiún seo i leith na gníomhaireachta sin, cóir dá cumarsaídí oifigiúla nach lú fabhair ná an chóir a thugann Rialtas an Stáit sin d'aon Rialtas eile, lena n-áirítear misiún taidhleoireachta an Rialtais dheiridh sin, mar a bhaineann le tosaíochtaí, rátaí agus cánacha ar phoist, cáblaí, teileagraim, raidiógraim, teileafótanna, cumarsáidí teileafóin agus cumarsaídí eile, agus rátaí nuachtán ar eolas do na nuachtáin agus don raidió.
Ní dhéanfar aon chinsireacht ar chomhfhreagras oifigiúil ná ar chumarsaídí oifigiúil eile na sainghníomhaireachtaí.
Beidh de cheart ag na sainghníomhaireachtaí cóid a úsáid agus comhfhreagras a chur ar aghaidh agus a fháil trí mheán teachtairí turais nó i málaí séalaithe, agus beidh na díolúintí agus na pribhléidí céanna acu sin atá ag teachtairí turais taidhleoireachta agus ag málaí taidhleoireachta.
Ní fhorléireofar aon ní san alt seo mar ní a choisceann réamhchúram slándála iomchuí a ghlacadh a chinnfear trí chomhaontú idir Stát is páirtí sa Choinbhinsiún seo agus sainghníomhaireacht.
Airteagal V.
Ionadaithe Comhaltaí.
Teachtfaidh ionadaithe comhaltaí ag cruinnithe a thionóil sainghníomhaireacht na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí seo a leanas ag feidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna dóibh agus le linn a dturas dóibh go dtí áit a chruinnithe agus ón áit sin:
(a) díolúine ó ghabháil nó coinneáil phearsanta agus óna mbagáiste pearsanta a urghabháil, agus, i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus na ngníomhartha go léir a rinne siad ina gcáil mar ionadaithe oifigiúla, díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil de gach sórt;
(b) dosháraitheacht do gach páipéar agus doiciméad;
(c) an ceart chun cóid a úsáid agus páipéir nó comhfhreagras a fháil trí mheán teachtaire turais nó i málaí séalaithe;
(d) saoirseacht ina leith féin agus i leith a gcéilí ó shriantachtaí inimirce, clárú eachtrannach nó oibleagáidí seirbhíse náisiúnta sa Stát ina bhfuil a gcuairt nó trína bhfuil siad ag dul i bhfeidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna dóibh;
(e) na saoráidí céanna maidir le sriantachtaí airgeadra nó iomlaoide a thugtar d'ionadaithe Rialtas coigríche ar mhisiúin oifigiúla shealadacha;
(f) na díolúintí agus na saoráidí céanna maidir lena mbagáiste pearsanta a thugtar do chomhaltaí comhchéime de mhisiúin thaidhleoireachta.
Ionas go n-áiritheofar lánsaoirse cainte agus neamhspleáchas iomlán, ag comhlíonadh a ndualgas dóibh, d'ionadaithe comhaltaí de na sainghníomhaireachtaí ag cruinnithe a thionóil siad, leanfar den díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus na ngníomhartha go léir a rinne siad ag comhlíonadh a ndualgas dóibh a thabhairt, d'ainneoin nach bhfuil na daoine lena mbaineann ag comhlíonadh dualgas den sórt sin a thuilleadh.
Má bhíonn titim aon chineál cánachais ag braith ar chónaí, ní mheasfar gur tréimhsí cónaithe tréimhsí a bheidh ionadaithe comhaltaí de na sainghníomhaireachta ag cruinnithe a thionóil siad i láthair i Stát is comhalta chun a ndualgais a chomhlíonadh.
Ní chun sochair phearsanta dóibh féin ach chun feidhmiú neamhspleách a bhfeidhmeanna i ndáil leis na sainghníomhaireachtaí a shlánchoimeád a thugtar pribhléidí agus díolúintí d'ionadaithe comhaltaí. Dá chionn sin, ní amháin go bhfuil de cheart ag comhalta ach tá de dhualgas air díolúine a ionadaithe a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é tuairim an chomhalta go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais, agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar don chríoch dá dtugtar an díolúine.
Níl forálacha ailt 13, 14 agus 15 inchurtha chun feidhme maidir le húdaráis Stáit ar náisiúnach de nó arb ionadaí nó arbh ionadaí dó an duine.
Airteagal VI.
Oifigigh.
Sonróidh gach sainghníomhaireacht na hearnálacha oifigeach lena mbainfidh forálacha an airteagail seo agus forálacha airteagal VIII. Cuirfidh sí na hearnálacha sin in iúl do Rialtais na Stát uile is páirtithe sa Choinbhinsiún seo i leith na gníomhaireachta sin agus d'Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe. Déanfar ainmneacha na n-oifigeach a bheidh sna hearnálacha sin a chur in iúl ó am go ham do na Rialtais réamhráite.
Maidir le hoifigigh na sainghníomhaireachtaí—
(a) beidh díolúine acus ó phróis dhlíthiúil i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus i leith na ngníomhartha go léir a rinne siad ina gcáil oifigiúil;
(b) teachtfaidh siad na saoirseachtaí céanna ó chánachas i leith tuarastal agus luach saothair a íocann na sainghníomh aireachtaí leo agus ar na coinníollacha céanna a theachtann na hoifigigh do na Náisiúin Aontaithe;
(c) beidh díolúine acu agus ag a gcéilí agus ag gaolta atá i gcleithiúnas orthu ó shriantachtaí inimirce agus ó chlárú eachtrannach;
(d) tabharfar na pribhléidí céanna dóibh i leith saoráidí iomlaoide a thugtar d'oifigigh chomhchéime de chuid misiún taidhleoireachta;
(e) tabharfar dóibh agus dá gcéilí agus do ghaolta atá i gcleithiúnas orthu na saoráidí athdhúichithe céanna le linn géarchéime idirnáisiúnta a thugtar d'oifigigh chomhchéime de chuid misiún taidhleoireachta;
(f) beidh de cheart acu a dtroscán agus a maoin phearsanta a allmhairiú saor ó dhleacht ag dul i mbun a bpoist i gcéadóir dóibh sa tír a bheidh i gceist.
Beidh oifigigh na sainghníomhaireachtaí saor ó oibleagáidí seirbhíse náisiúnta, ar choinníoll nach mbainfidh an tsaoirseacht sin, maidir leis na Stáit ar náisiúnaigh díobh iad, ach le hoifigigh do na sainghníomhaireachtaí a mbeidh a n-ainmneacha curtha, de dhroim a ndualgas, ar liosta a thiomsaigh ceann feidhmiúcháin na sainghníomhaireachta agus a cheadaigh an Stát iomchuí.
Má ghlaoitear chun seirbhíse náisiúnta oifigigh eile de chuid sainghníomhaireachtaí, déanfaidh an Stát iomchuí, ar an tsainghníomhaireacht lena mbainfidh á iarraidh, glaoch chun seirbhíse ar na hoifigigh sin a chur siar go sealadach mar is gá ionas nach mbrisfear leanúntas oibre riachtanaí.
I dteannta na ndíolúintí agus na bpribhléidí a shonraítear in ailt 19 agus 20, déanfar, de réir an dlí idirnaisiúnta na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí, na saoirseachtaí agus na saoráidí a thugtar do thoscairí taidhleoireachta a thabhairt, maidir leis féin, a chéile agus a chlann mhionaoiseach, do cheann feidhmiúcháin gach sainghníomhaireachta lena n-áirítear aon oifigeach a bheidh ag gníomhú thar a cheann le linn dó a bheith as láthair ó dhualgas.
Is chun leasa na sainghníomhaireachtaí amháin agus ní chun sochair phearsanta na n-oifigeach féin a dheonaítear pribhléidí agus díolúintí do na hoifigigh sin. Beidh de cheart ag gach sainghníomhaireacht agus de dhualgas uirthi díolúine aon oifigigh a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é a tuairim go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar do leasanna na sainghníomhaireachta.
Comhoibreoidh gach sainghníomhaireacht i gcónaí le húdaráis iomchuí Stát is comhaltaí chun cuí-riaradh an cheartais a urasú, chun a áirithiú go gcomhallfar rialacháin phóilíneachta, agus aon mhí-úsáid i ndáil leis na pribhléidí, na díolúintí agus na saoráidí a luaitear san airteagal seo a chosc ó tharlú.
Airteagal VII.
Pribhléid a mhí-úsáid.
Má mheasann aon Stát is páirtí sa Choinbhinsiún seo go ndearnadh pribhléid nó díolúine a thugtar leis an gCoinbhinsiún seo a mhí-úsáid, rachaidh an Stát sin agus an tsainghníomhaireacht lena mbainfidh i gcomhchomhairle le chéile chun a chinneadh ar tharla aon mhí-úsáid den sórt sin agus, má tharla, chun a fhéachaint lena áirithiú nach dtarlóidh a leithéid arís. Mura sásóidh toradh na comhchomhairle sin an Stát agus an tsainghníomhaireacht lena mbainfidh, déanfar an cheist ar tharla mí-úsáid phribhléide nó díolúine a chur faoi bhráid na Cúirte Breithiúnais Idirnáisiúnta de réir alt 32. Má chinneann an Chúirt Bhreithiúnais Idirnáisiúnta gur tharla an mhí-úsáid sin, beidh de cheart ag an Stát is páirtí sa Choinbhinsiún seo agus dá ndéanann an mhí-úsáid sin difear, tar éis fógra a thabhairt don tsainghníomhaireacht lena mbainfidh, sochair na pribhléide nó na díolúine a mí-úsáideadh amhlaidh a choimeád siar ón tsainghníomhaireacht sin.
1. Na hionadaithe comhaltaí a bheidh ag cruinnithe a thionóil sainghníomhaireachtaí ní cheanglóidh na húdaráis críche orthu, le linn dóibh a bheith ag feidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna agus ar a dturais dóibh go dtí áit an chruinnithe agus ón áit sin, ná ar oifigigh de réir bhrí alt 18, an tír ina mbeidh siad ag comhlíonadh a ndualgas a fhágáil mar gheall ar aon ghníomhaíochtaí acu ina gcáil oifigiúil. I gcás mí-úsáid pribhléidí cónaithe, áfach, ag aon duine den sórt sin i ngníomhaíochtaí sa tír lasmuigh dá fheidhmeanna oifigiúla, féadfaidh Rialtas na tíre sin a cheangal air fágáil ar choinníoll:
2.—(I) Ní cheanglófar ar ionadaithe comhaltaí, ná ar dhaoine atá i dteideal díolúine taidhleoireachta faoi alt 21, an tír a fhágáil ar shlí seachas de réir nós imeachta taidhleoireachta is inchurtha chun feidhme maidir le toscairí taidhleoireachta atá creidiúnaithe chun na tíre sin.
(II) I gcás oifigeach nach inchurtha chun feidhme alt 21 maidir leis, ní dhéanfar aon ordú chun an tír a fhágáil a eisiúint seachas le ceadú Aire Coigríche na tíre a bheidh i gceist, agus ní thabharfar an ceadú sin ach amháin tar éis dul i gcomhairle le ceann feidhmiúcháin na sainghníomhaireachta iomchuí; agus má bhunaítear imeachtaí ionnarbaidh i gcoinne oifigigh, beidh de cheart ag ceann feidhmiúcháin na sainghníomhaireachta láithriú sna himeachtaí sin thar ceann an duine a dtionscnófar ina choinne iad.
Airteagal VIII.
Laissez-passer.
Beidh teideal ag na sainghníomhaireachtaí laissez-passer na Náisiún Aontaithe a úsáid de réir comhshocraíochtaí riaracháin a dhéanfar idir Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe agus údaráis inniúla na sainghníomhaireachtaí, is gníomhnaireachtaí ar féidir cumhachtaí speisialta chun laissez-passer a eisiúint a tharmligean chucu. Déanfaidh Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe gach comhshocraíocht riaracháin a dhéanfar amhlaidh a chur i iúl do gach Stát is páirtí sa Choinbhinsiún seo.
Aithneoidh Stáit is páirtithe sa Choinbhinsiún seo agus glacfaidh siad le laissez-passer a eiseofar chun oifigigh na sainghníomhaireachtaí mar dhoiciméid taistil bhailí.
Déileálfar a scafánta is féidir le hiarratais ar víosaí, i gcás inar gá iad, ó oifigigh shainghníomhaireachtaí ag a bhfuil laissez-passer na Náisiún Aontaithe, nuair a bheidh deimhniú ag gabháil leo go bhfuil siad ag taisteal le gnó sainghníomhaireachta. Ina theannta sin, deonófar saoráidí chun taistil scafánta do dhaoine den sórt sin.
Déanfar saoráidí cosúil leo sin a shonraítear in alt 28 a thabhairt do shaineolaithe agus do dhaoine eile ag a mbeidh, cé nach sealbhóirí laissez-passer na Náisiún Aontaithe iad, deimhniú go bhfuil siad ag taisteal le gnó sainghníomhaireachta.
Déanfar na saoráidí céanna le haghaidh taistil a thugtar d'oifigigh chomhchéime i misiúin thaidhleoireachta a thabhairt do chinn feidhmiúcháin, do chinn feidhmiúcháin chúnta, do chinn ranna agus d'oifigigh eile nach ísle céim ná ceann roinne de chuid na sainghníomhaireachtaí, a bheidh ag taisteal ar laissez-passer na Náisiún Aontaithe le gnó na sainghníomhaireachtaí.
Airteagal IX.
Díospóidí a shocrú.
Cuirfidh gach sainghníomhaireacht dlús le modhanna iomchuí chun socrú a dhéanamh:
(a) ar dhíospóidí de dhroim conarthaí nó díospóidí de ghné phríobháideach inar páirtí an tsainghníomhaireacht;
(b) ar dhíospóidí lena bhfuil gabháil ag aon oifigeach do shainghníomhaireacht a theachtann díolúine mar gheall ar a phost oifigiúil, mura tarscaoileadh díolúine de réir forálacha alt 22.
Déanfar na conspóidí go léir de dhroim an Coinbhinsiún seo a léiriú nó a chur chun feidhme a chur faoi bhráid na Cúirte Breithiúnais Idirnáisiúnta mura gcomhaontóidh na páirtithe in aon chás áirithe modh socraithe eile a ghlacadh chucu. Má éiríonn conspóid idir ceann de na sainghníomhaireachtaí ar thaobh amháin agus comhalta ar an taobh eile, iarrfar tuairim chomhairlitheach ar aon cheist dlí a bheidh an de réir Airteagal 96 den Chairt agus Airteagal 65 de Reacht na Cúirte agus de réir forálacha iomchuí na gcomhaontuithe a rinneadh idir na Náisiúin Aontaithe agus an tsainghníomhaireacht lena mbainfidh. Glacfaidh na páirtithe mar thuairim chríochnaitheach le tuairim na Cúirte.
Airteagal X.
Aguisíní agus a gcur chun feidhme maidir le sainghníomhaireachtaí aonair.
Nuair a bheidh siad á gcur chun feidhme maidir le gach sainghníomhaireacht, oibreoidh na clásail chaighdeánacha faoi réir aon mhodhnuithe a bheidh leagtha amach sa téacs deiridh (nó athscrúdaithe) den aguisín a bhaineann leis an tsainghníomhaireacht sin, mar a fhoráiltear in ailt 36 agus 38.
Ní fóláir forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin maidir le haon sainghníomhaireacht a léiriú ag féachaint do na feidhmeanna atá curtha de chúram ar an ngníomhaireacht sin lena hionstraim bhunreachtúil.
Moltar dréacht-aguisíní I go IX do na sainghníomhaireachtaí a ainmnítear iontu. I gcás sainghníomhaireacht nach n-ainmnítear in alt 1, tarchuirfidh Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe go dtí an ghníomhaireacht dréacht-aguisín a bheidh molta ag an gComhairle Eacnamaíochta agus Sóisialach.
Is é téacs deiridh gach aguisín an ceann sin a cheadóidh an tsainghníomhaireacht a bheidh i gceist de réir a nós imeachta bunreachtúil. Déanfaidh an tsainghníomhaireacht a bheidh i gceist cóip den aguisín arna cheadú ag gach sainghníomhaireacht a tharchur go dtí Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe agus air sin glacfaidh sé ionad an dréachta dá dtagraítear in alt 35.
Tagann an Coinbhinsiún seo chun bheith inchurtha chun feidhme maidir le gach sainghníomhaireacht nuair a bheidh sí tar éis téacs deiridh an aguisín iomchuí a tharchur chun Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe agus tar éis a chur in iúl dó go nglacann sí leis na clásail chaighdeánacha, arna modhnú leis an aguisín seo, agus go ngeallann sí éifeacht a thabhairt d'ailt 8, 18, 22, 23, 24, 31, 32, 42 agus 45 (faoi réir aon mhodhnú ar alt 32 a gheofar a bheith riachtanach chun téacs deiridh an aguisín a chomhréiriú le hionstraim bhunreachtúil na gníomhaireachta) agus d'aon fhorálacha den aguisín a chuireann oibleagáidí ar an ngníomhaireacht. Déanfaidh an tArd-Rúnaí cóipeanna deimhnithe de na haguisíní go léir a tharchuirfear chuige faoin alt seo agus d'aguisíní athscrúdaithe a tharchuirfear faoi alt 38 a thabhairt do Chomhaltaí uile na Náisiún Aontaithe agus do Stáit eile is comhaltaí de na sainghníomhaireachtaí.
Má cheadaíonn aon sainghníomhaireacht, tar éis aguisín deiridh a tharchur faoi alt 36, aon leasuithe air de réir a nós imeachta bunreachtúil, tarchuirfidh sí aguisín athscrúdaithe chuig Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Ní theorainneoidh ná ní dhocharóidh forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo are aon slí na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí atá tugtha, nó a thabharfar dá éis seo, ag aon Stát d'aon sainghníomhaireacht mar gheall ar a ceann-cheathrú nó a hoifigí réigiúin a bheith i gcríoch an Stáit sin. Ní mheasfar go gcoisceann an Coinbhinsiún seo comhaontuithe forlíontacha a dhéanamh idir aon Stát is páirtí ann agus aon sainghníomhaireacht do choigeartú forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo nó do leathnú nó do laghdú na bpribhléidí agus na ndíolúintí a dheonaítear leis.
Tuigtear go mbeidh na clásail chaighdeánacha, arna modhnú le dréacht deiridh aguisín a chuirfidh sainghníomhaireacht chuig Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe faoi alt 36 (nó aon aguisín athscrúdaithe a chuirfear faoi alt 38) comhréireach le forálacha na hionstraime bunreachtúla de chuid na sainghníomhaireachta iomchuí a bheidh i bhfeidhm an tráth sin, agus, más gá aon leasú ar an ionstraim sin chun an ionstraim bhunreachtúil a dhéanamh comhréireach amhlaidh, go mbeidh an leasú sin curtha i bhfeidhm de réir nós imeachta bunreachtúil na gníomhaireachta sin sula dtarchuirfear an t-aguisín deiridh (nó athscrúdaithe).
Ní oibreoidh an Coinbhinsiún féin chun aisghairm ná laghdú a dhéanamh ar aon fhorálacha d'ionstraim bhunreachtúil aon sainghníomhaireachta ná ar aon chearta ná oibleagáidí a bheidh, tharis sin, ag an ngníomhaireacht, nó a gheobhaidh nó a ghlacfaidh sí chuici thairis sin.
Airteagal XI.
Forálacha deiridh.
Tabharfaidh Comhalta de na Náisiúin Aontaithe agus (faoi réir alt 42) aon Stát is comhalta de shainghníomhaireacht shonraithe aontachas leis an gCoinbhinsiún seo trí ionstraim aontachais a thaisceadh le hArd-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe a thiocfaidh in éifeacht ar an dáta a taiscfear í.
Déanfaidh gach sainghníomhaireacht lena mbainfidh téacs an Choinbhinsiúin seo mar aon leis na haguisíní iomchuí a chur in iúl don chuid sin dá comhaltaí nach Comhaltaí de na Náisiúin Aontaithe agus tabharfaidh cuireadh dóibh aontachas a thabhairt leis an gcéanna maidir leis an ngníomhaireacht sin trí ionstraim aontachais ag aontú leis an gCoinbhinsiún a thaisceadh ina leith le hArd-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe nó le ceann feidhmiúcháin na sainghníomhaireachta.
Cuirfidh gach Stát is páirtí sa Choinbhinsiún seo in iúl ina ionstraim aontachais an tsainghníomhaireacht nó na sainghníomhaireachtaí a ngeallann sé forálacha an Choinbhinsiún seo a chur i bhfeidhm ina leith. Féadfaidh gach Stát is páirtí sa Choinbhinsiún seo, trí fhógra scríofa dá éis sin chuig Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe, a gheallúint forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo a chur chun feidhme maidir le sainghníomhaireacht bhreise amháin nó níos mó. Tiocfaidh an fógra sin in éifeacht ar an dáta a gheobhaidh an tArd-Rúnaí é.
Tiocfaidh an Choinbhinsiún seo i bhfeidhm do gach Stát is páirtí sa Choinbhinsiún seo i leith sainghníomhaireachta nuair a thiocfaidh sé chun bheith infheidhmithe maidir leis an ngníomhaireacht sin de réir alt 37 agus go mbeidh an Stát is páirtí tar éis a gheallúint forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin a chur chun feidhme maidir leis an ngníomhaireacht sin de réir alt 43.
Cuirfidh Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe in iúl do Chomhaltaí uile na Náisiún Aontaithe agus freisin do chomhaltaí uile na sainghníomhaireachtaí agus do chinn feidhmiúcháin na sainghníomhaireachtaí i dtaobh gach ionstraim aontachais a thaisceadh a fuarthas faoi alt 41 agus i dtaobh fógraí a fuarthas dá éis sin faoi alt 43. Cuirfidh ceann feidhmiúcháin sainghníomhaireachta in iúl d'Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe agus do chomhaltaí na gníomhaireachta iomchuí i dtaobh aon ionstraim aontachais a thaisceadh a taisceadh leis faoi alt 42.
Tuigtear, nuair a dhéanfar ionstraim aontachais nó fógra dá éis sin a thaisceadh thar ceann aon Stáit, go mbeidh an Stát sin i gcumas faoina dhlí féin éifeacht a thabhairt do théarmaí an Choinbhinsiúin seo, arna mhodhnú le téacsanna deiridh aon aguisíní a bhainfidh leis na gníomhaireachtaí a thagann faoi réim aontachais nó fógraí den sórt sin.
1. Faoi réir forálacha mhír 2 agus mhír 3 den alt seo, geallann gach Stát is páirtí sa Choinbhinsiún seo an Coinbhinsiún seo a chur chun feidhme i leith gach sainghníomhaireacht a thagann faoi réim a aontachais nó fógra dá éis sin uaidh go dtí go mbeidh coinbhinsiún nó aguisín athscrúdaithe tagtha chun bheith inchurtha chun feidhme maidir leis an ngníomhaireacht sin agus go mbeidh an Stát sin tar éis glacadh leis an gcoinbhinsiún nó leis an aguisín athscrúdaithe. I gcás aguisín athscrúdaithe, glacfaidh Stát leis trí fhógra a dhíreofar chuig Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe, a thiocfaidh in éifeacht ar an dáta a gheobhaidh an tArd-Rúnaí é.
2. Féadfaidh gach Stát is páirtí sa Choinbhinsiún seo, áfách, nach comhalta, nó atá scortha de bheith ina chomhalta, de shainghníomhaireacht, fógra scríofa a dhíriú chuig Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe nó chuig ceann feidhmiúcháin na gníomhaireachta lena mbainfidh á rá go mbeartaíonn sé sochair an Choinbhinsiúin seo a choimeád siar ón ngníomhaireacht sin amhail ó dháta sonraithe nach mbeidh níos luaithe ná trí mhí ó dháta an fógra a fháil.
3. Féadfaidh gach Stát is páirtí sa Choinbhinsiún seo sochar an Choinbhinsiúin seo a choimeád siar ó aon sainghníomhaireacht a scoirfidh de bheith i gcaidreamh leis na Náisiúin Aontaithe.
4. Cuirfidh Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe in iúl do na Stáit is comhaltaí atá ina bpáirtithe sa Choinbhinsiún seo i dtaobh aon fhógra a tharchuirfear chuige faoi fhorálacha an ailt seo.
Ar thrian de na Stáit is páirtithe sa Choinbhinsiún seo á iarraidh, tionólfaidh Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe comhdháil d'fhonn é a athscrúdú.
Tarchuirfidh Ard-Rúnaí na Náisiún Aontaithe cóip den Choinbhinsiún seo go dtí gach sainghníomhaireacht agus go dtí Rialtas gach Comhalta de na Náisiúin Aontaithe.
AGUISIN I.
An Eagraíocht Oibreachais Idirnáisiúnta.
Ina bhfeidhm maidir leis an Eagraíocht Oibreachais Idirnáisiúnta oibreoidh na clásail chaighdeánacha faoi réir na bhforálacha seo a leanas:
1. Roichfidh Airteagal V (seachas mír (c) d'alt 13) agus alt 25, míreanna 1 agus 2 (1), d'Airteagal VII go dtí comhaltaí fostóirí agus comhaltaí oibrithe agus leas-chomhaltaí Chomhlacht Rialaithe na hOifige Oibreachais Idirnáisiúnta agus a n-ionadaigh; ach amháin gurb é an Comhlacht Rialaithe a dhéanfaidh díolúine duine den sórt sin is comhalta a tharscaoileadh faoi alt 16.
2. Tabharfar freisin na pribhléidí, na díolúintí, na saoirseachtaí agus na saoráidí dá dtagraítear in Alt 21 de na clásail chaighdeánacha d'aon Leas-Ard-Stiúrthóir agus d'aon Ard-Stiúrthóir Cúnta de chuid na hOifige Oibreachais Idirnáisiúnta.
3. (i) Tabharfar do shaineolaithe (seachas oifigigh a thagann faoi réim airteagal VI) a bheidh ag fónamh ar choistí de chuid, nó a bheidh ag déanamh misiún le haghaidh, na heagraíochta na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí seo a leanas a mhéid is gá sin chun a bhfeidhmeanna a fheidhmiú go héifeachtach, lena n-áirítear an t-am a chaitear ar thurais i ndáil le fónamh ar choistí nó ar mhisiúin den sórt sin:
(a) díolúine ó ghabháil phearsanta agus óna mbagáiste pearsanta a urghabháil;
(b) i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad nó gníomhartha a rinne siad ag comhlíonadh a bhfeidhmeanna oifigiúla dóibh, díolúine ó phróis dlíthiúl de gach sórt, agus an díolúine sin do leanúint ann d'ainneoin nach bhfuil na daoine lena mbaineann ag fónamh a thuilleadh ar choistí de chuid, nó ar fostú a thuilleadh ar mhisiúin le haghaidh, na hEagraíochta;
(c) na saoráidí céanna maidir le sriantachtaí airgeadra nó iomlaoide agus maidir lena mbagáiste pearsanta a thugtar d'oifigigh Rialtas coigríche ar mhisiúin oifigiúla shealadacha;
(d) dosháraitheacht dá bpáipéir agus dá ndoiciméid a bhaineann leis an obair lena bhfuil siad fruilithe don Eagraíocht.
(ii) I ndáil le (d) de 3 (i) thuas, beidh an prionsabal atá san abairt deiridh d'alt 12 de na clásail chaighdeánacha inchurtha chun feidhme.
(iii) Is ar mhaithe leis an Eagraíocht agus ní chun sochair phearsanta na saineolaithe féin a dheonaítear pribhléidí agus díolúintí do shaineolaithe na hEagraíochta. Beidh de cheart ag an Eagraíocht agus de dhualgas uirthi díolúine aon saineolaí a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é a tuairim go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais, agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar do leasanna na nEagraíochtaí.
AGUISIN II.
Eagraíocht Bia agus Talmhaíochta na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Ina bhfeidhm maidir le hEagraíocht Bia agus Talmhaíochta na Náisiún Aontaithe (dá ngairtear “An Eagraíocht” anseo feasta) oibreoidh na clásail chaighdeánacha faoi réir na bhforálacha seo a leanas:
1. Roichfidh Airteagal V agus alt 25, míreanna 1 agus 2 (I), d'Airteagal VII go dtí Cathaoirleach na hEagraíochta agus go dtí Ionadaithe Comhaltaí Comhlacha, ach amháin gurb í Comhairle na hEagraíochta a dhéanfaidh aon tarscaoileadh ar dhíolúine an Chathaoirligh faoi Alt 16.
2. (i) Tabharfar do shaineolaithe (seachas oifigigh a thagann faoi réim Airteagal VI) a bheidh ag fónamh ar choistí de chuid, nó a bheidh ag déanamh misiún le haghaidh, na hEagraíochta na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí seo a leanas a mhéid is gá sin chun a bhfeidhmeanna a fheidhmiú go héifeachtach, lena n-áirítear an t-am a chaithfear ar thuras i ndáil le fónamh ar choistí nó ar mhisiúin den sórt sin:
(a) díolúine ó ghabháil phearsanta agus óna mbagáiste pearsanta a urghabháil;
(b) i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad nó gníomhartha a rinne siad ag comhlíonadh a bhfeidhmeanna oifigiúla dóibh, díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil de gach sórt, agus an díolúine sin do leanúint ann d'ainneoin nach bhfuil na daoine lena mbaineann ag fónamh a thuilleadh ar choistí de chuid, nó ar fostú a thuilleadh ar mhisiúin le haghaidh, na hEagraíochta;
(c) na saoráidí céanna maidir le sriantachtaí airgeadra agus iomlaoide agus maidir lena mbagáiste pearsanta a thugtar d'oifigigh rialtas coigríche ar mhisiúin oifigiúla shealadacha;
(d) dosháraitheacht dá bpáipéir agus dá ndoiciméid a bhaineann leis an obair lena bhfuil siad fruilithe don Eagraíocht agus, chun críche a gcumarsáidí leis an Eagraíocht, an ceart chun cóid a úsáid agus páipéir nó comhfhreagras a fháil trí mheán teachtaire turais nó i málaí séalaithe.
(ii) I ndáil le (d) de 2 (i) thuas, beidh an prionsabal atá san abairt deiridh d'Alt 12 de na clásail chaighdeánacha inchurtha chun feidhme.
(iii) Is ar mhaithe leis an Eagraíocht agus ní chun sochair phearsanta na saineolaithe féin a dheonaítear pribhléidí agus díolúintí do shaineolaithe na hEagraíochta. Beidh de cheart ag an Eagraíocht agus de dhualgas uirthi díolúine aon saineolaithe a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é a tuairim go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais, agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar do leasa na hEagraíochta.
3. Tabharfar na pribhléidí, na díolúintí, na saoirseachtaí agus na saoráidí dá dtagraítear in alt 21 de na clásail chaighdéanacha do Leas-Ard-Stiúrthóir agus d'Ard-Stiúrthóirí Cúnta na hEagraíochta.
AGUISIN III.
An Eagraíocht Eitlíochta Sibhialta Idirnáisiúnta.
Oibreoidh na clásail chaighdeánacha maidir leis an Eagraíocht Eitlíochta Sibhialta Idirnáisiúnta (dá ngairtear “an Eagraíocht” anseo feasta) faoi réir na bhforálacha seo a leanas:
1. Tabharfar freisin na pribhléidí, na díolúintí, na saoirseachtaí agus na saoráidí dá dtagraítear in alt 21 de na clásail chaighdeánacha d'Uachtarán Chomhairle na hEagraíochta.
2. (i) Tabharfar do shaineolaithe (seachas oifigigh a thagann faoi réim airteagal VI) a bheidh ag fónamh ar choistí de chuid, nó a bheidh ag déanamh misiún le haghaidh, na hEagraíochta na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí seo a leanas a mhéid is gá sin chun a bhfeidhmeanna a fheidhmiú go héifeachtach, lena n-áirítear an t-am a chaithfear ar thurais i ndáil le fónamh ar choistí nó ar mhisiúin den sórt sin:
(a) díolúine ó ghabháil phearsanta agus óna mbagáiste pearsanta a urghabháil;
(b) díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil de gach sórt i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad nó gníomhartha a rinne siad ag comhlíonadh a bhfeidhmeanna oifigiúla dóibh, agus an díolúine sin do leanúint ann d'ainneoin nach bhfuil na daoine lena mbaineann ag fónamh a thuilleadh ar choistí de chuid, nó ar fostú a thuilleadh ar mhisiúin le haghaidh, na hEagraíochta;
(c) na saoráidí céanna maidir le sriantachtaí airgeadra nó iomlaoide agus maidir lena mbagáiste pearsanta a thugtar d'oifigigh Rialtas coigríche ar mhisiúin oifigiúla shealadacha;
(d) dosháraitheacht dá bpáipéir agus dá ndoiciméid a bhaineann leis an obair lena bhfuil siad fruilithe don Eagraíocht.
(ii) I ndáil le (d) de 2 (i) thuas, beidh an prionsabal atá san abairt deiridh d'alt 12 de na clásail chaighdeánacha inchurtha chun feidhme.
(iii) Is ar mhaithe leis an Eagraíocht agus ní chun sochair phearsanta na saineolaithe féin a dheonaítear pribhléidí agus díolúintí do shaineolaithe na hEagraíochta. Beidh de cheart ag an Eagraíocht agus de dhualgas uirthi díolúine aon saineolaí a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é a tuairim go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais, agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar do leasa na hEagraíochta.
AGUISIN IV.
Eagraíocht Oideachais, Eolaíochta agus Cultúir na Náisiún Aontaithe.
Oibreoidh na clásail chaighdeánacha maidir le hEagraíocht Oideachais, Eolaíochta agus Cultúir na Náisiún Aontaithe (dá ngairtear “an Eagraíocht” anseo feasta) faoi réir na bhforálacha seo a leanas:
1. Roichfidh Airteagal V agus alt 25, míreanna 1 agus 2 (1), d'airteagal VII go dtí Uachtarán na Comhdhála agus go dtí Comhaltaí Bhord Feidhmiúcháin na hEagraíochta, a n-ionadaigh agus a gcomhairleoirí ach amháin gurb é an Bord Feidhmiúcháin a dhéanfaidh aon tarscaoileadh ar dhíolúine aon duine den sórt sin de Bhord Feidhmiúcháin faoi alt 16.
2. Teachtfaidh Leas-Ard-Stiúrthóir na hEagraíochta, a chéile agus a chlann mhionaoiseach, freisin, na pribhléidí, na díolúintí, na saoirseachtaí agus na saoráidí a thugtar do thoscairí taidhleoireachta de réir an dlí idirnáisiúnta, a áirithíonn airteagal VI, alt 21, den choinbhinsiún do cheann feidhmiúcháin gach sainghníomhaireachta.
3. (i) Tabharfar do shaineolaithe (seachas oifigigh a thagann faoi réim airteagal VI) a bheidh ag fónamh ar choistí de chuid, nó a bheidh ag déanamh misiún le haghaidh, na hEagraíochta na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí seo a leanas a mhéid is gá sin chun a bhfeidhmeanna a fheidhmiú go héifeachtach, lena n-áirítear an t-am a chaithfear ar thurais i ndáil le fónamh ar choistí nó ar mhisiúin den sórt sin:
(a) díolúine ó ghabháil phearsanta agus óna mbagáiste pearsanta a urghabháil;
(b) i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad nó gníomhartha a rinne siad ag comhlíonadh a bhfeidhmeanna oifigiúla dóibh, díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil de gach sórt, agus an díolúine sin do leanúint ann d'ainneoin nach bhfuil na daoine lena mbaineann ag fónamh a thuilleadh ar choistí de chuid, nó ar fostú a thuilleadh ar mhisiúin le haghaidh, na hEagraíochta;
(c) na saoráidí céanna maidir le sriantachtaí airgeadra nó iomlaoide agus maidir lena mbagáiste pearsanta a thugtar d'oifigigh Rialtas coigríche ar mhisiúin oifigiúla shealadacha.
(ii) Is ar mhaithe leis an Eagraíocht agus ní chun sochair phearsanta na saineolaithe féin a dheonaítear pribhléidí agus díolúintí do shaineolaithe na hEagraíochta. Beidh de cheart ag an Eagraíocht agus de dhualgas uirthi díolúine aon saineolaí a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é a tuairim go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais, agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar do leasa na hEagraíochta.
AGUISIN V.
An Ciste Airgeadaíochta Idirnáisiúnta.
Ina fheidhm maidir leis an gCiste Airgeadaíochta Idirnáisiúnta dá ngairtear “an Ciste” anseo feasta), oibreoidh an coinbhinsiún (lena n-áirítear an t-aguisín seo) faoi réir na bhforálacha seo a leanas:
1. Ní bhainfidh alt 32 de na clásail chaighdeánacha ach amháin le conspóidí a éireoidh de dhroim léiriú nó feidhmiú pribhléidí agus díolúintí a dhíorthaíonn an Ciste go haonaránach ón gcoinbhinsiún seo agus nach bhfuil ar áireamh orthu iad sin is féidir leis a éileamh faoina Airteagail Chomhaontaithe nó ar shlí eile.
2. Ní dhéanann forálacha an choinbhinsiúin (lena n-áirítear an t-aguisín seo) modhnú ná leasú ná a cheangal go ndéanfar modhnú nó leasú ar Airteagail Chomhaontaithe an Chiste ná lagú ná teorainniú ar aon cheann de na cearta, na díolúintí, na pribhléidí nó na saoirseachtaí a thugtar don Chiste nó d'aon cheann dá chomhaltaí, dá Rialtóirí, dá Stiúrthóirí Feidhmiúcháin, dá mhalairtigh, dá oifigigh nó dá fhostaithe le hAirteagail Chomhaontaithe an Chiste, nó le haon reacht, dlí nó rialachán de chuid aon chomhalta den Chiste nó de chun aon fhoroinne polaitiúla d'aon chomhalta den sórt sin, nó ar shlí eile.
AGUISIN VI.
An Banc Idirnáisiúnta Athfhoirgníochta agus Forbartha.
Ina fheidhm maidir leis an mBanc Idirnáisiúnta Athfhoirgníochta agus Forbartha (dá ngairtear “an Banc” anseo feasta), oibreoidh an Coinbhinsiún (lena n-áirítear an t-aguisín seo) faoi réir na bhfo-álacha seo a leanas:
1. Cuirfear an méid seo a leanas in ional alt 4:
“Ní fhéadfar caingne a thionscnamh i gcoinne an Bhainc ach amháin i gcúirt dlínse inniúla i gcríocha chomhalta den Bhanc ina bhfuil oifig ag an mBanc, ina bhfuil gníomhaire ceaptha aige chun seirbheáil nó fógra próise a ghlacadh nó ina bhfuil urrúis eisithe nó ráthaithe aige. Ní dhéanfaidh comhaltaí ná daoine a bheidh ag gníomhú do chomhaltaí nó a dhíorthaíonn éilithe ó chomhaltaí aon chaingne a thionscnamh, áfach. Beidh maoin agus sócmhainní an Bhainc, cibé áit ina mbeidh siad agus cibé ag a mbeidh siad, díolmhaithe ó gach sórt urghabháil, astú nó forghníomhú sula dtabharfar breithiúnas deiridh i gcoinne an Bhaine.”
2. Ní bhainfidh alt 32 de na clásail chaighdeánacha ach amháin le conspóidí a éireoidh de dhroim léiriú nó feidhmiú pribhléidí agus díolúintí a dhíorthaíonn an Banc go haonaránach ón gcoinbhinsiún seo agus nach bhfuil ar áireamh orthu iad sin is féidir leis a éileamh faoina Airteagail Chomhaontaithe nó ar shlí eile.
3. Ní dhéanann forálacha an choinbhinsiúin (lena n-áirítear an t-aguisín seo) modhnú ná leasú, ná a cheangal go ndéanfar modhnú nó leasú ar Airteagail Chomhaontaithe an Bhainc ná lagú ná teorainniú ar aon cheann de na cearta, na díolúintí, na pribhléidí nó na saoirseachtaí a thugtar don Bhanc nó d'aon cheann dá chomhaltaí, dá Rialtóirí, dá Stiúrthóirí Feidhmiúcháin, dá mhalairtigh, dá oifigigh nó dá fhostaithe le hAirteagail Chomhaontaithe an Bhainc nó le haon reacht, dlí nó rialachán de chuid aon chomhalta den Bhanc nó de chuid aon fhoroinne polaitiúla d'aon chomhalta den sórt sin, nó ar shlí eile.
AGUISIN VII.
An Eagraíocht Sláinte Domhanda.
Ina bhfeidhm maidir leis an Eagraíocht Sláinte Domhanda (dá ngairtear “an Eagraíocht” anseo feasta) oibreoidh na clásail chaighdeánacha faoi réir na modhnuithe seo a leanas:
1. Roichfidh Airteagal V agus Alt 25, míreanna 1 agus 2 (1), d'Airteagal VII go dtí daoine atá ainmnithe chun fónamh ar Bhord Feidhmiúcháin na hEagraíochta, a malairtigh agus a gcomhairleoirí, ach amháin gurb é an Bord a dhéanfaidh aon tarscaoileadh ar dhíolúine aon daoine den sórt sin faoi Alt 16.
2. (i) Tabharfar do shaineolaithe (seachas oifigigh a thagann faoi réim Airteagal VI) a bheidh ag fónamh ar choistí de chuid, nó a bheidh ag déanamh misiún le haghaidh, na hEagraíochta na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí seo a leanas a mhéid is gá sin chun a bhfeidhmeanna a fheidhmiú go héifeachtach, lena n-áirítear an t-am a chaithfear ar thurais i ndáil le fónamh ar choistí nó ar mhisiúin den sórt sin:
(a) díolúine ó ghabháil phearsanta agus óna mbagáiste pearsanta a urghabháil;
(b) i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad nó gníomhartha a rinne siad ag comhlíonadh a bhfeidhmeanna oifigiúla dóibh, díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil de gach sórt agus an díolúine sin do leanúint ann d'ainneoin nach bhfuil na daoine lena mbaineann ag fónamh a thuillead ar choistí de chuid, nó ar fostú a thuilleadh ar mhisiúin le haghaidh, na hEagraíochta;
(c) na saoráidí céanna maidir le sriantachtaí airgeadra nó iomlaoide agus maidir lena mbagáiste pearsanta a thugtar d'oifigigh rialtas coigríche ar mhisiúin oifigiúla shealadacha;
(d) dosháraitheacht do gach páipéar agus doiciméad;
(e) chun críche a gcumarsáidí leis an Eagraíocht, an ceart chun cóid a úsáid agus páipéir nó comhfhreagras a fháil trí mheán teachtaire turais nó i málaí séalaithe.
(ii) Déanfar na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí atá leagtha amach i míreanna (b) agus (e) thuas a thabhairt do daoine a bheidh ag feidhmiú ar Phainéil Chomhairleacha Shaineolaithe de chuid na hEagraíochta i bhfeidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna sa cháil sin.
(iii) Is ar mhaithe leis an Eagraíocht agus ní chun sochair phearsanta na saineolaithe féin a dheonaítear pribhléidí agus díolúintí do shaineolaithe na hEagraíochta. Beidh de cheart ag an Eagraíocht agus de dhualgas uirthi díolúine aon saineolaí a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é a tuairim go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais, agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar do leasanna na hEagraíochta.
3. Roichfidh Airteagal V agus Alt 25, míreanna 1 agus 2 (1), d'Airteagal VII go dtí ionadaithe Comhaltaí Comhlacha a bheidh páirteach in obair na hEagraíochta de réir Airteagail 8 agus 47 den Bhunreacht.
4. Déanfar na pribhléidí, na díolúintí, na saoirseachtaí agus na saoráidí dá dtagraítear in Alt 21 de na clásail chaighdeánacha a thabhairt freisin d'aon Leas-Ard-Stiúrthóir, 9rd-Stiúrthóir Cúnta agus Stiúrthóir Réigiúin de chuid na hEagraíochta.
AGUISIN VIII.
An tAontas Poist Uilechoiteann.
Beidh feidhm ag na clásail chaighdeánacha gan mhodhnú.
AGUISIN IX.
An tAontas Teileachumarsáide Idirnáisiúnta.
Beidh feidhm ag na clásail chaighdeánacha gan mhodhnú ach amháin nach n-éileoidh an tAontas Teileachumarsáide Idirnáisiúnta teachtadh córach pribhléidí dó féin maidir leis na “Saoráidí maidir le cumarsáidí” a fhoráiltear in Airteagal IV, Alt 11.
AGUISIN X.
Thagair Aguisín X don Eagraíocht Teifeach Idirnáisiúnta a díscaoileadh le Rún Uimh. 108 a rith a hArd-Chomhairle an 15 Feabhra, 1952.
AGUISIN XI.
An Eagraíocht Metéareolaíochta Dhomhanda.
Beidh feidhm ag na clásail chaighdeánacha gan mhodhnú.
AGUISIN XII.
An Eagraíocht Chomhairleach Mhuirí Idir-Rialtasach.
1. Déanfar na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí, na saoirseachtaí agus na saoráidí dá dtagraítear in Airteagal VI, Alt 21 de na clásail chaighdeánacha a thabhairt d'Ard-Rúnaí na hEagraíochta agus do Rúnaí an Choiste Muir-Shábháilteachta, ar choinníoll nach gceanglóidh forálacha na míre seo ar an gComhalta ar ina chríoch atá a Ceanncheathrú ag an Eagraíocht Airteagal VI, Alt 21 de na clásail chaighdeánacha a chur chun feidhme maidir le haon duine ar náisiúnach dá chuid é.
2. (a) Tabharfar do shaineolaithe (seachas oifigigh a thagann faoi réim Airteagal VI) a bheidh ag fónamh ar choistí de chuid, nó a bheidh ag déanamh misiún le haghaidh, na hEagraíochta na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí seo a leanas a mhéid is gá sin chun a bhfeidhmeanna a fheidhmiú go héifeachtach, lena n-áirítear an t-am a chaithfear ar thurais i ndáil le fónamh ar choistí nó ar mhisiúin den sórt sin:
(i) díolúine ó ghabháil phearsanta agus óna mbagáiste pearsanta a urghabháil;
(ii) i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad nó gníomhartha a rinne siad ag comhlíonadh a bhfeidhmeanna oifigiúla dóibh, díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil de gach sórt, agus an díolúine sin do leanúint ann d'ainneoin nach bhfuil na daoine lena mbaineann ag fónamh a thuilleadh ar choistí de chuid, nó ar fostú a thuilleadh ar mhisiúin le haghaidh, na hEagraíochta;
(iii) na saoráidí céanna maidir le sriantachtaí airgeadra nó iomlaoide agus maidir lena mbagáiste pearsanta a thugtar d'oifigigh rialtas coigríche ar mhisiúin oifigiúla shealadacha;
(iv) dosháraitheacht do na páipéir agus do na doiciméid go léir a bhaineann leis an obair lena bhfuil siad fruilithe don Eagraíocht;
(v) an ceart chun cóid a úsáid agus doiciméid agus comhfhreagras a fháil trí mheán teachtaire turais nó i málaí cáipéisí séalaithe le haghaidh a gcumarsáidí leis an Eagraíocht Chomhairleach Mhuirí Idir-Rialtasach.
I ndáil le hAlt 2 (a) (iv) agus (v) thuas beidh an prionsabal atá san abairt deiridh d'Alt 12 de na clásail chaighdeánacha inchurtha chun feidhme.
(b) Is ar mhaithe leis an Eagraíocht agus ní chun sochair phearsanta na saineolaithe féin a dheonaítear pribhléidí agus díolúintí do shaineolaithe na hEagraíochta. Beidh de cheart ag an Eagraíocht agus de dhualgas uirthi díolúine aon saineolaí a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é a tuairim go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar do leasanna na hEagraíochta.
AGUISIN XIII.
An Chorparáid Airgeadais Idirnáisiúnta.
Ina fheidhm maidir leis an gCorparáid Airgeadais Idirnáisiúnta (dá ngairtear “an Chorparáid” anseo feasta) oibreoidh an Coinbhinsiún (lena n-áirítear an t-aguisín seo) faoi réir na bhforálacha seo a leanas:
1. Cuirfear an méid seo a leanas in ionad Alt 4:
“Ní fhéadfar caingne a thionscnamh i gcoinne na Corparáide ach amháin i gcúirt dlínse inniúla i gcríocha chomhalta ina bhfuil oifig ag an gCorparáid, ina bhfuil gníomhaire ceaptha aici chun seirbheáil nó fógra próise a ghlacadh nó ina bhfuil urrúis eisithe nó ráthaithe aici. Ní dhéanfaidh comhaltaí ná daoine a bheidh ag gníomhú do chomhaltaí nó a dhíorthaíonn éilithe ó chomhaltaí aon chaingne a thionscnamh, áfach. Beidh maoin agus sócmhainní na Corparáide, cibé áit ina mbeidh agus cibé ag a mbeidh an céanna, díolmhaithe ó gach sórt urghabháil, astú nó forghníomhú sula dtabharfar breithiúnas deiridh i gcoinne na Corparáide.”
2. Bainfidh mír (b) d'alt 7 de na clásail chaighdeánacha leis an gCorparáid faoi réir Airteagal III, Alt 5 d'Airteagail Chomhaontaithe na Corparáide.
3. Féadfaidh an Chorparáid, dá rogha féin, aon cheann de na pribhléidí agus de na díolúintí a thugtar le hAirteagal VI dá hAirteagail Chomhaontaithe a tharscaoileadh a mhéid agus ar cibé coinníollacha a chinnfidh sí.
4. Ní bhainfidh alt 32 de na clásail chaighdeánacha ach amháin le conspóidí a éireoidh de dhroim léiriú nó feidhmiú pribhléidí agus díolúintí a dhíorthaíonn an Chorparáid ón gCoinbhinsiún seo agus nach bhfuil ar áireamh orthu iad sin is féidir léi a éileamh faoina hAirteagail Chomhaontaithe nó ar shlí eile.
5. Ní dhéanann forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin seo (lena n-áirítear an t-aguisín seo) modhnú ná leasú, ná a cheangal go ndéanfar modhnú nó leasú, ar Airteagail Chomhaontaithe na Corparáide ná lagú ná teorainniú ar aon cheann de na cearta, na díolúintí, na pribhléidí nó na saoirseachtaí a thugtar don chorparáid nó d'aon cheann dá comhaltaí, dá Rialtóirí, dá Stiúrthóirí Feidhmiúcháin, dá Malairtigh, dá hoifigigh agus dá fostaithe le hAirteagal Chomhaontaithe na Corparáide nó le haon reacht, dlí nó rialachán de chuid aon chomhalta den Chorparáid nó de chuid aon fhoroinne polaitiúla d'aon chomhalta den sórt sin, ná ar shlí eile.
AGUISIN XIV.
An Comhlachas Forbartha Idirnáisiúnta.
Ina fheidhm maidir leis an gComhlachas Forbartha Idirnáisiúnta (dá ngairtear “an Comhlachas” anseo feasta) oibreoidh an Coinbhinsiún, lena n-áirtear an t-aguisín seo, faoi réir na bhforálacha seo a leanas:
1. Cuirfear an méid seo a leanas in ionad alt 4:
“Ní fhéadar caingne a thionscnamh i gcoinne an Chomhlachais ach amháin i gcúirt dlínse inniúla i gcríocha chomhalta ina bhfuil oifig ag an gComhlachas, ina bhfuil gníomhaire ceaptha aige chun seirbheáil nó fógra próise a ghlacadh nó ina bhfuil urrúis eisithe nó ráthaithe aige. Ní dhéanfaidh comhaltaí na daoine a bheidh ag gníomhú do chomhaltaí nó a dhíorthaíonn éilithe ó chomhaltaí aon chaingne a thionscnamh, áfach. Beidh maoin agus sócmhainní an Chomhlachais, cibé áit ina mbeidh siad agus cibé ag a mbeidh siad, díolmhaithe ó gach sórt urghabháil, astú nó forghníomhú sula dtabharfar breithiúnas deiridh i gcoinne an Chomhlachais.”
2. Ní bhainfidh alt 32 de na clásail chaighdeánacha ach amháin le conspóidí a éireoidh de dhroim léiriú agus feidhmiú pribhléidí agus díolúintí a dhíorthaíonn an Comhlachas ón gCoinbhinsiún seo agus nach bhfuil ar áireamh orthu iad sin is féidir leis a éileamh faoina Airteagail Chomhaontaithe nó ar shlí eile.
3. Ní dhéanann forálacha an Choinbhinsiúin (lena n-áirítear an t-aguisín seo) modhnú ná leasú, ná a cheangal go ndéanfar modhnú nó leasú, ar Airteagail Chomhaontaithe an Chomhlachais ná lagú ná teorainniú ar aon cheann de na cearta, na díolúintí, na pribhléidí nó na saoirseachtaí a thugtar don Chomhlachas nó d'aon cheann dá chomhaltaí, dá rialtóirí, dá stiúrthóirí feidhmiúcháin, dá mhalairtigh, dá oifigigh nó dá fhostaithe le hAirteagail Chomhaontaithe an Chomhlachais nó le haon reacht, dlí nó rialachán de chuid aon chomhalta den Chomhlachas nó de chuid aon fhoroinne polaitiúla d'aon chomhalta den sórt sin, nó ar shlí eile.
AN CUIGIU SCEIDEAL.
Comhaontú Ginearálta i dTaobh Pribhléidí agus Díolúintí Chomhairle na hEorpa.
Tá Rialtais Ríocht na Beilge, Ríocht na Danmhairge, Phoblacht na Fraince, Ríocht na Gréige, Phoblacht na hÉireann, Phoblacht na hIodáile, Ard-Diúiceacht Lucsamburg, Ríocht na hÍsiltíre, Ríocht na hIoruaidhe, Ríocht na Sualainne, Phoblacht na Tuirce agus Ríocht Aontaithe na Breataine Móire agus Thuaisceart Éireann;
De bhrí go dteachtfaidh Comhairle na hEorpa, ionadaithe Comhaltaí agus an Rúnaíocht, faoi fhorálacha Airteagal 40, mír (a), den Reacht, i gcríocha a Comhaltaí cibé pribhléidí agus díolúintí is gá chun a ndualgais a dhéanamh;
De bhrí go bhfuil Comhaltaí na Comhairle tar éis a gheallúint faoi fhorálacha mhír (b) den Airteagal thuasluaite comhaontú a dhéanamh chun forálacha na míre sin a chomhalladh;
De bhrí go bhfuil an Coiste Airí, de bhun na míre thuasluaite sin (b), tar éis a mholadh do Rialtais is Comhaltaí glacadh leis na forálacha seo a leanas;
Tar éis comhaontú mar a leanas:
CUID I.
Pearsantacht—Inniúlacht.
Airteagal 1.
Beidh pearsantacht dlítheanach ag Comhairle na hEorpa. Beidh sí inniúil ar chonarthaí a dhéanamh, maoin shochorraithe agus maoin dhochorraithe a fháil agus imeachtaí dlíthiúla a thionscnamh.
Gníomhóidh an tArd-Rúnaí thar ceann Chomhairle na hEorpa sna hábhair sin.
Airteagal 2.
Comhoibreoidh an tArd-Rúnaí i gcónaí le húdaráis inniúla na gComhaltaí chun cuí-riaradh an cheartais a urasú, chun a áirithiú go gcomhallfar rialacháin phóilíneachta agus aon mhí-úsáid i ndáil leis na pribhléidí, na díolúintí, na saoirseachtaí agus na saoráidí atá ar áireamh sa Chomhaontú seo a chosc ó tharlú.
CUID II.
Maoin, Cistí agus Sócmhainní.
Airteagal 3.
Teachtfaidh an Chomhairle, a maoin agus a sócmhainní, cibé áit ina mbeidh agus cibé ag a mbeidh an céanna, díolúine ó gach próis dhlíthiúil ach amháin a mhéid a bheidh an Chomhairle Airí, in aon chás áirithe, tar éis a údarú go sainráite an díolúine sin a tharscaoileadh. Tuigtear, áfach, nach mbainfidh aon tarscaoileadh díolúine le haon bheart forghníomhaithe ná coinneáil maoine.
Airteagal 4.
Beidh foirgnimh agus áitribh na Comhairle dosháraithe. Beidh díolúine ó chuardach, foréileamh, coigistiú, díshealbhú nó aon sórt eile cur isteach, trí ghníomh feidhmiúcháin, gníomh riaracháin, gníomh breithiúnach nó gníomh reachtach, ag maoin agus sócmhainní na Comhairle cibé áit ina mbeidh agus cibé ag a mbeidh an céanna.
Airteagal 5.
Beidh cartlann na Comhairle, agus, i gcoitinne, na doiciméid go léir léi féin nó atá ar teachtadh aici, dosháraithe cibé áit na mbeidh siad.
Airteagal 6.
Gan bheith faoi sriantacht ag rialála airgeadais, rialacháin ná moratoria airgeadais d'aon sórt—
(a) féadfaidh an Chomhairle airgeadra d'aon sórt a shealbhú agus cuntais a oibriú in aon airgeadais;
(b) féadfaidh an Chomhairle a cistí a aistriú go saorálach ó thír go tír eile nó istigh in aon tír agus aon airgeadra a bheidh aici a chomhshó go saorálach in airgeadra eile;
(c) ag feidhmiú a cearta faoi fhomhíreanna (a) agus (b) thuas di, tabharfaidh Comhairle na hEorpa aird chuí ar aon uiríolla ó Rialtas Comhalta agus géillfidh sí do na huiríolla sin a mhéid a mheasfaidh sí is féidir sin gan dochar do leasa na Comhairle.
Airteagal 7.
Beidh an Chomhairle, a sócmhainní, a hioncam agus a maoin eile:
(a) saor ó gach cáin dhíreach; ní éileoidh an Chomhairle, áfach, saoirseacht ó rátaí, cánacha ná dírí nach bhfuil iontu ach muirir i leith seirbhísí fóntais phoiblí;
(b) saor ó gach dleacht custam agus ó gach toirmeasc agus sriantacht ar allmhairí agus onnmhairí maidir le hearraí a theastóidh ón gComhairle le haghaidh úsáide oifigiúla aici; ní dhéanfar earraí a allmhaireofar faoi shaoir seacht den sórt sin a dhíol sa tír ar allmhairíodh isteach inti iad ach amháin faoi choinníollacha a cheadóidh Rialtas na tíre sin;
(c) saor ó gach dleacht custam agus ó gach toirmeasc agus sriantacht ar allmhairí agus onnmhairtí maidir lena foilseacháin.
CUID III.
Cumarsáidí.
Airteagal 8.
Teachtfaidh an Coiste Airí agus an tArd-Rúnaí i gcríoch gach Comhalta, dá gcumarsáidí oifigiúla, cóir nach lú fabhair ná an chóir a thugann an Comhalta do mhisiúin taidhleoireachta aon Rialtais eile.
Ní dhéanfar aon chinsireacht ar chomhfhreagras oifigiúil ná ar chumarsáidí oifigiúla an Choiste Airí agus na Rúnaíochta.
CUID IV.
Ionadaithe Comhaltaí chun an Choiste Airí.
Airteagal 9.
Na hionadáithe ag an gCoiste Airí teachtfaidh siad, ag feidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna dóibh agus le linn a dturas dóibh go dtí áit an chruinnithe agus ón áit sin, na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí seo a leanas:
(a) Díolúine ó ghabháil nó coinneáil phearsanta agus óna mbagáiste pearsanta a urghabháil, agus i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus na gníomhartha go léir a rinne siad ina gcáil oifigiúil, díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil de gach sórt.
(b) Dosháraitheacht do gach páipéar agus doiciméad.
(c) An ceart chun cóid a úsáid agus páipéir nó comhfhreagras a fháil trí mheán teachtaire turais nó i málaí séalaithe.
(d) Saoirseacht ina leith féin agus a gcéilí ó shriantachtaí inimirce nó clárú eachtrannach sa Stát ina bhfuil a gcuairt nó trína bhfuil siad ag dul i bhfeidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna.
(e) Na saoráidí céanna maidir le sriantachtaí airgeadra nó iomlaoide a thugtar d'ionadaithe comhchéime de mhisiúin thaidhleoireachta.
(f) Na díolúintí agus na saoráidí céanna maidir lena mbagáiste pearsanta a thugtar do chomhaltaí comhchéime de mhisiúin thaidhleoireachta.
Airteagal 10.
Ionas go n-áiritheofar lánsaoirse cainte agus neamhspleáchas iomlán, ag comhlíonadh a ndualgas dóibh, do na hionadaithe ag an gCoiste Airí, leanfar den díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus na ngníomhartha go léir a rinne siad ag comhlíonadh a ndualgas dóibh a thabhairt, d'ainneoin nach bhfuil na daoine sin lena mbaineann ag comhlíonadh dualgas den sórt sin a thuilleadh.
Airteagal 11.
Ní chun sochair phearsanta na ndaoine féin ach chun feidhmiú neamhspleách a bhfeidhmeanna i ndáil leis an gCoiste Airí a shlánchoimeád a thugtar pribhléidí agus díolúintí do na híonadaithe Comhaltaí. Dá chionn sin, ní hé amháin go bhfuil de cheart ag Comhalta ach tá de dhualgas air díolúine a ionadaí a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é tuairim an Chomhalta go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar don chríoch dá dtugtar an díolúine.
Airteagal 12.
(a) Níl forálacha Airteagail 9, 10 agus 11 inchurtha chun feidhme maidir le húdaráis Stáit ar náisiúnach de an duine nó arb ionadaí nó arbh ionadaí dó an duine.
(b) In Airteagail 9, 10, 11 agus 12 (a) thuas, measfar go bhfolaíonn an abairt “ionadaithe” ionadaithe, ionadaithe malairteacha, comhairleoirí, saineolaithe teicniúla agus rúnaithe uile toscaireachtaí.
CUID V.
Ionadaithe chun an Chomhthionóil Chomhairligh.
Airteagal 13.
Ní chuirfear aon sriantacht riaracháin ná aon sriantacht eile ar shaorghluaiseacht go dtí áit, agus ó áit, chruinnithe Ionadaithe chun an Chomhthionóil Chomhairligh agus a n-ionadach.
Tabharfar d'ionadaithe agus dá n-ionadaigh, maidir le rialú custam agus iomlaoide:
(a) ag a Rialtas féin, na saoráidí céanna a thugtar d'oifigigh shinsearacha agus iad ag taisteal ar an gcoigrích ar dhualgas oifigiúil sealadach;
(b) ag Rialtais Comhaltaí eile, na saoráidí céanna a thugtar d'ionadaithe Rialtas coigríche ar dhualgas oifigiúil sealadach.
Airteagal 14.
Beidh ionadaithe chun an Chomthionóil Chomhairligh agus a n-ionadaigh díolmhaithe ón uile cheistiú oifigiúil agus ó ghabháil agus an uile imeacht dlíthiúil i leith focail a dúirt siad nó vótaí a chaith siad i bhfeidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna.
Airteagal 15.
Le linn seisiúin an Chomhthionóil Chomhairligh, teachtfaidh na hIonadaithe chun an Chomhthionóil agus a n-ionadaigh, cibé acu Teachtaí Parlaiminte iad nó nach ea:
(a) ina gcríoch náisiúnta, na díolúintí a thugtar sna tíortha sin do Theachtaí Parlaiminte;
(b) i gcríoch gach Stáit eile is Comhalta, díolúine ó ghabháil agus ionchúiseamh.
Tá feidhm ag an díolúine sin freisin le linn dóibh a bheith ag taisteal go dtí áit chruinnithe an Chomhthionóil Chomhairligh agus ón áit sin. Níl feidhm aici, áfach, nuair a fhaightear Ionadaithe agus a n-ionadaigh ag déanamh ciona, ag féachaint le cion, nó díreach tar éis cion, a dhéanamh, ná i gcásanna ina bhfuil an díolúine tarscaoilte ag an gComhthionól.
CUID VI.
Oifigigh na Comhairle.
Airteagal 16.
I dteannta na ndíolúintí agus na bpribhléidí a shonraítear in Airteagal 18 thíos, tabharfar don Ard-Rúnaí agus don Leas-Ard-Rúnaí, ina leith féin, a gcéilí agus a gclainne mionaoisí, na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí, na saoráidí a thugtar do thoscairí taidhleoireachta de réir an Dlí Idirnáisiúnta.
Airteagal 17.
Sonróidh an tArd-Rúnaí na hearnálacha oifigeach lena mbainfidh forálacha Airteagal 18 thíos. Cuirfidh sé in iúl iad do Rialtais na gComhaltaí go léir. Cuirfear ainmneacha na n-oifigeach a bheidh ar áireamh sna hearnálacha sin in iúl ó am go ham do na Rialtais thuasluaite.
Airteagal 18.
Maidir le hoifigigh Chomhairle na hEorpa:
(a) beidh díolúine acu ó phróis dhlíthiúil i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus na ngníomhartha go léir a rinne siad ina gcáil oifigiúil agus laistigh de theorainn a n-údaráis;
(b) beidh saoirseacht acu ó chánachas ar na tuarastail agus an sochar oifige a íocfaidh Comhairle na hEorpa leo;
(c) beidh díolúine acu, agus ag a gcéilí agus ag gaolta atá i gcleithiúnas orthu, ó shriantachtaí inimirce agus ó chlárú eachtrannach;
(d) tabharfar na pribhléidí céanna dóibh i leith saoráidí iomlaoide a thugtar d'oifigigh chomhchéime is cuid de mhisiún taidhleoireachta an Rialtais lena mbainfidh;
(e) tabharfar dóibh, agus dá gcéilí agus do ghaolta atá i gcleithiúnas orthu, na saoráidí athdhúichithe céanna le linn géarchéine idirnáisiúnta a thugtar do thoscairí taidhleoireachta;
(f) beidh de cheart acu a dtroscán agus a maoin phearsanta a allmhairiú saor ó dhleacht ag dul i mbun a bpoist i gcéadóir dóibh sa tír a bheidh i gceist, agus an céanna a athonnmhairiú saor ó dhleacht go dtí tír a sainchónaithe.
Airteagal 19.
Is chun leasa Chomhairle na hEorpa agus ní chun sochair phearsanta dóibh féin a dheonaítear pribhléidí agus díolúintí d'oifigigh. Beidh de cheart ag an Ard-Rúnaí agus de dhualgas air díolúine aon oifigigh a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é a thuairim go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar do leasanna Chomhairle na hEorpa. I gcás an Ard-Rúnaí agus an Leas-Ard-Rúnaí, beidh de cheart ag an gCoiste Airí díolúine a tharscaoileadh.
CUID VII.
Comhaontuithe Forlíontacha.
Airteagal 20.
Féadfaidh an Chomhairle comhaontuithe forlíontacha a dhéanamh le haon Chomhalta nó Comhaltaí do mhodnú forálacha an Chomhaontaithe Ghinearálta seo, a mhéid a bhaineann leis an gComhalta sin nó na Comhaltaí sin.
CUID VIII.
Díospóidí.
Airteagal 21.
Cuirfear aon díospóid idir an Chomhairle agus daoine príobháideacha i dtaobh soláthairtí a thabharfar, seirbhísí a dhéanfar nó maoin shocorraithe a cheannófar thar ceann na Comhairle chun eadrána, mar a fhorálfar in ordú riaracháin a eiseoidh an tArd-Rúnaí le ceadú an Choiste Airí.
CUID IX.
Forálacha Deiridh.
Airteagal 22.
Daingneofar an Comhaontú seo. Taiscfear ionstraimí daingniúcháin leis an Ard-Rúnaí. Tiocfaidh an Comhaontú i bhfeidhm a luaithe a bheidh a n-ionstraimí daingniúcháin taiscthe ag seacht sínitheoir.
Dá ainneoin sin, go dtí go dtiocfaidh an Comhaontú i bhfeidhm de réir forálacha na míre sin roimhe seo, comhaontaíonn na sínitheoirá, d'fhonn nach mbainfidh aon mhoill le hoibriú éifeachtach na Comhairle, é a chur chun feidhme go sealadach ó dháta a shínithe, a mhéid is féidir sin a dhéanamh faoina gcórais bhunreachtúla faoi seach.
Dá fhianú sin tá na Lánchumhachtaigh a bhfuil a sínithe anseo thíos agus atá údaraithe go cuí chuige sin, tar éis an Comhaontú Ginearálta seo a shíniú.
Arna dhéanamh i bPáras, an 2ú lá seo de Mheán Fómhair, 1949, i bhFraincis agus i mBéarla, an dá théacs comhúdarásach, in aon chóip amháin a fhanfaidh i gCartlann Chomhairle na hEorpa. Tarchuirfidh an tArd-Rúnaí cóipeanna deimhnithe go dtí gach sínitheoir.
AN CHEAD PHROTOCAL A GHABHANN LEIS AN gCOMH-AONTU GINEARALTA I dTAOBH PRIBHLEIDI AGUS DIOLUINTI CHOMHAIRLE NA hEORPA.
Na Rialtais is sínitheoirí leis an gComhaontú Ginearálta i dtaobh Pribhléidí agus Díolúintí Chomhairle na hEorpa, a síníodh i bPáras an 2 Meán Fómhair, 1949 (dá ngairtear “an Comhaontú” anseo feasta),
Agus é de mhian acu forálacha an Chomhaontaithe seo a leathnú,
Tar éis comhaontú mar a leanas:—
Airteagal 1.
Féadfaidh aon Chomhalta de Chomhairle na hEorpa, faoi láthair nó san am le teacht, nach sínitheoir leis an gComhaontú aontú leis an gComhaontú agus leis an bPrótocal seo trína ionstraim aontachais ina leith araon a thaisceadh le hArd-Rúnaí Chomhairle na hEorpa agus cuirfidh seisean sin in iúl do Chomhaltaí na Comhairle.
Airteagal 2.
(a) Bainfidh forálacha Chuid IV den Chomhaontú le hionadaithe a bheidh i láthair ag cruinnithe de na hIonadóirí Airí.
(b) Bainfidh forálacha Chuid IV den Chomhaontú le hionadaithe seachas ionadaithe chun an Chomthionóil Chomhairligh a bheidh i láthair ag cruinnithe a thionóil Comhairle na hEorpa agus a bheidh ar siúl nuair nach mbeidh an Coiste Airí ná na hIonadóirí Airí ina suí ach amháin nach mbeidh ionadaithe a bheidh i láthair ag cruinnithe den sórt sin saor ó ghabháil agus ionchúiseamh nuair a gheofar iad ag déanamh ciona nó ag féachaint le cion, nó díreach tar éis cion, a dhéanamh.
Airteagal 3.
Bainfidh forálacha Airteagal 15 den Chomhaontú le hionadaithe chun an Chomhthionóil, agus lena n-ionadaigh, aon tráth nuair a bheidh siad i láthair ag cruinnithe, nó ag taisteal go dtí cruinnithe nó ó chruinnithe, de Choistí agus Fochoistí den Chomhthionól Ginearálta, cibé acu a bheidh nó nach mbeidh an Comhthionól féin ina shuí an tráth sin.
Airteagal 4.
Le linn a bheith ag feidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna dóibh agus le linn a dturais go dtí áit na gcruinnithe agus uaidh, teachtfaidh buanionadaithe Comhaltaí Chomhairle na hEorpa na pribhléidí, na díolúintí agus na saoráidí is gnáth le toscairí taidhleoireachta comhchéime a theachtadh.
Airteagal 5.
Ní chun sochair phearsanta na ndaoine lena mbaineann ach chun feidhmiú neamhspleách a bhfeidhmeanna i ndáil le Comhairle na hEorpa a thugtar pribhléidí, díolúintí agus saoráidí d'ionadaithe Comhaltaí. Dá chionn sin, ní hé amháin go bhfuil de cheart ag Comhalta ach tá de dhualgas air díolúine a ionadaí a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é tuairim an Chomhalta go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar don chríoch dar tugadh an díolúine.
Airteagal 6.
Níl forálacha Airteagal 4 inchurtha chun feidhme maidir le húdaráis an Stáit dar náisiúnach an duine nó an Chomhalta darb ionadaí nó darbh ionadaí é.
Airteagal 7.
(a) Beidh an Prótocal seo ar oscailt lena shíniú ag na Comhaltaí go léir a shínigh an Comhaontú. Daingneofar an Prótocal an tráth céanna, nó tar éis an trátha, a dhaingneofar an Comhaontú. Taiscfear ionstraimí daingniúcháin le hArd-Rúnaí Chomhairle na hEorpa.
(b) Tiocfaidh an Prótocal seo i bhfeidhm an lá nuair a bheidh sé daingnithe ag na sínitheoirí uile a mbeidh an Comhaontú sínithe acu ar an dáta sin, ar choinníoll nach lú ná seacht sínitheoir a mbeidh an Comhaontú agus an Prótocal sínithe acu.
(c) Maidir le haon sínitheoir a dhaingneoidh iardain, tiocfaidh an Prótocal i bhfeidhm ar an dáta a thaiscfear a ionstraim dhaingniúcháin.
(d) I gcás Comhaltaí a bhfuil aontaithe acu leis an gComhaontú agus leis an bPrótocal de réir téarmaí Airteagal 1 tiocfaidh an Comhaontú agus an Prótocal i bhfeidhm:
(i) ar an dáta a shonraítear i mír (b) thuas i gcásanna ina mbeidh an ionstraim aontachais taiscthe roimh an dáta sin; nó
(ii) ar dháta na hionstraime aontachais a thaisceadh i gcás an ionstraim sin a thaisceadh ar dháta i ndiaidh an dáta a shonraítear i mír (b) thuas.
Dá fhianú sin tá siad siúd a bhfuil a sínithe thíos, agus údarás cuí acu chuige, tar éis an Prótocal seo a shíniú.
Arna dhéanamh i Strasbourg an 6ú lá de Shamhain, 1952, i mBéarla agus i bhFrancis, an dá théacs comhúdarásach, in aon chóip amháin a fhanfaidh i dtaisce i gcartlann Chomhairle na hEorpa. Tarchuirfidh an tArd-Rúnaí cóipeanna deimhnithe go dtí gach sínitheoir agus Rialtas aontachais.
AN DARA PROTOCAL A GHABHANN LEIS AN gCOMH-AONTU GINEARALTA AR PHRIBHLEIDI AGUS DIOLUINTI CHOMHAIRLE NA hEORPA.
Na Rialtais is sínitheoirí leis seo, Comhaltaí de Chomhairle na hEorpa,
á bhreithniú dóibh go bhfuil, faoi Airteagal 59 den Choinbhinsiún chun Cearta an Duine agus Saoirsí Bunúsacha a Chaomhnú, a síníodh sa Róimh an 4 Samhain, 1950, comhaltaí Choimisiúin na hEorpa ar Chearta an Duine (dá ngairtear “an Coimisiún” anseo feasta), le linn dóibh a bhfeidhmeanna a chomhlíonadh, i dteideal na bpribhléidí agus na ndíolúintí dá bhforáiltear in Airteagal 40 de Reacht Chomhairle na hEorpa agus sna Comhaontuithe a rinneadh faoi;
á bhreithniú dóibh gur gá na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí sin a shonrú agus a mhíniú i bPrótocal a bheidh ag gabháil leis an gComhaontú Ginearálta i dtaobh Pribhléidí agus Díolúintí Chomhairle na hEorpa, a síníodh i bParás an 2 Meán Fómhair, 1949.
Tar éis comhaontú mar a leanas:—
Airteagal 1.
Teachtfaidh comhaltaí an Choimisiúin, ag feidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna dóibh agus le linn a dturas dóibh go dtí áit a gcruinnithe agus ón áit sin, na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí seo a leanas:—
(a) díolúine ó ghabháil nó coinneáil phearsanta agus óna mbagáiste pearsanta a urghabháil, agus, i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus na ngníomhartha go léir a rinne siad ina gcáil oifigiúil, díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil de gach sórt;
(b) dosháraitheacht do gach páipéar agus doiciméad;
(c) saoirseacht ina leith féin agus a gcéilí ó shriantachtaí inimirce nó clárú eachtrannach sa Stát ina bhfuil a gcuairt nó trína bhfuil siad ag dul i bhfeidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna.
Airteagal 2.
1. Ní chuirfear aon sriantachtaí riaracháin ná sriantachtaí eile ar shaorghluaiseacht comhaltaí an Choimisiúin go dtí áit chruinnithe an Choimisiúin agus ón áit sin.
2. Tabharfar do chomhaltaí an Choimisiúin, maidir le rialú custam agus iomlaoide:
(a) ag a Rialtas féin, na saoráidí céanna a thugtar d'oifigigh shinsearacha agus iad ag taisteal ar an gcoigrích ar dhualgas oifigiúil sealadach;
(b) ag Rialtais Chomhaltaí eile, na saoráidí céanna a thugtar d'ionadaithe Rialtas coigríche ar dhualgas oifigiúil sealadach.
Airteagal 3.
Ionas go n-áiritheofar lánsaoirse cainte agus neamhspleáchas iomlán, ag comhlíonadh a ndualgas dóibh, do chomhaltaí an Choimisiúin, leanfar den díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus na ngníomhartha go léir a rinne siad ag comhlíonadh a ndualgas dóibh a thabhairt, d'ainneoin nach bhfuil na daoine lena mbaineann ag comhlíonadh dualgas den sórt sin a thuilleadh.
Airteagal 4.
Ní chun sochair phearsanta na ndaoine féin ach chun feidhmiú neamhspleách a bhfeidhmeanna acu a thugtar pribhléidí agus díolúintí do chomhaltaí an Choimisiúin. Is é an Coimisiún amháin atá inniúil ar dhíolúine a chomhaltaí a tharscaoileadh; ní hé amháin go bhfuil de cheart aige ach tá de dhualgas air díolúine comhalta dá chuid a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é tuairim an Choimisiúin go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais, agus gur féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar don chríoch dar tugadh an díolúine.
Airteagal 5.
Beidh an Prótocal seo ar oscailt lena shíniú ag na Comhaltaí de Chomhairle na hEorpa a thiocfaidh chun bheith ina bPáirtithe de:
(a) trína shíniú gan forcoimeádas maidir le daingniú, nó
(b) trína shíniú le forcoimeádas maidir le daingniú agus daingniú dá éis sin.
Taiscfear ionstraimí daingniúcháin le hArd-Rúnaí Chomhairle na hEorpa.
Airteagal 6.
1. Tiocfaidh an Prótocal seo i bhfeidhm a luaithe a bheidh trí Chomhalta de Chomhairle na hEorpa tar éis é a shíniú gan forcoimeádas maidir le daingniú, nó tar éis é a dhaingniú, de réir Airteagal 5.
2. Maidir le haon Chomhalta a shíneoidh é dá éis sin, gan forcoimeádas maidir le daingniú, nó a dhaingneoidh é, tiocfaidh an Prótocal seo i bhfeidhm ar dháta a shínithe nó an ionstraim dhaingniúcháin a thaisceadh.
Airteagal 7.
Cuirfidh Ard-Rúnaí Chomhairle na hEorpa in iúl do Chomhaltaí na Comhairle an dáta ar a dtiocfaidh an Prótocal seo i bhfeidhm agus tabharfaidh sé ainmneacha aon Chomhaltaí a shínigh é gan forcoimeádas maidir le daingniú nó a dhaingnigh é.
Dá fhianú sin tá siad siúd a bhfuil a sínithe thíos, agus iad údaraithe go cuí chuige, tar éis an Prótocal seo a shíniú.
Arna dhéanamh i bPáras, an 15ú lá seo de Nollaig, 1956, i mBéarla agus i bhFraincis, an dá théacs comhúdarásach, in aon chóip amháin a fhanfaidh i dtaisce i gcartlann Chomhairle na hEorpa. Cuirfidh an tArd-Rúnaí cóipeanna deimhnithe go dtí gach Rialtas is sínitheoir.
AN CEATHRU PROTOCAL A GHABHANN LEIS AN gCOMH-AONTU GINEARALTA AR PHRIBHLEIDI AGUS DIOLUINTI CHOMHAIRLE NA hEORPA.
Tá na Rialtais is sínitheoirí leis seo, agus is Comhaltaí de Chomhairle na hEorpa,
á bhreithniú dóibh go bhfuil, faoi théarmaí Airteagal 59 den Choinbhinsiún chun Cearta an Duine agus Saoirsí Bunúsacha a Chaomhnú, a síníodh sa Róimh an 4 Samhain, 1950 (dá ngairtear “an Coinbhinsiún” anseo feasta), comhaltaí na Cúirte Eorpaí um Chearta an Duine (dá ngairtear “an Chúirt” anseo feasta) i dteideal, le linn dóibh a bhfeidhmeanna a chomhlíonadh, na bpribhléidí agus na ndíolúintí dá bhforáiltear in Airteagal 40 de Reacht Chomhairle na hEorpa agus sna Comhaontuithe a rinneadh faoi;
á bhreithniú dóibh gur gá na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí sin a shonrú agus a mhíniú i bPrótocal a bheidh ag gabháil leis an gComhaontú Ginearálta i dtaobh Pribhléidí agus Díolúintí Chomhairle na hEorpa, a síníodh i bPáras an 2 Meán Fómhair, 1949;
Tar éis comhaontú mar a leanas:
Airteagal 1.
Chun críocha an Phrótocail seo, ciallaíonn an téarma “breithiúna” breithiúna arna dtoghadh de réir Airteagal 39 den Choinbhinsiún agus fós aon bhreitheamh ad hoc arna cheapadh ag Stát lena mbaineann is páirtí, de bhun Airteagal 43 den Choinbhinsiún.
Airteagal 2.
Teachtfaidh na breithiúna, le linn dóobh a bheith ag feidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna agus le linn turais a dhéanfaidh siad i bhfeidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna, na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí seo a leanas:
(a) díolúine ó ghabháil nó coinneáil phearsanta agus óna mbagáiste pearsanta a urghabháil, agus i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus na ngníomhartha go léir a rinne siad ina gcáil oifigiúil, díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil de gach sórt;
(b) saoirseacht ina leith féin agus a gcéilí maidir le haon sriantachtaí ar shaoirse a ngluaiseachta ar an tír ina gcónaíonn siad a fhágáil agus ar a bhfilleadh ar an tír sin, agus ar a dteacht isteach sa tír, agus ar a n-imeacht as an tír, ina bhfeidhmíonn siad a bhfeidhmeanna; agus ó chlárú eachtrannach sa tír ina bhfuil a gcuairt nó trína bhfuil siad ag taisteal i bhfeidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna.
Airteagal 3.
I gcúrsa turais ar a rachaidh siad i bhfeidhmiú a bhfeidhmeanna, tabharfar do na breithiúna maidir le rialú custam agus iomlaoide:
(a) ag an Rialtas féin, na saoráidí céanna a thugtar d'oifigigh shinsearacha Rialtais agus iad ag taisteal ar an gcoigrích ar dhualgas oifigiúil sealadach;
(b) ag Rialtais Chomhaltaí eile, na saoráidí céanna a thugtar do chinn mhisiún taidhleoireachta.
Airteagal 4.
1. Beidh doiciméid agus páipéir na Cúirte na mbreithiúna agus na Clárlainne, a mhéid a bhainfidh siad le gnó na Cúirte, dosháraithe.
2. Ní bheidh cead comhfhreagras oifigiúil agus cumarsáidí oifigiúla eile na Cúirte, a comhaltaí agus na Clárlainne a stopadh ná a chinnsiriú.
Airteagal 5.
Ionas go n-áiritheofar lánsaoirse chainte agus neamhspleáchas iomlán do na breithiúna ag comhlíonadh a ndualgas dóibh, leanfar den díolúine ó phróis dhlíthiúil i leith briathra a dúirt siad nó a scríobh siad agus na ngníomhartha go léir a rinne siad ag comhlíonadh a ndualgas dóibh a thabhairt, d'ainneoin nach bhfuil na daoine lena mbaineann ag comhlíonadh dualgas den sórt sin a thuilleadh.
Airteagal 6.
Ní chun sochair phearsanta na mbreithiúna féin ach chun feidhmiú saorálach a bhfeidhmeanna a shlánchoimeád a thugtar pribhléidí agus díolúintí dóibh. Is í an Chúirt féin amháin, ina suí i seisiún iomlánach di, a bheidh inniúil ar dhíolúine bhreithiúna a tharscaoileadh; ní hé amháin go bhfuil de cheart aici ach tá de dhualgas uirthi díolúine breithimh a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é a tuairim go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais, agus inar féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar don chríoch chun a bhfuil an díolúine tugtha.
Airteagal 7.
1. Bainfidh forálacha Airteagail 2 go 5 den Phrótocal seo le Cláraitheoir na Cúirte agus leis an Leas-Chláraitheoir nuair a bheidh sé ag gníomhú mar Chláraitheoir, gan dochar d'aon phribhléidí agus díolúintí a bheidh siad i dteideal faoi Airteagal 18 den Chomhaontú Ginearálta i dtaobh Pribhléidí agus Díolúintí Chomhairle na hEorpa.
2. Bainfidh forálacha Airteagal 18 den Chomhaontú Ginearálta i dtaobh Pribhléidí agus Díolúintí Chomhairle na hEorpa le Leas-Chláraitheoir na Cúirte i leith a sheirbhíse mar Leas-Chláraitheoir nuair nach mbeidh sé ag gníomhú mar Chláraitheoir.
3. Ní chun sochair phearsanta an Chláraitheora ná an Leas-Chláraitheora ach chun comhlíonadh a ndualgas a urasú a thugtar dóibh na pribhléidí agus na díolúintí dá dtagraítear i míreanna 1 agus 2 den Airteagal seo. Is í an Chúirt féin amháin, ina suí i seisiún iomlánach di, a bheidh inniúil ar dhíolúine a Cláraitheora agus a Leas-Chláraitheora a tharscaoileadh; ní hé amháin go bhfuil de cheart aici ach tá de dhualgas uirthi an díolúine sin a tharscaoileadh in aon chás inarb é a tuairim go mbacfadh an díolúine cúrsa an cheartais, agus inar féidir í a tharscaoileadh gan dochar don chríoch chun a bhfuil an díolúine tugtha.
Airteagal 8.
1. Féadfaidh aon Stát, an tráth a shíneoidh sé gan forcoimeádas maidir le daingniú, a dhaingneoidh sé nó aon tráth dá éis sin, a dhearbhú, trí fhógra a bheidh dírithe chun Ard-Rúnaí Chomhairle na hEorpa, go roichfidh an Prótocal seo chun gach ceann nó aon cheann de na críocha a bhfuil sé freagrach ina chaidreamh idirnáisiúnta agus ina bhfuil, de réir Airteagal 63 den Choinbhinsiún chun Cearta an Duine agus Saoirsí Bunúsacha a Chaomhnú, feidhm ag an gCoinbhinsiún sin.
2. Roichfidh an Prótocal seo chun na críche nó na críocha a ainmneofar san fhógra amhail ón tríochadú lá tar éis d'Ard-Rúnaí Chomhairle na hEorpa an fógra a fháil.
Airteagal 9.
Beidh an Prótocal seo ar oscailt lena shíniú ag na Comhaltaí de Chomhairle na hEorpa a thiocfaidh chun bheith ina bpáirtithe de:
(a) trína shíniú gan forcoimeádas maidir le daingniú, nó
(b) trína shíniú le forcoimeádas maidir le daingniú agus daingniú dá éis sin.
Taiscfear ionstraimí daingniúcháin le hArd-Rúnaí Chomhairle na hEorpa.
Airteagal 10.
1. Tiocfaidh an Prótocal seo i bhfeidhm a luaithe a bheidh trí Chomhalta de Chomhairle na hEorpa tar éis é a shíniú gan forcoimeádas maidir le daingniú, nó tar éis é a dhaingniú, de réir Airteagal 9.
2. Maidir le haon Chomhalta a shíneoidh é dá éis sin, gan forcoimeádas maidir le daingniú, nó a dhaingneoidh é, tiocfaidh an Prótocal seo i bhfeidhm ar dháta a shínithe nó an ionstraim dhaingniúcháin a thaisceadh.
Airteagal 11.
Cuirfidh Ard-Rúnaí Chomhairle na hEorpa in iúl do Chomhaltaí na Comhairle:
(a) ainmneacha sínitheoirí agus i dtaobh aon ionstraim dhaingniúcháin a thaisceadh;
(b) an dáta ar a dtiocfaidh an Prótocal seo i bhfeidhm.
Dá fhianú sin tá siad siúd a bhfuil a sínithe thíos, agus iad údaraithe go cuí chuige, tar éis an Prótocal seo a shíniú.
Arna dhéanamh i bPáras, an 16ú lá seo de Nollaig, 1961, i mBéarla agus i bhFraincis, an dá théacs comhúdarásach, in aon chóip amháin a fhanfaidh i dtaisce i gcartlann Chomhairle na hEorpa. Cuirfidh an tArd-Rúnaí cóipeanna deimhnithe go dtí gach Rialtas is sínitheoir.
AN SEU SCEIDEAL.
Achtacháin a Aisghairtear.
Uimhir agus Bliain | Gearrtheideal | Méid na hAisghairme |
(1) | (2) | (3) |
Fo-alt (3) d'alt 49 agus ailt 341 agus 342. | ||
Míreanna (a) agus (b) d'fho-alt (8) d'alt 3. | ||
Fo-alt (7) d'alt 3. | ||
Fo-alt (8) d'alt 3. |
Number 8 of 1967
DIPLOMATIC RELATIONS AND IMMUNITIES ACT, 1967
ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS
Preliminary and General
Section | |
Vienna Conventions on Diplomatic Relations and Consular Relations
Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations to have force of law. | |
Vienna Convention on Consular Relations to have force of law. |
General Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations
General immunities of judges and certain officials of Court. | |
General immunities of witnesses at and persons performing duties assigned to them by Court. | |
Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialised Agencies of the United Nations
General immunities of organisations to which this Part applies under Convention. |
General Agreement on Privileges and Immunities of the Council of Europe
General immunities under Agreement in relation to Council of Europe. | |
Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development
General immunities under Agreement in relation to Organisation. | |
International Councils
General
Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations
Vienna Convention on Consular Relations
Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations.
Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialised Agencies of the United Nations.
General Agreement on Privileges and Immunities of the Council of Europe.
Enactments Repealed
Number 8 of 1967
DIPLOMATIC RELATIONS AND IMMUNITIES ACT, 1967
PART I
Preliminary and General
Short title.
1.—This Act may be cited as the Diplomatic Relations and Immunities Act, 1967.
The Minister.
2.—In this Act “the Minister” means the Minister for External Affairs.
Laying of orders before Houses of the Oireachtas.
3.—Every order made by the Government under this Act shall be laid before each House of the Oireachtas as soon as may be after it is made and, if a resolution annulling the order is passed by either such House within the next subsequent twenty-one days on which that House has sat after the order is laid before it, the order shall be annulled accordingly but without prejudice to anything previously done thereunder.
Repeals.
4.—Each enactment mentioned in column (2) of the Sixth Schedule to this Act is hereby repealed to the extent specified in column (3) of that Schedule.
PART II
Vienna Conventions on Diplomatic Relations and Consular Relations
Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations to have force of law.
5.—(1) The provisions of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations done at Vienna on the 18th day of April, 1961, as set out in the First Schedule to this Act, shall have the force of law in the State.
(2) The Minister may from time to time make such orders as appear to him necessary or expedient for carrying out the convention referred to in subsection (1) of this section and for giving effect thereto or to any of the provisions thereof, and may revoke or amend any order under this section.
Vienna Convention on Consular Relations to have force of law.
6.—(1) The provisions of the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations done at Vienna on the 24th day of April, 1963, as set out in the Second Schedule to this Act, shall have the force of law in the State.
(2) The Minister may from time to time make such orders as appear to him necessary or expedient for carrying out the convention referred to in subsection (1) of this section and for giving effect thereto or to any of the provisions thereof, and may revoke or amend any order under this section.
PART III
General Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations
Definitions (Part III).
7.—In this Part—
“the Convention” means the General Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations adopted by the General Assembly of the United Nations on the 13th day of February, 1946, as set out in the Third Schedule to this Act;
“the Court” means the International Court of Justice;
“the Organisation” means the United Nations Organisation.
Legal capacity of United Nations.
8.—The Organisation shall have the legal capacity of a body corporate.
General immunities of Organisation under Convention.
9.—The Organisation and its property and a person in relation to whom the Convention applies and the property of such a person shall have and enjoy inviolability, exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights in such manner, to such extent and subject to such limitations (including the waiver thereof) as are provided for in each case by the Convention.
General immunities of judges and certain officials of Court.
10.—Judges of the Court, the Registrar of the Court and a person acting as such Registrar shall, when engaged on the business of the Court and during any journeys connected with the exercise of their functions, have and enjoy the same inviolability, exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights as are accorded to a head of a diplomatic mission under the Convention set out in the First Schedule to this Act.
Exemption from income tax of judges of Court.
11.—Judges of the Court shall enjoy exemption from income tax (including sur-tax) in respect of emoluments received by them as such judges.
General immunities of advocates appearing before Court.
12.—Persons, not being Irish citizens, engaged in appearing before the Court as representatives of a government or as advocates shall, when so engaged and during any journeys in connection with the matters on which they are so engaged, have and enjoy immunities and privileges corresponding to those conferred by Sections 11 to 13 of Article IV of the Convention.
General immunities of witnesses at and persons performing duties assigned to them by Court.
13.—Persons engaged in appearing as witnesses before the Court or in performing duties assigned to them by the Court and assessors of the Court engaged on the business of the Court shall, while so engaged, and during any journeys in connection with the matters on which they are so engaged have and enjoy the same immunities and privileges as are conferred by Section 22 of Article VI of the Convention.
General immunities of officials of Court.
14.—Officials of the Court shall, when engaged on the business of the Court and during any journeys connected with such business, have and enjoy such facilities and immunities as may be necessary for the independent exercise of their functions.
Waiver of immunities connected with Court.
15.—(1) The inviolability and the exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights conferred by this Act on a judge of the Court, the Registrar of the Court and the person acting as such Registrar and the immunities and privileges conferred by this Act on a person engaged in appearing as a witness before the Court or in performing duties assigned to him by the Court and on an assessor of the Court may be waived by the Court.
(2) The immunities and privileges conferred by this Act on persons engaged in appearing before the Court as representatives of a government or as advocates may be waived by the Government that they represent before the Court.
(3) The facilities and immunities conferred by this Act on officials of the Court (other than the Registrar of the Court) may be waived by the Registrar of the Court.
PART IV
Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialised Agencies of the United Nations
Definitions (Part IV).
16.—In this Part—
“the Convention” means the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialised Agencies of the United Nations adopted by the General Assembly of the United Nations on the 21st day of November, 1947, and the Annexes thereto, as set out in the Fourth Schedule to this Act and any annex thereto standing specified in an order under section 17 of this Act;
“organisation to which this Part applies” means—
(a) (i) the World Health Organisation;
(ii) the International Civil Aviation Organisation;
(iii) the International Labour Organisation;
(iv) the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations;
(v) the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation;
(vi) the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development;
(vii) the International Monetary Fund;
(viii) the Universal Postal Union;
(ix) the International Telecommunication Union;
(x) the World Meteorological Organisation;
(xi) the Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative Organisation;
(xii) the International Finance Corporation;
(xiii) the International Development Association; and
(b) an organisation standing designated for the time being by order under section 17 of this Act.
Designation of organisations to which this Part applies.
17.—The Government may from time to time by order designate an international organisation to be an organisation to which this Part applies if the organisation is in relationship with the United Nations Organisation in accordance with Articles 57 and 63 of the Charter of the United Nations Organisation and shall provide in the order that the annex to the Convention that relates to the organisation and is specified in the order shall have effect in relation thereto, subject, if the organisation has approved of the annex subject to amendments, to those amendments.
Amendment of annex to Convention.
18.—(1) Where, in relation to an annex set out in the Fourth Schedule to this Act or specified in an order under section 17 of this Act, a revised annex incorporating amendments to the first-mentioned annex is transmitted to the Secretary-General of the United Nations Organisation pursuant to Section 38 of the Convention, the Government may by order provide that the first-mentioned annex shall have effect subject to the amendments aforesaid.
(2) The Government may by order revoke or amend an order under this section including an order under this subsection.
Legal capacity of organisation to which this Part applies.
19.—An organisation to which this Part of this Act applies shall have the legal capacity of a body corporate.
General immunities of organisations to which this Part applies under Convention.
20.—An organisation to which this Part applies and its property and a person in relation to whom the Convention applies and the property of such a person shall have and enjoy inviolability, exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights in such manner, to such extent and subject to such limitations (including the waiver thereof) as are provided for in each case by the Convention in accordance with Sections 33, 36 and 38 thereof.
PART V
General Agreement on Privileges and Immunities of the Council of Europe
Definitions (Part V).
21.—In this Part—
“the Agreement” means the General Agreement on Privileges and Immunities of the Council of Europe done at Paris on the 2nd day of September, 1949, as set out in the Fifth Schedule to this Act;
“the Commission” means the European Commission of Human Rights established under Article 19 of the Convention;
“the Convention” means the Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms done at Rome on the 4th day of November, 1950;
“the Court” means the European Court of Human Rights established under Article 19 of the Convention;
“the First Protocol” means the First Protocol to the Agreement done at Strasbourg on the 6th day of November, 1952, as set out in the Fifth Schedule to this Act;
“judge” means a person standing elected pursuant to Article 39 of the Convention and includes an ad hoc judge standing appointed pursuant to Article 43 of the Convention;
“member” means a person elected pursuant to Article 22 of the Convention to be a member of the Commission;
“the Second Protocol” means the Second Protocol to the Agreement done at Paris on the 15th day of December, 1956, as set out in the Fifth Schedule to this Act;
“the Fourth Protocol” means the Fourth Protocol to the Agreement done at Paris on the 16th day of December, 1961, as set out in the Fifth Schedule to this Act.
Legal capacity of Council of Europe.
22.—The Council of Europe shall have the legal capacity of a body corporate.
General immunities under Agreement in relation to Council of Europe.
23.—The Council of Europe and its property and a person in relation to whom the Agreement or the First Protocol applies and the property of such a person shall have and enjoy inviolability, exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights in such manner, to such extent and subject to such limitations (including the waiver thereof) as are provided for in each case by the Agreement or the First Protocol, as the case may be.
General immunities of members of Commission.
24.—Members of the Commission and the property of the Commission or a member shall have and enjoy inviolability and exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights in such manner, to such extent and subject to such limitations (including the waiver thereof) as are provided for in each case by the Second Protocol.
General immunities of judges and registrars of Court.
25.—Judges of the Court and the property of the Court or a judge, the Registrar of the Court, and a person acting as such Registrar, shall have and enjoy inviolability and exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights in such manner, to such extent and subject to such limitations (including the waiver thereof) as are provided for in each case by the Fourth Protocol.
PART VI
Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development
The Organisation (Part VI).
26.—In this Part “the Organisation” means the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development constituted by the Convention done at Paris on the 14th day of December, 1960.
Legal capacity of Organisation.
27.—The Organisation shall have the legal capacity of a body corporate.
General immunities of experts of Organisation.
28.—Experts (other than officials or servants of the Organisation) performing missions for the Organisation shall have and enjoy such privileges, immunities and facilities as are necessary for the independent exercise of their functions during the period of their missions, including the time spent on journeys in connection with their missions. In particular, they shall have and enjoy—
(a) immunity from arrest or detention and from seizure of baggage;
(b) immunity from legal process in respect of acts done by them in the course of the performance of their missions aforesaid;
(c) inviolability in respect of papers and documents.
General immunities under Agreement in relation to Organisation.
29.—The Organisation and its property and a person who is a representative of a member of the Organisation or is a member of or attached to a delegation to the principal or a subsidiary organ of the Organisation or an official of the Organisation and any person, being a spouse of such person or a member of his family dependent on him, and the property of such persons shall have and enjoy inviolability and exemptions, immunities, facilities, privileges and rights corresponding to those provided for in Parts II, III, IV and VI (as may be appropriate in each case) of the Agreement set out in the Fifth Schedule to this Act.
Waiver of privileges.
30.—(1) The inviolability and the exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights conferred by this Act on an official of the Organisation or a person referred to in section 28 of this Act may be waived by the Organisation.
(2) The inviolability and the exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights conferred by this Act on a person who is a representative of a member of the Organisation or is a member of or attached to a delegation to the principal or a subsidiary organ of the Organisation or any person being a spouse of such person or a member of his family dependent on him may be waived by the member aforesaid of the Organisation of which the person is a representative or the Government of the person, as the case may be.
European Monetary Agreement.
31.—The provisions of Parts II and III of the Agreement set out in the Fifth Schedule to this Act shall apply in relation to the European Fund established by the European Monetary Agreement done at Paris on the 5th day of August, 1955, and to the assets of the Fund, including income, provided for in Article 22 of the said Agreement.
PART VII
International Councils
The Council (Part VII).
32.—In this Part “the Council” means the Customs Cooperation Council established by the Convention done at Brussels on the 15th day of December, 1950.
Legal capacity of Council.
33.—The Council shall have the legal capacity of a body corporate.
General immunities under Agreement in relation to Council.
34.—The Council and its property and a person who is a representative of a member of the Council or an official of the Council and any person, being a spouse of such person or a member of his family dependent on him, and the property of such persons shall have and enjoy inviolability and exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights corresponding to those provided for in Parts II, III, IV and VI (as may be appropriate in each case) of the Agreement set out in the Fifth Schedule to this Act.
General immunities of experts of Council.
35.—Experts (other than officials or servants of the Council) performing missions for the Council shall have and enjoy such privileges, immunities and facilities as are necessary for the independent exercise of their functions during the period of their missions, including the time spent on journeys in connection with their missions. In particular, they shall have and enjoy—
(a) immunity from arrest or detention and from seizure of baggage;
(b) immunity from legal process in respect of words spoken or written or acts done by them in the performance of their missions aforesaid and within the limits of their authority;
(c) inviolability in respect of papers and documents.
Waiver of privileges.
36.—(1) The inviolability and the exemptions, immunities, privileges and rights of an official of the Council or any person being a spouse of an official or a member of his family dependent on him, or a person referred to in section 35 of this Act may be waived by the Council.
(2) The immunities and privileges of a person who is a representative of a member of the Council or any person, being a spouse of such representative or a member of his family dependent on him, may be waived by the Government of the member.
Legal capacity of International Wheat Council.
37.—The International Wheat Council established under the International Wheat Agreement of 1949 shall have the legal capacity of a body corporate.
Legal capacity of International Sugar Council.
38.—The International Sugar Council established under the International Sugar Agreement of 1953 shall have the legal capacity of a body corporate.
PART VIII
General
Organisation to which this Part applies (Part VIII).
39.—In this Part “organisation to which this Part applies” means an international organisation, community or body standing designated for the time being by order under section 40 of this Act.
Designation of organisations to which this Part applies.
40.—(1) The Government may by order designate an international organisation, community or body of which the State or the Government is or intends to become a member to be an organisation to which this Part of this Act applies and may, by the order, make provision for the purposes of section 42 of this Act, as respects inviolability, exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights in relation to the organisation.
(2) The Government may by order revoke or amend an order under this section including an order under this subsection.
Legal capacity of organisation to which this Part applies.
41.—An organisation to which this Part applies shall have the legal capacity of a body corporate.
General immunities of organisation to which this Part applies.
42.—An organisation to which this Part applies, its institutions or organs, its property and a person who is a member of any of its institutions or organs, an official of the organisation or a delegate to, or a representative of a state or government that is a member of, the organisation or is performing duties assigned to him by the organisation and any person, being a spouse of such person or a member of his family dependent on him, shall have and enjoy inviolability and exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights in such manner, to such extent and subject to such limitations (including the waiver thereof) as may be provided for in each case in the order under section 40 of this Act in relation to the organisation.
Provisions for immunities, etc., in relation to international judicial bodies.
43.—(1) The Government may, as respects an international judicial body or a semi-judicial body established under an agreement to which the State or the Government is or intends to become a party or an arbitration or conciliation board established by or on behalf of or for the purposes of an international organisation to which this Part applies, by order make provision as respects inviolability and exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights in relation to judges and registrars of the body, persons engaged in appearing as advocates or witnesses before the body or board or in performing duties assigned to them by the body or board and persons who are parties to a suit before the body or board or apply to the body or board in relation to the commencement of a suit or other proceedings before the body or board and their advisers.
(2) The Government may, by order, revoke or amend an order under this section, including an order under this subsection.
(3) A person, body or board referred to in subsection (1) of this section shall have and enjoy inviolability and exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights in such manner, to such extent and subject to such limitations (including the waiver thereof) as may be provided for in each case in the relevant order under this section.
International conferences in the State.
44.—The Minister may, in relation to a conference which—
(a) is being or will be held in the State, and
(b) is being or will be attended by representatives of the Government or the State and of another government or other governments or another state or other states,
cause notice of the holding of the conference and the dates thereof to be published in Iris Oifigiúil.
General immunities of persons attending international conferences in the State.
45.—A person attending on behalf of a government or state a conference in the State in respect of which a notice has been published pursuant to section 44 of this Act shall, during the conference and on the day immediately preceding and the day immediately succeeding the conference, have and enjoy inviolability and exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights in such manner, to such extent and subject to such limitations (including the waiver thereof) as a member of a diplomatic mission under the convention set out in the First Schedule to this Act.
Offence.
46.—(1) A person who wilfully hinders, restricts or prevents the enjoyment or exercise of inviolability or an exemption, facility, immunity, privilege or right conferred by this Act shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding one hundred pounds or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months or to both the fine and the imprisonment.
(2) Proceedings for the prosecution of an offence under this section shall not be instituted without the certificate of the Minister that the institution of the proceedings is in his opinion expedient.
Evidence.
47.—In proceedings in any court a certificate purporting to be under the seal of the Minister and stating any fact relevant to determine whether a judicial or semi-judicial body, an arbitration or conciliation board, an organisation, community, body, diplomatic mission, consular post or person is entitled to inviolability or to an exemption, facility, immunity, privilege or right under a provision of this Act or of an order made under this Act shall be prima facie evidence of the fact.
Provisions to ensure reciprocity.
48.—Notwithstanding anything contained in Part II of this Act, the Government may, if they so think fit—
(a) refuse to accord the inviolability, exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights provided for in that Part to members of a diplomatic mission or consular post of another state or any person, being a spouse of such a member or a member of his family dependent on him or a private servant of such a member, or
(b) limit the extent or operation of that inviolability or those exemptions, facilities, immunities, privileges and rights,
if the Government of that state does not accord to members of a diplomatic mission of the State, members of a consular post of the State or any person, being a spouse of such a member or a member of his family dependent on him or a private servant of such a member, that inviolability or those immunities, facilities, exemptions, privileges or rights.
Consent of Government in certain cases to appointment of Irish citizens to international organisations.
49.—Officials of an international organisation, community or body referred to in this Act or an organisation to which this Part applies serving in the State or persons performing duties in the State assigned to them by any such organisation, community or body shall not be appointed from among persons who are Irish citizens except with the consent of the Government, and the consent may be withdrawn at any time.
FIRST SCHEDULE
VIENNA CONVENTION ON DIPLOMATIC RELATIONS
The States Parties to the present Convention,
Recalling that peoples of all nations from ancient times have recognised the status of diplomatic agents,
Having in mind the purposes and principles of the Charter of the United Nations concerning the sovereign equality of States, the maintenance of international peace and security and the promotion of friendly relations among nations,
Believing that an international convention on diplomatic intercourse, privileges and immunities would contribute to the development of friendly relations among nations, irrespective of their differing constitutional and social systems,
Realising that the purpose of such privileges and immunities is not to benefit individuals but to ensure the efficient performance of the functions of diplomatic missions as representing States,
Affirming that the rules of customary international law should continue to govern questions not expressly regulated by the provisions of the present Convention,
Have agreed as follows:
Article 1.
For the purpose of the present Convention, the following expressions shall have the meanings hereunder assigned to them:
(a) the “head of the mission” is the person charged by the sending State with the duty of acting in that capacity;
(b) the “members of the mission” are the head of the mission and the members of the staff of the mission;
(c) the “members of the staff of the mission” are the members of the diplomatic staff, of the administrative and technical staff and of the service staff of the mission;
(d) the “members of the diplomatic staff” are the members of the staff of the mission having diplomatic rank;
(e) a “diplomatic agent” is the head of the mission or a member of the diplomatic staff of the mission;
(f) the “members of the administrative and technical staff” are the members of the staff of the mission employed in the administrative and technical service of the mission;
(g) the “members of the service staff” are the members of the staff of the mission in the domestic service of the mission;
(h) a “private servant” is a person who is in the domestic service of a member of the mission and who is not an employee of the sending State;
(i) the “premises of the mission” are the buildings or parts of buildings and the land ancillary thereto, irrespective of ownership, used for the purposes of the mission including the residence of the head of the mission.
Article 2.
The establishment of diplomatic relations between States, and of permanent diplomatic missions, takes place by mutual consent.
Article 3.
1. The functions of a diplomatic mission consist inter alia in:
(a) representing the sending State in the receiving State;
(b) protecting in the receiving State the interests of the sending State and of its nationals, within the limits permitted by international law;
(c) negotiating with the Government of the receiving State;
(d) ascertaining by all lawful means conditions and developments in the receiving State, and reporting thereon to the Government of the sending State;
(e) promoting friendly relations between the sending State and the receiving State, and developing their economic, cultural and scientific relations.
2. Nothing in the present Convention shall be construed as preventing the performance of consular functions by a diplomatic mission.
Article 4.
1. The sending State must make certain that the agrément of the receiving State has been given for the person it proposes to accredit as head of the mission to that State.
2. The receiving State is not obliged to give reasons to the sending State for a refusal of agrément.
Article 5.
1. The sending State may, after it has given due notification to the receiving States concerned, accredit a head of mission or assign any member of the diplomatic staff, as the case may be, to more than one State, unless there is express objection by any of the receiving States.
2. If the sending State accredits a head of mission to one or more other States it may establish a diplomatic mission headed by a chargé d'affaires ad interim in each State where the head of mission has not his permanent seat.
3. A head of mission or any member of the diplomatic staff of the mission may act as representative of the sending State to any international organisation.
Article 6.
Two or more States may accredit the same person as head of mission to another State, unless objection is offered by the receiving State.
Article 7.
Subject to the provisions of Articles 5, 8, 9 and 11, the sending State may freely appoint the members of the staff of the mission. In the case of military, naval or air attachés, the receiving State may require their names to be submitted beforehand, for its approval.
Article 8.
1. Members of the diplomatic staff of the mission should in principle be of the nationality of the sending State.
2. Members of the diplomatic staff of the mission may not be appointed from among persons having the nationality of the receiving State, except with the consent of that State which may be withdrawn at any time.
3. The receiving State may reserve the same right with regard to nationals of a third State who are not also nationals of the sending State.
Article 9.
1. The receiving State may at any time and without having to explain its decision, notify the sending State that the head of the mission or any member of the diplomatic staff of the mission is persona non grata or that any other member of the staff of the mission is not acceptable. In any such case, the sending State shall, as appropriate, either recall the person concerned or terminate his functions with the mission. A person may be declared non grata or not acceptable before arriving in the territory of the receiving State.
2. If the sending State refuses or fails within a reasonable period to carry out its obligations under paragraph 1 of this Article, the receiving State may refuse to recognise the person concerned as a member of the mission.
Article 10.
1. The Ministry for Foreign Affairs of the receiving State, or such other ministry as may be agreed, shall be notified of:
(a) the appointment of members of the mission, their arrival and their final departure or the termination of their functions with the mission;
(b) the arrival and final departure of a person belonging to the family of a member of the mission and, where appropriate, the fact that a person becomes or ceases to be a member of the family of a member of the mission;
(c) the arrival and final departure of private servants in the employ of persons referred to in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph and, where appropriate, the fact that they are leaving the employ of such persons;
(d) the engagement and discharge of persons resident in the receiving State as members of the mission or private servants entitled to privileges and immunities.
2. Where possible, prior notification of arrival and final departure shall also be given.
Article 11.
1. In the absence of specific agreement as to the size of the mission, the receiving State may require that the size of a mission be kept within limits considered by it to be reasonable and normal, having regard to circumstances and conditions in the receiving State and to the needs of the particular mission.
2. The receiving State may equally, within similar bounds and on a non-discriminatory basis, refuse to accept officials of a particular category.
Article 12.
The sending State may not, without the prior express consent of the receiving State, establish offices forming part of the mission in localities other than those in which the mission itself is established.
Article 13.
1. The head of the mission is considered as having taken up his functions in the receiving State either when he has presented his credentials or when he has notified his arrival and a true copy of his credentials has been presented to the Ministry for Foreign Affairs of the receiving State, or such other ministry as may be agreed, in accordance with the practice prevailing in the receiving State which shall be applied in a uniform manner.
2. The order of presentation of credentials or of a true copy thereof will be determined by the date and time of the arrival of the head of the mission.
Article 14.
1. Heads of mission are divided into three classes namely:
(a) that of ambassadors or nuncios accredited to Heads of State, and other heads of mission of equivalent rank;
(b) that of envoys, ministers and internuncios accredited to Heads of State;
(c) that of chargés d'affaires accredited to Ministers for Foreign Affairs.
2. Except as concerns precedence and etiquette, there shall be no differentiation between heads of mission by reason of their class.
Article 15.
The class to which the heads of their missions are to be assigned shall be agreed between States.
Article 16.
1. Heads of mission shall take precedence in their respective classes in the order of the date and time of taking up their functions in accordance with Article 13.
2. Alterations in the credentials of a head of mission not involving any change of class shall not affect his precedence.
3. This Article is without prejudice to any practice accepted by the receiving State regarding the precedence of the representative of the Holy See.
Article 17.
The precedence of the members of the diplomatic staff of the mission shall be notified by the head of the mission to the Ministry for Foreign Affairs or such other ministry as may be agreed.
Article 18.
The procedure to be observed in each State for the reception of heads of mission shall be uniform in respect of each class.
Article 19.
1. If the post of head of the mission is vacant, or if the head of the mission is unable to perform his functions, a chargé d'affaires ad interim shall act provisionally as head of the mission. The name of the chargé d'affaires ad interim shall be notified, either by the head of the mission or, in case he is unable to do so, by the Ministry for Foreign Affairs of the sending State to the Ministry for Foreign Affairs of the receiving State or such other ministry as may be agreed.
2. In cases where no member of the diplomatic staff of the mission is present in the receiving State, a member of the administrative and technical staff may, with the consent of the receiving State, be designated by the sending State to be in charge of the current administrative affairs of the mission.
Article 20.
The mission and its head shall have the right to use the flag and emblem of the sending State on the premises of the mission, including the residence of the head of the mission, and on his means of transport.
Article 21.
1. The receiving State shall either facilitate the acquisition on its territory, in accordance with its laws, by the sending State of premises necessary for its mission or assist the latter in obtaining accommodation in some other way.
2. It shall also, where necessary, assist missions in obtaining suitable accommodation for their members.
Article 22.
1. The premises of the mission shall be inviolable. The agents of the receiving State may not enter them, except with the consent of the head of the mission.
2. The receiving State is under a special duty to take all appropriate steps to protect the premises of the mission against any intrusion or damage and to prevent any disturbance of the peace of the mission or impairment of its dignity.
3. The premises of the mission, their furnishings and other property thereon and the means of transport of the mission shall be immune from search, requisition, attachment or execution.
Article 23.
1. The sending State and the head of the mission shall be exempt from all national, regional or municipal dues and taxes in respect of the premises of the mission, whether owned or leased, other than such as represent payment for specific services rendered.
2. The exemption from taxation referred to in this Article shall not apply to such dues and taxes payable under the law of the receiving State by persons contracting with the sending State or the head of the mission.
Article 24.
The archives and documents of the mission shall be inviolable at any time and wherever they may be.
Article 25.
The receiving State shall accord full facilities for the performance of the functions of the mission.
Article 26.
Subject to its laws and regulations concerning zones entry into which is prohibited or regulated for reasons of national security, the receiving State shall ensure to all members of the mission freedom of movement and travel in its territory.
Article 27.
1. The receiving State shall permit and protect free communication on the part of the mission for all official purposes. In communicating with the Government and the other missions and consulates of the sending State, wherever situated, the mission may employ all appropriate means, including diplomatic couriers and messages in code or cipher. However, the mission may install and use a wireless transmitter only with the consent of the receiving State.
2. The official correspondence of the mission shall be inviolable. Official correspondence means all correspondence relating to the mission and its functions.
3. The diplomatic bag shall not be opened or detained.
4. The packages constituting the diplomatic bag must bear visible external marks of their character and may contain only diplomatic documents or articles intended for official use.
5. The diplomatic courier, who shall be provided with an official document indicating his status and the number of packages constituting the diplomatic bag, shall be protected by the receiving State in the performance of his functions. He shall enjoy personal inviolability and shall not be liable to any form of arrest or detention.
6. The sending State or the mission may designate diplomatic couriers ad hoc. In such cases the provisions of paragraph 5 of this Article shall also apply, except that the immunities therein mentioned shall cease to apply when such a courier has delivered to the consignee the diplomatic bag in his charge.
7. A diplomatic bag may be entrusted to the captain of a commercial aircraft scheduled to land at an authorised port of entry. He shall be provided with an official document indicating the number of packages constituting the bag but he shall not be considered to be a diplomatic courier. The mission may send one of its members to take possession of the diplomatic bag directly and freely from the captain of the aircraft.
Article 28.
The fees and charges levied by the mission in the course of its official duties shall be exempt from all dues and taxes.
Article 29.
The person of a diplomatic agent shall be inviolable. He shall not be liable to any form of arrest or detention. The receiving State shall treat him with due respect and shall take all appropriate steps to prevent any attack on his person, freedom or dignity.
Article 30.
1. The private residence of a diplomatic agent shall enjoy the same inviolability and protection as the premises of the mission.
2. His papers, correspondence and, except as provided in paragraph 3 of Article 31, his property, shall likewise enjoy inviolability.
Article 31.
1. A diplomatic agent shall enjoy immunity from the criminal jurisdiction of the receiving State. He shall also enjoy immunity from its civil and administrative jurisdiction, except in the case of:
(a) a real action relating to private immovable property situated in the territory of the receiving State, unless he holds it on behalf of the sending State for the purposes of the mission;
(b) an action relating to succession in which the diplomatic agent is involved as executor, administrator, heir or legatee as a private person and not on behalf of the sending State;
(c) an action relating to any professional or commercial activity exercised by the diplomatic agent in the receiving State outside his official functions.
2. A diplomatic agent is not obliged to give evidence as a witness.
3. No measures of execution may be taken in respect of a diplomatic agent except in the cases coming under subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) of paragraph 1 of this Article, and provided that the measures concerned can be taken without infringing the inviolability of his person or of his residence.
4. The immunity of a diplomatic agent from the jurisdiction of the receiving State does not exempt him from the jurisdiction of the sending State.
Article 32.
1. The immunity from jurisdiction of diplomatic agents and of persons enjoying immunity under Article 37 may be waived by the sending State.
2. Waiver must always be express.
3. The initiation of proceedings by a diplomatic agent or by a person enjoying immunity from jurisdiction under Article 37 shall preclude him from invoking immunity from jurisdiction in respect of any counter-claim directly connected with the principal claim.
4. Waiver of immunity from jurisdiction in respect of civil or administrative proceedings shall not be held to imply waiver of immunity in respect of the execution of the judgment, for which a separate waiver shall be necessary.
Article 33.
1. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 of this Article, a diplomatic agent shall with respect to services rendered for the sending State be exempt from social security provisions which may be in force in the receiving State.
2. The exemption provided for in paragraph 1 of this Article shall also apply to private servants who are in the sole employ of a diplomatic agent, on condition:
(a) that they are not nationals of or permanently resident in the receiving State; and
(b) that they are covered by the social security provisions which may be in force in the sending State or a third State.
3. A diplomatic agent who employs persons to whom the exemption provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article does not apply shall observe the obligations which the social security provisions of the receiving State impose upon employers.
4. The exemption provided for in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article shall not preclude voluntary participation in the social security system of the receiving State provided that such participation is permitted by that State.
5. The provisions of this Article shall not affect bilateral or multilateral agreements concerning social security concluded previously and shall not prevent the conclusion of such agreements in the future.
Article 34.
A diplomatic agent shall be exempt from all dues and taxes, personal or real, national, regional or municipal, except:
(a) indirect taxes of a kind which are normally incorporated in the price of goods or services;
(b) dues and taxes on private immovable property situated in the territory of the receiving State, unless he holds it on behalf of the sending State for the purposes of the mission;
(c) estate, succession or inheritance duties levied by the receiving State, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 of Article 39;
(d) dues and taxes on private income having its source in the receiving State and capital taxes on investments made in commercial undertakings in the receiving State;
(e) charges levied for specific services rendered;
(f) registration, court or record fees, mortgage dues and stamp duty, with respect to immovable property, subject to the provisions of Article 23.
Article 35.
The receiving State shall exempt diplomatic agents from all personal services, from all public service of any kind whatsoever, and from military obligations such as those connected with requisitioning, military contributions and billeting.
Article 36.
1. The receiving State shall, in accordance with such laws and regulations as it may adopt, permit entry of and grant exemption from all customs duties, taxes, and related charges other than charges for storage, cartage and similar services, on:
(a) articles for the official use of the mission;
(b) articles for the personal use of a diplomatic agent or members of his family forming part of his household, including articles intended for his establishment.
2. The personal baggage of a diplomatic agent shall be exempt from inspection, unless there are serious grounds for presuming that it contains articles not covered by the exemptions mentioned in paragraph 1 of this Article, or articles the import or export of which is prohibited by the law or controlled by the quarantine regulations of the receiving State. Such inspection shall be conducted only in the presence of the diplomatic agent or of his authorised representative.
Article 37.
1. The members of the family of a diplomatic agent forming part of his household shall, if they are not nationals of the receiving State, enjoy the privileges and immunities specified in Articles 29 to 36.
2. Members of the administrative and technical staff of the mission, together with members of their families forming part of their respective households, shall, if they are not nationals of or permanently resident in the receiving State, enjoy the privileges and immunities specified in Articles 29 to 35, except that the immunity from civil and administrative jurisdiction of the receiving State specified in paragraph 1 of Article 31 shall not extend to acts performed outside the course of their duties. They shall also enjoy the privileges specified in Article 36, paragraph 1, in respect of articles imported at the time of first installation.
3. Members of the service staff of the mission who are not nationals of or permanently resident in the receiving State shall enjoy immunity in respect of acts performed in the course of their duties, exemption from dues and taxes on the emoluments they receive by reason of their employment and the exemption contained in Article 33.
4. Private servants of members of the mission shall, if they are not nationals of or permanently resident in the receiving State, be exempt from dues and taxes on the emoluments they receive by reason of their employment. In other respects, they may enjoy privileges and immunities only to the extent admitted by the receiving State. However, the receiving State must exercise its jurisdiction over those persons in such a manner as not to interfere unduly with the performance of the functions of the mission.
Article 38.
1. Except in so far as additional privileges and immunities may be granted by the receiving State, a diplomatic agent who is a national of or permanently resident in that State shall enjoy only immunity from jurisdiction, and inviolability, in respect of official acts performed in the exercise of his functions.
2. Other members of the staff of the mission and private servants who are nationals of or permanently resident in the receiving State shall enjoy privileges and immunities only to the extent admitted by the receiving State. However, the receiving State must exercise its jurisdiction over those persons in such a manner as not to interfere unduly with the performance of the functions of the mission.
Article 39.
1. Every person entitled to privileges and immunities shall enjoy them from the moment he enters the territory of the receiving State on proceeding to take up his post or, if already in its territory, from the moment when his appointment is notified to the Ministry for Foreign Affairs or such other ministry as may be agreed.
2. When the functions of a person enjoying privileges and immunities have come to an end, such privileges and immunities shall normally cease at the moment when he leaves the country, or on expiry of a reasonable period in which to do so, but shall subsist until that time, even in case of armed conflict. However, with respect to acts performed by such a person in the exercise of his functions as a member of the mission, immunity shall continue to subsist.
3. In case of the death of a member of the mission, the members of his family shall continue to enjoy the privileges and immunities to which they are entitled until the expiry of a reasonable period in which to leave the country.
4. In the event of the death of a member of the mission not a national of or permanently resident in the receiving State or a member of his family forming part of his household, the receiving State shall permit the withdrawal of the moveable property of the deceased, with the exception of any property acquired in the country the export of which was prohibited at the time of his death. Estate, succession and inheritance duties shall not be levied on movable property the presence of which in the receiving State was due solely to the presence there of the deceased as a member of the mission or as a member of the family of a member of the mission.
Article 40.
1. If a diplomatic agent passes through or is in the territory of a third State, which has granted him a passport visa if such visa was necessary, while proceeding to take up or to return to his post, or when returning to his own country, the third State shall accord him inviolability and such other immunities as may be required to ensure his transit or return. The same shall apply in the case of any members of his family enjoying privileges or immunities who are accompanying the diplomatic agent, or travelling separately to join him or to return to their country.
2. In circumstances similar to those specified in paragraph 1 of this Article, third States shall not hinder the passage of members of the administrative and technical or service staff of a mission, and of members of their families, through their territories.
3. Third States shall accord to official correspondence and other official communications in transit, including messages in code or cipher, the same freedom and protection as is accorded by the receiving State. They shall accord to diplomatic couriers, who have been granted a passport visa if such visa was necessary, and diplomatic bags in transit the same inviolability and protection as the receiving State is bound to accord.
4. The obligations of third States under paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this Article shall also apply to the persons mentioned respectively in those paragraphs, and to official communications and diplomatic bags, whose presence in the territory of the third State is due to force majeure.
Article 41.
1. Without prejudice to their privileges and immunities, it is the duty of all persons enjoying such privileges and immunities to respect the laws and regulations of the receiving State. They also have a duty not to interfere in the internal affairs of that State.
2. All official business with the receiving State entrusted to the mission by the sending State shall be conducted with or through the Ministry for Foreign Affairs of the receiving State or such other ministry as may be agreed.
3. The premises of the mission must not be used in any manner incompatible with the functions of the mission as laid down in the present Convention or by other rules of general international law or by any special agreements in force between the sending and the receiving State.
Article 42.
A diplomatic agent shall not in the receiving State practise for personal profit any professional or commercial activity.
Article 43.
The function of a diplomatic agent comes to an end, inter alia:
(a) on notification by the sending State to the receiving State that the function of the diplomatic agent has come to an end;
(b) on notification by the receiving State to the sending State that, in accordance with paragraph 2 of Article 9, it refuses to recognise the diplomatic agent as a member of the mission.
Article 44.
The receiving State must, even in case of armed conflict, grant facilities in order to enable persons enjoying privileges and immunities, other than nationals of the receiving State, and members of the families of such persons irrespective of their nationality, to leave at the earliest possible moment. It must, in particular, in case of need, place at their disposal the necessary means of transport for themselves and their property.
Article 45.
If diplomatic relations are broken off between two States, or if a mission is permanently or temporarily recalled:
(a) the receiving State must, even in case of armed conflict, respect and protect the premises of the mission, together with its property and archives;
(b) the sending State may entrust the custody of the premises of the mission, together with its property and archives, to a third State acceptable to the receiving State;
(c) the sending State may entrust the protection of its interests and those of its nationals to a third State acceptable to the receiving State.
Article 46.
A sending State may with the prior consent of a receiving State, and at the request of a third State not represented in the receiving State, undertake the temporary protection of the interests of the third State and of its nationals.
Article 47.
1. In the application of the provisions of the present Convention, the receiving State shall not discriminate as between States.
2. However, discrimination shall not be regarded as taking place:
(a) where the receiving State applies any of the provisions of the present Convention restrictively because of a restrictive application of that provision to its mission in the sending State;
(b) where by custom or agreement States extend to each other more favourable treatment than is required by the provisions of the present Convention.
Article 48.
The present Convention shall be open for signature by all States Members of the United Nations or of any of the specialised agencies or Parties to the Statute of the International Court of Justice, and by any other State invited by the General Assembly of the United Nations to become a Party to the Convention, as follows: until 31 October 1961 at the Federal Ministry for Foreign Affairs of Austria and subsequently, until 31 March 1962, at the United Nations Headquarters in New York.
Article 49.
The present Convention is subject to ratification. The instruments of ratification shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.
Article 50.
The present Convention shall remain open for accession by any State belonging to any of the four categories mentioned in Article 48. The instruments of accession shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.
Article 51.
1. The present Convention shall enter into force on the thirtieth day following the date of deposit of the twenty-second instrument of ratification or accession with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.
2. For each State ratifying or acceding to the Convention after the deposit of the twenty-second instrument of ratification or accession, the Convention shall enter into force on the thirtieth day after deposit by such State of its instrument of ratification or accession.
Article 52.
The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall inform all States belonging to any of the four categories mentioned in Article 48:
(a) of signatures to the present Convention and of the deposit of instruments of ratification or accession, in accordance with Articles 48, 49 and 50;
(b) of the date on which the present Convention will enter into force, in accordance with Article 51.
Article 53.
The original of the present Convention, of which the Chinese, English, French, Russian and Spanish texts are equally authentic, shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the United Nations, who shall send certified copies thereof to all States belonging to any of the four categories mentioned in Article 48.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned Plenipotentiaries, being duly authorised thereto by their respective Governments, have signed the present Convention.
DONE AT VIENNA, this eighteenth day of April one thousand nine hundred and sixty-one.
SECOND SCHEDULE.
VIENNA CONVENTION ON CONSULAR RELATIONS
The States Parties to the present Convention,
Recalling that consular relations have been established between peoples since ancient times,
Having in mind the Purposes and Principles of the Charter of the United Nations concerning the sovereign equality of States, the maintenance of international peace and security, and the promotion of friendly relations among nations,
Considering that the United Nations Conference on Diplomatic Intercourse and Immunities adopted the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations which was opened for signature on 18 April 1961,
Believing that an international convention on consular relations, privileges and immunities would also contribute to the development of friendly relations among nations, irrespective of their differing constitutional and social systems,
Realising that the purpose of such privileges and immunities is not to benefit individuals but to ensure the efficient performance of functions by consular posts on behalf of their respective States,
Affirming that the rules of customary international law continue to govern matters not expressly regulated by the provisions of the present Convention,
Have agreed as follows:
Article 1.
Definitions.
1. For the purposes of the present Convention, the following expressions shall have the meanings hereunder assigned to them:
(a) “consular post” means any consulate-general, consulate, vice-consulate or consular agency;
(b) “consular district” means the area assigned to a consular post for the exercise of consular functions;
(c) “head of consular post” means the person charged with the duty of acting in that capacity;
(d) “consular officer” means any person, including the head of a consular post, entrusted in that capacity with the exercise of consular functions;
(e) “consular employee” means any person employed in the administrative or technical service of a consular post;
(f) “member of the service staff” means any person employed in the domestic service of a consular post;
(g) “members of the consular post” means consular officers, consular employees and members of the service staff;
(h) “members of the consular staff” means consular officers, other than the head of a consular post, consular employees and members of the service staff;
(i) “member of the private staff” means a person who is employed exclusively in the private service of a member of the consular post;
(j) “consular premises” means the buildings or parts of buildings and the land ancillary thereto, irrespective of ownership, used exclusively for the purposes of the consular post;
(k) “consular archives” includes all the papers, documents, correspondence, books, films, tapes and registers of the consular post, together with the ciphers and codes, the card-indexes and any article of furniture intended for their protection or safekeeping.
2. Consular officers are of two categories, namely career consular officers and honorary consular officers. The provisions of Chapter II of the present Convention apply to consular posts headed by career consular officers; the provisions of Chapter III govern consular posts headed by honorary consular officers.
3. The particular status of members of the consular posts who are nationals or permanent residents of the receiving State is governed by Article 71 of the present Convention.
CHAPTER I. CONSULAR RELATIONS IN GENERAL.
SECTION I. ESTABLISHMENT AND CONDUCT OF CONSULAR RELATIONS.
Article 2.
Establishment of consular relations.
1. The establishment of consular relations between States takes place by mutual consent.
2. The consent given to the establishment of diplomatic relations between two States implies, unless otherwise stated, consent to the establishment of consular relations.
3. The severance of diplomatic relations shall not ipso facto involve the severance of consular relations.
Article 3.
Exercise of consular functions.
Consular functions are exercised by consular posts. They are also exercised by diplomatic missions in accordance with the provisions of the present Convention.
Article 4.
Establishment of a consular post.
1. A consular post may be established in the territory of the receiving State only with that State's consent.
2. The seat of the consular post, its classification and the consular district shall be established by the sending State and shall be subject to the approval of the receiving State.
3. Subsequent changes in the seat of the consular post, its classification or the consular district may be made by the sending State only with the consent of the receiving State.
4. The consent of the receiving State shall also be required if a consulate-general or a consulate desires to open a vice-consulate or a consular agency in a locality other than that in which it is itself established.
5. The prior express consent of the receiving State shall also be required for the opening of an office forming part of an existing consular post elsewhere than at the seat thereof.
Article 5.
Consular functions.
Consular functions consist in:
(a) protecting in the receiving State the interests of the sending State and of its nationals, both individuals and bodies corporate, within the limits permitted by international law;
(b) furthering the development of commercial, economic, cultural and scientific relations between the sending State and the receiving State and otherwise promoting friendly relations between them in accordance with the provisions of the present Convention;
(c) ascertaining by all lawful means conditions and developments in the commercial, economic, cultural and scientific life of the receiving State, reporting thereon to the Government of the sending State and giving information to persons interested;
(d) issuing passports and travel documents to nationals of the sending State, and visas or appropriate documents to persons wishing to travel to the sending State;
(e) helping and assisting nationals, both individuals and bodies corporate, of the sending State;
(f) acting as notary and civil registrar and in capacities of a similar kind, and performing certain functions of an administrative nature, provided that there is nothing contrary thereto in the laws and regulations of the receiving State;
(g) safeguarding the interests of nationals, both individuals and bodies corporate, of the sending State in cases of succession mortis causa in the territory of the receiving State, in accordance with the laws and regulations of the receiving State;
(h) safeguarding, within the limits imposed by the laws and regulations of the receiving State, the interests of minors and other persons lacking full capacity who are nationals of the sending State, particularly where any guardianship or trusteeship is required with respect to such persons;
(i) subject to the practices and procedures obtaining in the receiving State, representing or arranging appropriate representation for nationals of the sending State before the tribunals and other authorities of the receiving State, for the purpose of obtaining, in accordance with the laws and regulations of the receiving State, provisional measures for the preservation of the rights and interests of these nationals, where, because of absence or any other reason, such nationals are unable at the proper time to assume the defence of their rights and interests;
(j) transmitting judicial and extra-judicial documents or executing letters rogatory or commissions to take evidence for the courts of the sending State in accordance with international agreements in force, or, in the absence of such international agreements, in any other manner compatible with the laws and regulations of the receiving State;
(k) exercising rights of supervision and inspection provided for in the laws and regulations of the sending State in respect of vessels having the nationality of the sending State, and of aircraft registered in that State, and in respect of their crews;
(l) extending assistance to vessels and aircraft mentioned in sub-paragraph (k) of this Article and to their crews, taking statements regarding the voyage of a vessel, examining and stamping the ship's papers, and, without prejudice to the powers of the authorities of the receiving State, conducting investigations into any incidents which occurred during the voyage, and settling disputes of any kind between the master, the officers and the seamen in so far as this may be authorised by the laws and regulations of the sending State;
(m) performing any other functions entrusted to a consular post by the sending State which are not prohibited by the laws and regulations of the receiving State or to which no objection is taken by the receiving State or which are referred to in the international agreements in force between the sending State and the receiving State.
Article 6.
Exercise of consular functions outside the consular district.
A consular officer may, in special circumstances, with the consent of the receiving State, exercise his functions outside his consular district.
Article 7.
Excercise of consular functions in a third State.
The sending State may, after notifying the States concerned, entrust a consular post established in a particular State with the exercise of consular functions in another State, unless there is express objection by one of the States concerned.
Article 8.
Exercise of consular functions on behalf of a third State.
Upon appropriate notification to the receiving State, a consular post of the sending State may, unless the receiving State objects, exercise consular functions in the receiving State on behalf of a third State.
Article 9.
Classes of heads of consular posts.
1. Heads of consular posts are divided into four classes, namely:
(a) consuls-general;
(b) consuls;
(c) vice-consuls;
(d) consular agents.
2. Paragraph 1 of this Article in no way restricts the right of any of the Contracting Parties to fix the designation of consular officers other than the heads of consular posts.
Article 10.
Appointment and admission of heads of consular posts.
1. Heads of consular posts are appointed by the sending State and are admitted to the exercise of their functions by the receiving State.
2. Subject to the provisions of the present Convention, the formalities for the appointment and for the admission of the head of a consular post are determined by the laws, regulations and usages of the sending State and of the receiving State respectively.
Article 11.
The consular commission or notification of appointment.
1. The head of a consular post shall be provided by the sending State with a document, in the form of a commission or similar instrument, made out for each appointment, certifying his capacity and showing, as a general rule, his full name, his category and class, the consular district and the seat of the consular post.
2. The sending State shall transmit the commission or similar instrument through the diplomatic or other appropriate channel to the Government of the State in whose territory the head of a consular post is to exercise his functions.
3. If the receiving State agrees, the sending State may, instead of a commission or similar instrument, send to the receiving State a notification containing the particulars required by paragraph 1 of this Article.
Article 12.
The Exequatur.
1. The head of a consular post is admitted to the exercise of his functions by an authorisation from the receiving State termed an exequatur, whatever the form of this authorisation.
2. A state which refuses to grant an exequatur is not obliged to give to the sending State reasons for such refusal.
3. Subject to the provisions of Articles 13 and 15, the head of a consular post shall not enter upon his duties until he has received an exequatur.
Article 13.
Provisional admission of heads of consular posts.
Pending delivery of the exequatur, the head of a consular post may be admitted on a provisional basis to the exercise of his functions. In that case, the provisions of the present Convention shall apply.
Article 14.
Notification to the authorities of the consular district.
As soon as the head of a consular post is admitted even provisionally to the exercise of his functions, the receiving State shall immediately notify the competent authorities of the consular district. It shall also ensure that the necessary measures are taken to enable the head of a consular post to carry out the duties of his office and to have the benefit of the provisions of the present Convention.
Article 15.
Temporary exercise of the functions of the head of a consular post.
1. If the head of a consular post is unable to carry out his functions or the position of head of consular post is vacant, an acting head of post may act provisionally as head of the consular post.
2. The full name of the acting head of post shall be notified either by the diplomatic mission of the sending State or, if that State has no such mission in the receiving State, by the head of the consular post, or, if he is unable to do so, by any competent authority of the sending State, to the Ministry for Foreign Affairs of the receiving State or to the authority designated by that Ministry. As a general rule, this notification shall be given in advance. The receiving State may make the admission as acting head of post of a person who is neither a diplomatic agent nor a consular officer of the sending State in the receiving State conditional on its consent.
3. The competent authorities of the receiving State shall afford assistance and protection to the acting head of post. While he is in charge of the post, the provisions of the present Convention shall apply to him on the same basis as to the head of the consular post concerned. The receiving State shall not, however, be obliged to grant to an acting head of post any facility, privilege or immunity which the head of the consular post enjoys only subject to conditions not fulfilled by the acting head of post.
4. When, in the circumstances referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, a member of the diplomatic staff of the diplomatic mission of the sending State in the receiving State is designated by the sending State as an acting head of post, he shall, if the receiving State does not object thereto, continue to enjoy diplomatic privileges and immunities.
Article 16.
Precedence as between heads of consular posts.
1. Heads of consular posts shall rank in each class according to the date of the grant of the exequatur.
2. If, however, the head of a consular post before obtaining the exequatur is admitted to the exercise of his functions provisionally, his precedence shall be determined according to the date of the provisional admission; this precedence shall be maintained after the granting of the exequatur.
3. The order of precedence as between two or more heads of consular posts who obtained the exequatur or provisional admission on the same date shall be determined according to the dates on which their commissions or similar instruments or the notifications referred to in paragraph 3 of Article 11 were presented to the receiving State.
4. Acting heads of posts shall rank after all heads of consular posts and, as between themselves, they shall rank according to the dates on which they assumed their functions as acting heads of posts as indicated in the notifications given under paragraph 2 of Article 15.
5. Honorary consular officers who are heads of consular posts shall rank in each class after career heads of consular posts, in the order and according to the rules laid down in the foregoing paragraphs.
6. Heads of consular posts shall have precedence over consular officers not having that status.
Article 17.
Performance of diplomatic acts by consular officers.
1. In a State where the sending State has no diplomatic mission and is not represented by a diplomatic mission of a third State, a consular officer may, with the consent of the receiving State, and without affecting his consular status, be authorised to perform diplomatic acts. The performance of such acts by a consular officer shall not confer upon him any right to claim diplomatic privileges and immunities.
2. A consular officer may, after notification addressed to the receiving State, act as representative of the sending State to any inter-governmental organisation. When so acting, he shall be entitled to enjoy any privileges and immunities accorded to such a representative by customary international law or by international agreements; however, in respect of the performance by him of any consular function, he shall not be entitled to any greater immunity from jurisdiction than that to which a consular officer is entitled under the present Convention.
Article 18.
Appointment of the same person by two or more States as a consular officer.
Two or more States may, with the consent of the receiving State, appoint the same person as a consular officer in that State.
Article 19.
Appointment of members of consular staff.
1. Subject to the provisions of Articles 20, 22 and 23, the sending State may freely appoint the members of the consular staff.
2. The full name, category and class of all consular officers, other than the head of a consular post, shall be notified by the sending State to the receiving State in sufficient time for the receiving State, if it so wishes, to exercise its rights under paragraph 3 of Article 23.
3. The sending State may, if required by its laws and regulations, request the receiving State to grant an exequatur to a consular officer other than the head of a consular post.
4. The receiving State may, if required by its laws and regulations, grant an exequatur to a consular officer other than the head of a consular post.
Article 20.
Size of the consular staff.
In the absence of an express agreement as to the size of the consular staff, the receiving State may require that the size of the staff be kept within limits considered by it to be reasonable and normal, having regard to circumstances and conditions in the consular district and to the needs of the particular consular post.
Article 21.
Precedence as between consular officers of a consular post.
The order of precedence as between the consular officers of a consular post and any change thereof shall be notified by the diplomatic mission of the sending State or, if that State has no such mission in the receiving State, by the head of the consular post, to the Ministry for Foreign Affairs of the receiving State or to the authority designated by that Ministry.
Article 22.
Nationality of Consular officers.
1. Consular officers should, in principle, have the nationality of the sending State.
2. Consular officers may not be appointed from among persons having the nationality of the receiving State except with the express consent of that State which may be withdrawn at any time.
3. The receiving State may reserve the same right with regard to nationals of a third State who are not also nationals of the sending State.
Article 23.
Persons declared non grata.
1. The receiving State may at any time notify the sending State that a consular officer is persona non grata or that any other member of the consular staff is not acceptable. In that event, the sending State shall, as the case may be either recall the person concerned or terminate his functions with the consular post.
2. If the sending State refuses or fails within a reasonable time to carry out its obligations under paragraph 1 of this Article, the receiving State may, as the case may be, either withdraw the exequatur from the person concerned or cease to consider him as a member of the consular staff.
3. A person appointed as a member of a consular post may be declared unacceptable before arriving in the territory of the receiving State or, if already in the receiving State, before entering on his duties with the consular post. In any such case, the sending State shall withdraw his appointment.
4. In the cases mentioned in paragraphs 1 and 3 of this Article, the receiving State is not obliged to give to the sending State reasons for its decision.
Article 24.
Notification to the receiving State of appointments, arrivals and departures.
1. The Ministry for Foreign Affairs of the receiving State or the authority designated by that Ministry shall be notified of:
(a) the appointment of members of a consular post, their arrival after appointment to the consular post, their final departure or the termination of their functions and any other changes affecting their status that may occur in the course of their service with the consular post;
(b) the arrival and final departure of a person belonging to the family of a member of a consular post forming part of his household and, where appropriate, the fact that a person becomes or ceases to be such a member of the family;
(c) the arrival and final departure of members of the private staff and, where appropriate, the termination of their service as such;
(d) the engagement and discharge of persons resident in the receiving State as members of a consular post or as members of the private staff entitled to privileges and immunities.
2. When possible, prior notification of arrival and final departure shall also be given.
SECTION II. END OF CONSULAR FUNCTIONS.
Article 25.
Termination of the functions of a member of a consular post.
The functions of a member of a consular post shall come to an end inter alia:
(a) on notification by the sending State to the receiving State that his functions have come to an end;
(b) on withdrawal of the exequatur;
(c) on notification by the receiving State to the sending State that the receiving State has ceased to consider him as a member of the consular staff.
Article 26.
Departure from the territory of the receiving State.
The receiving State shall, even in case of armed conflict, grant to members of the consular post and members of the private staff, other than nationals of the receiving State, and to members of their families forming part of their households irrespective of nationality, the necessary time and facilities to enable them to prepare their departure and to leave at the earliest possible moment after the termination of the functions of the members concerned. In particular, it shall, in case of need, place at their disposal the necessary means of transport for themselves and their property other than property acquired in the receiving State the export of which is prohibited at the time of departure.
Article 27.
Protection of consular premises and archives and of the interests of the sending State in exceptional circumstances.
1. In the event of the severance of consular relations between two States:
(a) the receiving State shall, even in case of armed conflict, respect and protect the consular premises, together with the property of the consular post and the consular archives;
(b) the sending State may entrust the custody of the consular premises, together with the property contained therein and the consular archives, to a third State acceptable to the receiving State;
(c) the sending State may entrust the protection of its interests and those of its nationals to a third State acceptable to the receiving State.
2. In the event of the temporary or permanent closure of a consular post, the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) of paragraph 1 of this Article shall apply. In addition,
(a) if the sending State, although not represented in the receiving State by a diplomatic mission, has another consular post in the territory of that State, that consular post may be entrusted with the custody of the premises of the consular post which has been closed, together with the property contained therein and the consular archives, and, with the consent of the receiving State, with the exercise of consular functions in the district of that consular post; or
(b) if the sending State has no diplomatic mission and no other consular post in the receiving State, the provisions of sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) of paragraph 1 of this Article shall apply.
CHAPTER II. FACILITIES, PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES RELATING TO CONSULAR POSTS, CAREER CONSULAR OFFICERS AND OTHER MEMBERS OF A CONSULAR POST.
SECTION I. FACILITIES, PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES RELATING TO A CONSULAR POST.
Article 28.
Facilities for the work of the consular post.
The receiving State shall accord full facilities for the performance of the functions of the consular post.
Article 29.
Use of national flag and coat-of-arms.
1. The sending State shall have the right to the use of its national flag and coat-of-arms in the receiving State in accordance with the provisions of this Article.
2. The national flag of the sending State may be flown and its coat-of-arms displayed on the building occupied by the consular post and at the entrance door thereof, on the residence of the head of the consular post and on his means of transport when used on official business.
3. In the exercise of the right accorded by this Article regard shall be had to the laws, regulations and usages of the receiving State.
Article 30.
Accommodation.
1. The receiving State shall either facilitate the acquisition on its territory, in accordance with its laws and regulations, by the sending State of premises necessary for its consular post or assist the latter in obtaining accommodation in some other way.
2. It shall also, where necessary, assist the consular post in obtaining suitable accommodation for its members.
Article 31.
Inviolability of the consular premises.
1. Consular premises shall be inviolable to the extent provided in this article.
2. The authorities of the receiving State shall not enter that part of the consular premises which is used exclusively for the purpose of the work of the consular post except with the consent of the head of the consular post or of his designee or of the head of the diplomatic mission of the sending State. The consent of the head of the consular post may, however, be assumed in case of fire or other disaster requiring prompt protective action.
3. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 2 of this Article, the receiving State is under a special duty to take all appropriate steps to protect the consular premises against any intrusion or damage and to prevent any disturbance of the peace of the consular post or impairment of its dignity.
4. The consular premises, their furnishings, the property of the consular post and its means of transport shall be immune from any form of requisition for purposes of national defence or public utility. If expropriation is necessary for such purposes, all possible steps shall be taken to avoid impeding the performance of consular functions, and prompt, adequate and effective compensation shall be paid to the sending State.
Article 32.
Exemption from taxation of consular premises.
1. Consular premises and the residence of the career head of consular post of which the sending State or any person acting on its behalf is the owner or lessee shall be exempt from all national, regional or municipal dues and taxes whatsoever, other than such as represent payment for specific services rendered.
2. The exemption from taxation referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall not apply to such dues and taxes if, under the law of the receiving State, they are payable by the person who contracted with the sending State or with the person acting on its behalf.
Article 33.
Inviolability of the consular archives and documents.
The consular archives and documents shall be inviolable at all times and wherever they may be.
Article 34.
Freedom of movement.
Subject to its laws and regulations concerning zones entry into which is prohibited or regulated for reasons of national security, the receiving State shall ensure freedom of movement and travel in its territory to all members of the consular post.
Article 35.
Freedom of communication.
1. The receiving State shall permit and protect freedom of communication on the part of the consular post for all official purposes. In communicating with the Government, the diplomatic missions and other consular posts, wherever situated, of the sending State, the consular post may employ all appropriate means, including diplomatic or consular couriers, diplomatic or consular bags and messages in code or cipher. However, the consular post may install and use a wireless transmitter only with the consent of the receiving State.
2. The official correspondence of the consular post shall be inviolable. Official correspondence means all correspondence relating to the consular post and its functions.
3. The consular bag shall be neither opened nor detained. Nevertheless, if the competent authorities of the receiving State have serious reason to believe that the bag contains something other than the correspondence, documents or articles referred to in paragraph 4 of this Article, they may request that the bag be opened in their presence by an authorised representative of the sending State. If this request is refused by the authorities of the sending State, the bag shall be returned to its place of origin.
4. The packages constituting the consular bag shall bear visible external marks of their character and may contain only official correspondence and documents or articles intended exclusively for official use.
5. The consular courier shall be provided with an official document indicating his status and the number of packages constituting the consular bag. Except with the consent of the receiving State he shall be neither a national of the receiving State, nor, unless he is a national of the sending State, a permanent resident of the receiving State. In the performance of his functions he shall be protected by the receiving State. He shall enjoy personal inviolability and shall not be liable to any form of arrest or detention.
6. The sending State, its diplomatic missions and its consular posts may designate consular couriers ad hoc. In such cases the provisions of paragraph 5 of this Article shall also apply except that the immunities therein mentioned shall cease to apply when such a courier has delivered to the consignee the consular bag in his charge.
7. A consular bag may be entrusted to the captain of a ship or of a commercial aircraft scheduled to land at an authorised port of entry. He shall be provided with an official document indicating the number of packages constituting the bag, but he shall not be considered to be a consular courier. By arrangement with the appropriate local authorities, the consular post may send one of its members to take possession of the bag directly and freely from the captain of the ship or of the aircraft.
Article 36.
Communication and contact with nationals of the sending State.
1. With a view to facilitating the exercise of consular functions relating to nationals of the sending State:
(a) consular officers shall be free to communicate with nationals of the sending State and to have access to them. Nationals of the sending State shall have the same freedom with respect to communication with and access to consular officers of the sending State;
(b) if he so requests, the competent authorities of the receiving State shall, without delay, inform the consular post of the sending State if, within its consular district, a national of that State is arrested or committed to prison or to custody pending trial or is detained in any other manner. Any communication addressed to the consular post by the person arrested, in prison, custody or detention shall also be forwarded by the said authorities without delay. The said authorities shall inform the person concerned without delay of his rights under this sub-paragraph;
(c) consular officers shall have the right to visit a national of the sending State who is in prison, custody or detention, to converse and correspond with him and to arrange for his legal representation. They shall also have the right to visit any national of the sending State who is in prison, custody or detention in their district in pursuance of a judgment. Nevertheless, consular officers shall refrain from taking action on behalf of a national who is in prison, custody or detention if he expressly opposes such action.
2. The rights referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be exercised in conformity with the laws and regulations of the receiving State, subject to the proviso, however, that the said laws and regulations must enable full effect to be given to the purposes for which the rights accorded under this Article are intended.
Article 37.
Information in cases of deaths, guardianship or trusteeship, wrecks and air accidents.
If the relevant information is available to the competent authorities of the receiving State, such authorities shall have the duty:
(a) in the case of the death of a national of the sending State, to inform without delay the consular post in whose district the death occurred;
(b) to inform the competent consular post without delay of any case where the appointment of a guardian or trustee appears to be in the interests of a minor or other person lacking full capacity who is a national of the sending State. The giving of this information shall, however, be without prejudice to the operation of the laws and regulations of the receiving State concerning such appointments;
(c) if a vessel, having the nationality of the sending State, is wrecked or runs aground in the territorial sea or internal waters of the receiving State, or if an aircraft registered in the sending State suffers an accident on the territory of the receiving State, to inform without delay the consular post nearest to the scene of the occurrence.
Article 38.
Communication with the authorities of the receiving State.
In the exercise of their functions, consular officers may address:
(a) the competent local authorities of their consular district;
(b) the competent central authorities of the receiving State if and to the extent that this is allowed by the laws, regulations and usages of the receiving State or by the relevant international agreements.
Article 39.
Consular fees and charges.
1. The consular post may levy in the territory of the receiving State the fees and charges provided by the laws and regulations of the sending State for consular acts.
2. The sums collected in the form of the fees and charges referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, and the receipts for such fees and charges, shall be exempt from all dues and taxes in the receiving State.
SECTION II. FACILITIES, PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES RELATING TO CAREER CONSULAR OFFICERS AND OTHER MEMBERS OF A CONSULAR POST.
Article 40.
Protection of consular officers.
The receiving State shall treat consular officers with due respect and shall take all appropriate steps to prevent any attack on their person, freedom or dignity.
Article 41.
Personal inviolability of consular officers.
1. Consular officers shall not be liable to arrest or detention pending trial, except in the case of a grave crime and pursuant to a decision by the competent judicial authority.
2. Except in the case specified in paragraph 1 of this Article, consular officers shall not be committed to prison or liable to any other form of restriction on their personal freedom save in execution of a judicial decision of final effect.
3. If criminal proceedings are instituted against a consular officer, he must appear before the competent authorities. Nevertheless, the proceedings shall be conducted with the respect due to him by reason of his official position and, except in the case specified in paragraph 1 of this Article, in a manner which will hamper the exercise of consular functions as little as possible. When, in the circumstances mentioned in paragraph 1 of this Article, it has become necessary to detain a consular officer, the proceedings against him shall be instituted with the minimum of delay.
Article 42.
Notification of arrest, detention or prosecution.
In the event of the arrest or detention, pending trial, of a member of the consular staff, or of criminal proceedings being instituted against him, the receiving State shall promptly notify the head of the consular post. Should the latter be himself the object of any such measure, the receiving State shall notify the sending State through the diplomatic channel.
Article 43.
Immunity from jurisdiction.
1. Consular officers and consular employees shall not be amenable to the jurisdiction of the judicial or administrative authorities of the receiving State in respect of acts performed in the exercise of consular functions.
2. The provisions of paragraph 1 of this Article shall not, however, apply in respect of a civil action either:
(a) arising out of a contract concluded by a consular officer or a consular employee in which he did not contract expressly or impliedly as an agent of the sending State; or
(b) by a third party for damage arising from an accident in the receiving State caused by a vehicle, vessel or aircraft.
Article 44.
Liability to give evidence.
1. Members of a consular post may be called upon to attend as witnesses in the course of judicial or administrative proceedings. A consular employee or a member of the service staff shall not, except in the cases mentioned in paragraph 3 of this Article, decline to give evidence. If a consular officer should decline to do so, no coercive measure or penalty may be applied to him.
2. The authority requiring the evidence of a consular officer shall avoid interference with the performance of his functions. It may, when possible, take such evidence at his residence or at the consular post or accept a statement from him in writing.
3. Members of a consular post are under no obligation to give evidence concerning matters connected with the exercise of their functions or to produce official correspondence and documents relating thereto. They are also entitled to decline to give evidence as expert witnesses with regard to the law of the sending State.
Article 45.
Waiver of privileges and immunities.
1. The sending State may waive, with regard to a member of the consular post, any of the privileges and immunities provided for in Articles 41, 43 and 44.
2. The waiver shall in all cases be express, except as provided in paragraph 3 of this Article, and shall be communicated to the receiving State in writing.
3. The initiation of proceedings by a consular officer or a consular employee in a matter where he might enjoy immunity from jurisdiction under Article 43 shall preclude him from invoking immunity from jurisdiction in respect of any counter-claim directly connected with the principal claim.
4. The waiver of immunity from jurisdiction for the purposes of civil or administrative proceedings shall not be deemed to imply the waiver of immunity from the measures of execution resulting from the judicial decision; in respect of such measures, a separate waiver shall be necessary.
Article 46.
Exemption from registration of aliens and residence permits.
1. Consular officers and consular employees and members of their families forming part of their households shall be exempt from all obligations under the laws and regulations of the receiving State in regard to the registration of aliens and residence permits.
2. The provisions of paragraph 1 of this Article shall not, however, apply to any consular employee who is not a permanent employee of the sending State or who carries on any private gainful occupation in the receiving State or to any member of the family of any such employee.
Article 47.
Exemption from work permits.
1. Members of the consular post shall, with respect to services rendered for the sending State, be exempt from any obligations in regard to work permits imposed by the laws and regulations of the receiving State concerning the employment of foreign labour.
2. Members of the private staff of consular officers and of consular employees shall, if they do not carry on any other gainful occupation in the receiving State, be exempt from the obligations referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article.
Article 48.
Social security exemption.
1. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 of this Article, members of the consular post with respect to services rendered by them for the sending State, and members of their families forming part of their households, shall be exempt from social security provisions which may be in force in the receiving State.
2. The exemption provided for in paragraph 1 of this Article shall apply also to members of the private staff who are in the sole employ of members of the consular post, on condition:
(a) that they are not nationals of or permanently resident in the receiving State; and
(b) that they are covered by the social security provisions which are in force in the sending State or a third State.
3. Members of the consular post who employ persons to whom the exemption provided for in paragraph 2 of this Article does not apply shall observe the obligations which the social security provisions of the receiving State impose upon employers.
4. The exemption provided for in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article shall not preclude voluntary participation in the social security system of the receiving State, provided that such participation is permitted by that State.
Article 49.
Exemption from taxation.
1. Consular officers and consular employees and members of their families forming part of their households shall be exempt from all dues and taxes, personal or real, national, regional or municipal, except:
(a) indirect taxes of a kind which are normally incorporated in the price of goods or services;
(b) dues or taxes on private immovable property situated in the territory of the receiving State, subject to the provisions of Article 32;
(c) estate, succession or inheritance duties, and duties on transfers, levied by the receiving State, subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of Article 51;
(d) dues and taxes on private income, including capital gains, having its source in the receiving State and capital taxes relating to investments made in commercial or financial undertakings in the receiving State;
(e) charges levied for specific services rendered;
(f) registration, court or record fees, mortgage dues and stamp duties, subject to the provisions of Article 32.
2. Members of the service staff shall be exempt from dues and taxes on the wages which they receive for their services.
3. Members of the consular post who employ persons whose wages or salaries are not exempt from income tax in the receiving State shall observe the obligations which the laws and regulations of that State impose upon employers concerning the levying of income tax.
Article 50.
Exemption from customs duties and inspection.
1. The receiving State shall, in accordance with such laws and regulations as it may adopt, permit entry of and grant exemption from all customs duties, taxes, and related charges other than charges for storage, cartage and similar services, on:
(a) articles for the official use of the consular post;
(b) articles for the personal use of a consular officer or members of his family forming part of his household, including articles intended for his establishment. The articles intended for consumption shall not exceed the quantities necessary for direct utilisation by the persons concerned.
2. Consular employees shall enjoy the privileges and exemptions specified in paragraph 1 of this Article in respect of articles imported at the time of first installation.
3. Personal baggage accompanying consular officers and members of their families forming part of their households shall be exempt from inspection. It may be inspected only if there is serious reason to believe that it contains articles other than those referred to in subparagraph (b) of paragraph 1 of this Article, or articles the import or export of which is prohibited by the laws and regulations of the receiving State or which are subject to its quarantine laws and regulations. Such inspection shall be carried out in the presence of the consular officer or member of his family concerned.
Article 51.
Estate of a member of the consular post or of a member of his family.
In the event of the death of a member of the consular post or of a member of his family forming part of his household, the receiving State:
(a) shall permit the export of the movable property of the deceased, with the exception of any such property acquired in the receiving State the export of which was prohibited at the time of his death;
(b) shall not levy national, regional or municipal estate, succession or inheritance duties, and duties on transfers, on movable property the presence of which in the receiving State was due solely to the presence in that State of the deceased as a member of the consular post or as a member of the family of a member of the consular post.
Article 52.
Exemption from personal services and contributions.
The receiving State shall exempt members of the consular post and members of their families forming part of their households from all personal services, from all public service of any kind whatsoever, and from military obligations such as those connected with requisitioning, military contributions and billeting.
Article 53.
Beginning and end of consular privileges and immunities
1. Every member of the consular post shall enjoy the privileges and immunities provided in the present Convention from the moment he enters the territory of the receiving State on proceeding to take up his post or, if already in its territory, from the moment when he enters on his duties with the consular post.
2. Members of the family of a member of the consular post forming part of his household and members of his private staff shall receive the privileges and immunities provided in the present Convention from the date from which he enjoys privileges and immunities in accordance with paragraph 1 of this Article or from the date of their entry into the territory of the receiving State or from the date of their becoming a member of such family or private staff, whichever is the latest.
3. When the functions of a member of the consular post have come to an end, his privileges and immunities and those of a member of his family forming part of his household or a member of his private staff shall normally cease at the moment when the person concerned leaves the receiving State or on the expiry of a reasonable period in which to do so, whichever is the sooner, but shall subsist until that time, even in case of armed conflict. In the case of the persons referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article, their privileges and immunities shall come to an end when they cease to belong to the household or to be in the service of a member of the consular post provided, however, that if such persons intend leaving the receiving State within a reasonable period thereafter, their privileges and immunities shall subsist until the time of their departure.
4. However, with respect to acts performed by a consular officer or a consular employee in the exercise of his functions, immunity from jurisdiction shall continue to subsist without limitation of time.
5. In the event of the death of a member of the consular post, the members of his family forming part of his household shall continue to enjoy the privileges and immunities accorded to them until they leave the receiving State or until the expiry of a reasonable period enabling them to do so, whichever is the sooner.
Article 54.
Obligations of third States.
1. If a consular officer passes through or is in the territory of a third State, which has granted him a visa if a visa was necessary while proceeding to take up or return to his post or when returning to the sending State, the third State shall accord to him all immunities provided for by the other Articles of the present Convention as may be required to ensure his transit or return. The same shall apply in the case of any member of his family forming part of his household enjoying such privileges and immunities who are accompanying the consular officer or travelling separately to join him or to return to the sending State.
2. In circumstances similar to those specified in paragraph 1 of this Article, third States shall not hinder the transit through their territory of other members of the consular post or of members of their families forming part of their households.
3. Third States shall accord to official correspondence and to other official communications in transit, including messages in code or cipher, the same freedom and protection as the receiving State is bound to accord under the present Convention. They shall accord to consular couriers who have been granted a visa, if a visa was necessary, and to consular bags in transit, the same inviolability and protection as the receiving State is bound to accord under the present Convention.
4. The obligations of third States under paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this Article shall also apply to the persons mentioned respectively in those paragraphs, and to official communications and to consular bags, whose presence in the territory of the third State is due to force majeure.
Article 55.
Respect for the laws and regulations of the receiving State.
1. Without prejudice to their privileges and immunities, it is the duty of all persons enjoying such privileges and immunities to respect the laws and regulations of the receiving State. They also have a duty not to interfere in the internal affairs of that State.
2. The consular premises shall not be used in any manner incompatible with the exercise of consular functions.
3. The provisions of paragraph 2 of this Article shall not exclude the possibility of offices of other institutions or agencies being installed in part of the building in which the consular premises are situated, provided that the premises assigned to them are separate from those used by the consular post. In that event, the said offices shall not, for the purposes of the present Convention, be considered to form part of the consular premises.
Article 56.
Insurance against third party risks.
Members of the consular post shall comply with any requirement imposed by the laws and regulations of the receiving State in respect of insurance against third party risks arising from the use of any vehicle, vessel or aircraft.
Article 57.
Special provisions concerning private gainful occupation.
1. Career consular officers shall not carry on for personal profit any professional or commercial activity in the receiving State.
2. Privileges and immunities provided in this Chapter shall not be accorded:
(a) to consular employees or to members of the service staff who carry on any private gainful occupation in the receiving State;
(b) to members of the family of a person referred to in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph or to members of his private staff;
(c) to members of the family of a member of a consular post who themselves carry on any private gainful occupation in the receiving State.
CHAPTER III. REGIME RELATING TO HONORARY CONSULAR OFFICERS AND CONSULAR POSTS HEADED BY SUCH OFFICERS.
Article 58.
General provisions relating to facilities, privileges and immunities.
1. Articles 28, 29, 30, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38 and 39, paragraph 3 of Article 54 and paragraphs 2 and 3 of Article 55 shall apply to consular posts headed by an honorary consular officer. In addition the facilities, privileges and immunities of such consular posts shall be governed by Articles 59, 60, 61 and 62.
2. Articles 42 and 43, paragraph 3 of Article 44, Articles 45 and 53 and paragraph 1 of Article 55 shall apply to honorary consular officers. In addition, the facilities, privileges and immunities of such consular officers shall be governed by Articles 63, 64, 65, 66 and 67.
3. Privileges and immunities provided in the present Convention shall not be accorded to members of the family of an honorary consular officer or of a consular employee employed at a consular post headed by an honorary consular officer.
4. The exchange of consular bags between two consular posts headed by honorary consular officers in different States shall not be allowed without the consent of the two receiving States concerned.
Article 59.
Protection of the consular premises.
The receiving State shall take such steps as may be necessary to protect the consular premises of a consular post headed by an honorary consular officer against any intrusion or damage and to prevent any disturbance of the peace of the consular post or impairment of its dignity.
Article 60.
Exemption from taxation of consular premises.
1. Consular premises of a consular post headed by an honorary consular officer of which the sending State is the owner or lessee shall be exempt from all national, regional or municipal dues and taxes whatsoever, other than such as represent payment for specific services rendered.
2. The exemption from taxation referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall not apply to such dues and taxes if, under the laws and regulations of the receiving State, they are payable by the person who contracted with the sending State.
Article 61.
Inviolability of consular archives and documents.
The consular archives and documents of a consular post headed by an honorary consular officer shall be inviolable at all times and wherever they may be, provided that they are kept separate from other papers and documents and, in particular, from the private correspondence of the head of a consular post and of any person working with him, and from the materials, books or documents relating to their profession or trade.
Article 62.
Exemption from customs duties.
The receiving State shall, in accordance with such laws and regulations as it may adopt, permit entry of, and grant exemption from all customs duties, taxes, and related charges other than charges for storage, cartage and similar services on the following articles, provided that they are for the official use of a consular post headed by an honorary consular officer: coats-of-arms, flags, signboards, seals and stamps, books, official printed matter, office furniture, office equipment and similar articles supplied by or at the instance of the sending State to the consular post.
Article 63.
Criminal proceedings.
If criminal proceedings are instituted against an honorary consular officer, he must appear before the competent authorities. Nevertheless, the proceedings shall be conducted with the respect due to him by reason of his official position and, except when he is under arrest or detention, in a manner which will hamper the exercise of consular functions as little as possible. When it has become necessary to detain an honorary consular officer, the proceedings against him shall be instituted with the minimum of delay.
Article 64.
Protection of honorary consular officers.
The receiving State is under a duty to accord to an honorary consular officer such protection as may be required by reason of his official position.
Article 65.
Exemption from registration of aliens and residence permits.
Honorary consular officers, with the exception of those who carry on for personal profit any professional or commercial activity in the receiving State, shall be exempt from all obligations under the laws and regulations of the receiving State in regard to the registration of aliens and residence permits.
Article 66.
Exemption from taxation.
An honorary consular officer shall be exempt from all dues and taxes on the remuneration and emoluments which he receives from the sending State in respect of the exercise of consular functions.
Article 67.
Exemption from personal services and contributions.
The receiving State shall exempt honorary consular officers from all personal services and from all public services of any kind whatsoever and from military obligations such as those connected with requisitioning, military contributions and billeting.
Article 68.
Optional character of the institution of honorary consular officers.
Each State is free to decide whether it will appoint or receive honorary consular officers.
CHAPTER IV. GENERAL PROVISIONS.
Article 69.
Consular agents who are not heads of consular posts.
1. Each State is free to decide whether it will establish or admit consular agencies conducted by consular agents not designated as heads of consular post by the sending State.
2. The conditions under which the consular agencies referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article may carry on their activities and the privileges and immunities which may be enjoyed by the consular agents in charge of them shall be determined by agreement between the sending State and the receiving State.
Article 70.
Exercise of consular functions by diplomatic missions.
1. The provisions of the present Convention apply also, so far as the context permits, to the exercise of consular functions by a diplomatic mission.
2. The names of members of a diplomatic mission assigned to the consular section or otherwise charged with the exercise of the consular functions of the mission shall be notified to the Ministry for Foreign Affairs of the receiving State or to the authority designated by that Ministry.
3. In the exercise of consular functions a diplomatic mission may address:
(a) the local authorities of the consular district;
(b) the central authorities of the receiving State if this is allowed by the laws, regulations and usages of the receiving State or by relevant international agreements.
4. The privileges and immunities of the members of a diplomatic mission referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article shall continue to be governed by the rules of international law concerning diplomatic relations.
Article 71.
Nationals or permanent residents of the receiving State.
1. Except in so far as additional facilities, privileges and immunities may be granted by the receiving State, consular officers who are nationals of or permanently resident in the receiving State shall enjoy only immunity from jurisdiction and personal inviolability in respect of official acts performed in the exercise of their functions, and the privilege provided in paragraph 3 of Article 44. So far as these consular officers are concerned, the receiving State shall likewise be bound by the obligation laid down in Article 42. If criminal proceedings are instituted against such a consular officer, the proceedings shall, except when he is under arrest or detention, be conducted in a manner which will hamper the exercise of consular functions as little as possible.
2. Other members of the consular post who are nationals of or permanently resident in the receiving State and members of their families, as well as members of the families of consular officers referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, shall enjoy facilities, privileges and immunities only in so far as these are granted to them by the receiving State. Those members of the families of members of the consular post and those members of the private staff who are themselves nationals of or permanently resident in the receiving State shall likewise enjoy facilities, privileges and immunities only in so far as these are granted to them by the receiving State. The receiving State shall, however, exercise its jurisdiction over those persons in such a way as not to hinder unduly the performance of the functions of the consular post.
Article 72.
Non-discrimination.
1. In the application of the provisions of the present Convention the receiving State shall not discriminate as between States.
2. However, discrimination shall not be regarded as taking place:
(a) where the receiving State applies any of the provisions of the present Convention restrictively because of a restrictive application of that provision to its consular posts in the sending State;
(b) where by custom or agreement States extend to each other more favourable treatment than is required by the provisions of the present Convention.
Article 73.
Relationship between the present Convention and other international agreements.
1. The provisions of the present Convention shall not affect other international agreements in force as between States parties to them.
2. Nothing in the present Convention shall preclude States from concluding international agreements confirming or supplementing or extending or amplifying the provisions thereof.
CHAPTER V. FINAL PROVISIONS.
Article 74.
Signature.
The present Convention shall be open for signature by all States Members of the United Nations or of any of the specialised agencies or Parties to the Statute of the International Court of Justice, and by any other State invited by the General Assembly of the United Nations to become a Party to the Convention, as follows: until 31 October 1963 at the Federal Ministry for Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Austria and subsequently, until 31 March 1964, at the United Nations Headquarters in New York.
Article 75.
Ratification.
The present Convention is subject to ratification. The instruments of ratification shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.
Article 76.
Accession.
The present Convention shall remain open for accession by any State belonging to any of the four categories mentioned in Article 74. The instruments of accession shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.
Article 77.
Entry into force.
1. The present Convention shall enter into force on the thirtieth day following the date of deposit of the twenty-second instrument of ratification or accession with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.
2. For each State ratifying or acceding to the Convention after the deposit of the twenty-second instrument of ratification or accession, the Convention shall enter into force on the thirtieth day after deposit by such State of its instrument of ratification or accession.
Article 78.
Notifications by the Secretary-General.
The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall inform all States belonging to any of the four categories mentioned in Article 74:
(a) of signatures to the present Convention and of the deposit of instruments of ratification or accession, in accordance with Articles 74, 75 and 76;
(b) of the date on which the present Convention will enter into force, in accordance with Article 77.
Article 79.
Authentic texts.
The original of the present Convention, of which the Chinese, English, French, Russian and Spanish texts are equally authentic, shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the United Nations, who shall send certified copies thereof to all States belonging to any of the four categories mentioned in Article 74.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned Plenipotentiaries, being duly authorised thereto by their respective Governments, have signed the present Convention.
DONE AT VIENNA, this twenty-fourth day of April, one thousand nine hundred and sixty-three.
THIRD SCHEDULE.
CONVENTION ON THE PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES OF THE UNITED NATIONS.
Whereas Article 104 of the Charter of the United Nations provides that the Organisation shall enjoy in the territory of each of its Members such legal capacity as may be necessary for the exercise of its functions and the fulfilment of its purposes, and
Whereas Article 105 of the Charter of the United Nations provides that the Organisation shall enjoy in the territory of each of its Members such privileges and immunities as are necessary for the fulfilment of its purposes and that representatives of the Members of the United Nations and officials of the Organisation shall similarly enjoy such privileges and immunities as are necessary for the independent exercise of the functions in connection with the Organisation,
Consequently the General Assembly by a Resolution adopted on the 13th February, 1946, approved the following Convention and proposes it for accession by each Member of the United Nations.
Article I.
Juridical Personality.
Section 1.—The United Nations shall possess juridical personality. It shall have the capacity—
(a) to contract;
(b) to acquire and dispose of immovable and movable property;
(c) to institute legal proceedings.
Article II.
Property, Funds and Assets.
Section 2.—The United Nations, its property and assets wherever located and by whomsoever held, shall enjoy immunity from every form of legal process except in so far as in any particular case it has expressly waived its immunity. It is, however, understood that no waiver of immunity shall extend to any measure of execution.
Section 3.—The premises of the United Nations shall be inviolable. The property and assets of the United Nations, wherever located and by whomsoever held, shall be immune from search, requisition, confiscation, expropriation and any other form of interference, whether by executive, administrative, judicial or legislative action.
Section 4.—The archives of the United Nations, and in general all documents belonging to it or held by it, shall be inviolable wherever located.
Section 5.—Without being restricted by financial controls, regulations or moratoria of any kind—
(a) the United Nations may hold funds, gold or currency of any kind and operate accounts in any currency;
(b) the United Nations shall be free to transfer its funds, gold or currency from one country to another or within any country and to convert any currency held by it into any other currency.
Section 6.—In exercising its rights under Section 5 above, the United Nations shall pay due regard to any representations made by the Government of any Member in so far as it is considered that effect can be given to such representations without detriment to the interests of the United Nations.
Section 7.—The United Nations, its assets, income and other property shall be—
(a) exempt from all direct taxes; it is understood, however, that the United Nations will not claim exemption from taxes which are, in fact, no more than charges for public utility services;
(b) exempt from customs duties and prohibitions and restrictions on imports and exports in respect of articles imported or exported by the United Nations for its official use. It is understood, however, that articles imported under such exemption will not be sold in the country into which they were imported except under conditions agreed with the Government of that country;
(c) exempt from customs duties and prohibitions and restrictions on imports and exports in respect of its publications.
Section 8.—While the United Nations will not, as a general rule, claim exemption from excise duties and from taxes on the sale of movable and immovable property which form part of the price to be paid, nevertheless when the United Nations is making important purchases for official use of property on which such duties and taxes have been charged or are chargeable, Members will, whenever possible, make appropriate administrative arrangements for the remission or return of the amount of duty or tax.
Article III.
Facilities in Respect of Communications.
Section 9.—The United Nations shall enjoy in the territory of each Member for its official communications treatment not less favourable than that accorded by the Government of that Member to any other Government including its diplomatic mission in the matter of priorities, rates and taxes on mails, cables, telegrams, radiograms, telephotos, telephone and other communications; and press rates for information to the press and radio. No censorship shall be applied to the official correspondence and other official communications of the United Nations.
Section 10.—The United Nations shall have the right to use codes and to despatch and receive its correspondence by courier or in bags, which shall have the same immunities and privileges as diplomatic couriers and bags.
Article IV.
The Representatives of Members.
Section 11.—Representatives of Members to the principal and subsidiary organs of the United Nations and to conferences convened by the United Nations, shall, while exercising their functions and during their journey to and from the place of meeting, enjoy the following privileges and immunities—
(a) immunity from personal arrest or detention and from seizure of their personal baggage, and, in respect of words spoken or written and all acts done by them in their capacity as representatives, immunity from legal process of every kind;
(b) inviolability for all papers and documents;
(c) the right to use codes and to receive papers or correspondence by courier or in sealed bags;
(d) exemption in respect of themselves and their spouses from immigration restrictions, aliens' registration or national service obligations in the State they are visiting or through which they are passing in the exercise of their functions;
(e) the same facilities in respect of currency or exchange restrictions as are accorded to representatives of foreign Governments on temporary official missions;
(f) the same immunities and facilities in respect of their personal baggage as are accorded to diplomatic envoys; and also
(g) such other privileges, immunities and facilities not inconsistent with the foregoing as diplomatic envoys enjoy, except that they shall have no right to claim exemption from customs duties on goods imported (otherwise than as part of their personal baggage) or from excise duties or sales taxes.
Section 12.—In order to secure for the representatives of Members to the principal and subsidiary organs of the United Nations and to conferences convened by the United Nations, complete freedom of speech and independence in the discharge of their duties, the immunity from legal process in respect of words spoken or written and all acts done by them in discharging their duties shall continue to be accorded, notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer the representatives of Members.
Section 13.—Where the incidence of any form of taxation depends upon residence, periods during which the representatives of Members to the principal and subsidiary organs of the United Nations and to conferences convened by the United Nations are present in a State for the discharge of their duties shall not be considered as periods of residence.
Section 14.—Privileges and immunities are accorded to the representatives of Members not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves, but in order to safeguard the independent exercise of their functions in connection with the United Nations. Consequently a Member not only has the right but is under a duty to waive the immunity of its representative in any case where in the opinion of the Member the immunity would impede the course of justice, and it can be waived without prejudice to the purpose for which the immunity is accorded.
Section 15.—The provisions of Section 11, 12 and 13 are not applicable as between a representative and the authorities of the State of which he is a national or of which he is or has been the representative.
Section 16.—In this Article the expression “representatives” shall be deemed to include all delegates, deputy delegates, advisers, technical experts and secretaries of delegations.
Article V.
Officials.
Section 17.—The Secretary-General will specify the categories of officials to which the provisions of this Article and Article VII shall apply. He shall submit these categories to the General Assembly. Thereafter these categories shall be communicated to the Governments of all Members. The names of the officials included in these categories shall from time to time be made known to the Governments of Members.
Section 18.—Officials of the United Nations shall—
(a) be immune from legal process in respect of words spoken or written and all acts performed by them in their official capacity;
(b) be exempt from taxation on the salaries and emoluments paid to them by the United Nations;
(c) be immune from national service obligations;
(d) be immune, together with their spouses and relatives dependent on them, from immigration restrictions and alien registration;
(e) be accorded the same privileges in respect of exchange facilities as are accorded to the officials of comparable ranks forming part of diplomatic missions to the Government concerned;
(f) be given, together with their spouses and relatives dependent on them, the same repatriation facilities in time of international crisis as diplomatic envoys;
(g) have the right to import free of duty their furniture and effects at the time of first taking up their post in the country in question.
Section 19.—In addition to the immunities and privileges specified in Section 18, the Secretary-General and all Assistant Secretaries-General shall be accorded in respect of themselves, their spouses and minor children, the privileges and immunities, exemptions and facilities accorded to diplomatic envoys, in accordance with international law.
Section 20.—Privileges and immunities are granted to officials in the interests of the United Nations and not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves. The Secretary-General shall have the right and the duty to waive the immunity of any official in any case where, in his opinion, the immunity would impede the course of justice and can be waived without prejudice to the interests of the United Nations. In the case of the Secretary-General, the Security Council shall have the right to waive immunity.
Section 21.—The United Nations shall co-operate at all times with the appropriate authorities of Members to facilitate the proper administration of justice, secure the observance of police regulations, and prevent the occurrence of any abuse in connection with the privileges, immunities and facilities mentioned in this Article.
Article VI.
Experts on Missions for the United Nations.
Section 22.—Experts (other than officials coming within the scope of Article V) performing missions for the United Nations shall be accorded such privileges and immunities as are necessary for the independent exercise of their functions during the period of their missions, including the time spent on journeys in connection with their missions. In particular they shall be accorded—
(a) immunity from personal arrest or detention and from seizure of their personal baggage;
(b) in respect of words spoken or written and acts done by them in the course of the performance of their mission, immunity from legal process of every kind. This immunity from legal process shall continue to be accorded notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer employed on missions for the United Nations;
(c) inviolability for all papers and documents;
(d) for the purpose of their communications with the United Nations, the right to use codes and to receive papers or correspondence by courier or in sealed bags;
(e) the same facilities in respect of currency or exchange restrictions as are accorded to representatives of foreign Governments on temporary official missions;
(f) the same immunities and facilities in respect of their personal baggage as are accorded to diplomatic envoys.
Section 23.—Privileges and immunities are granted to experts in the interests of the United Nations and not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves. The Secretary-General shall have the right and the duty to waive the immunity of any expert in any case where, in his opinion, the immunity would impede the course of justice and it can be waived without prejudice to the interests of the United Nations.
Article VII.
United Nations Laissez-Passer.
Section 24.—The United Nations may issue United Nations laissez-passer to its officials. These laissez-passer shall be recognised and accepted as valid travel documents, by the authorities of Members, taking into account the provisions of Section 25.
Section 25.—Applications for visas (where required) from the holders of United Nations laissez-passer, when accompanied by a certificate that they are travelling on the business of the United Nations, shall be dealt with as speedily as possible. In addition, such persons shall be granted facilities for speedy travel.
Section 26.—Similar facilities to those specified in Section 25 shall be accorded to experts and other persons who, though not the holders of United Nations laissez-passer, have a certificate that they are travelling on the business of the United Nations.
Section 27.—The Secretary-General, Assistant Secretaries-General and Directors travelling on United Nations laissez-passer on the business of the United Nations shall be granted the same facilities as are accorded to diplomatic envoys.
Section 28.—The provisions of this Article may be applied to the comparable officials of specialised agencies if the agreements for relationship made under Article 63 of the Charter so provide.
Article VIII.
Settlement of Disputes.
Section 29.—The United Nations shall make provisions for appropriate modes of settlement of—
(a) disputes arising out of contracts or other disputes of a private law character, to which the United Nations is a party;
(b) disputes involving any official of the United Nations who by reason of his official position enjoys immunity, if immunity has not been waived by the Secretary-General.
Section 30.—All differences arising out of the interpretation or application of the present convention shall be referred to the International Court of Justice, unless in any case it is agreed by the parties to have recourse to another mode of settlement. If a difference arises between the United Nations on the one hand and a Member on the other hand, a request shall be made for an advisory opinion on any legal question involved in accordance with Article 96 of the Charter and Article 65 of the Statute of the Court. The opinion given by the Court shall be accepted as decisive by the parties.
Final Article.
Section 31.—This convention is submitted to every Member of the United Nations for accession.
Section 32.—Accession shall be effected by deposit of an instrument with the Secretary-General of the United Nations and the convention shall come into force as regards each Member on the date of deposit of each instrument of accession.
Section 33.—The Secretary-General shall inform all Members of the United Nations of the deposit of each accession.
Section 34.—It is understood that, when an instrument of accession is deposited on behalf of any Member, the Member will be in a position under its own law to give effect to the terms of this convention.
Section 35.—This convention shall continue in force as between the United Nations and every Member which has deposited an instrument of accession for so long as that Member remains a Member of the United Nations, or until a revised general convention has been approved by the General Assembly and that Member has become a party to this revised convention.
Section 36.—The Secretary-General may conclude with any Member or Members supplementary agreements adjusting the provisions of this convention so far as that Member or those Members are concerned. These supplementary agreements shall in each case be subject to the approval of the General Assembly.
FOURTH SCHEDULE.
CONVENTION ON THE PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES OF THE SPECIALISED AGENCIES OF THE UNITED NATIONS.
Whereas the General Assembly of the United Nations adopted on 13 February 1946 a resolution contemplating the unification as far as possible of the privileges and immunities enjoyed by the United Nations and by the various specialised agencies; and
Whereas consultations concerning the implementation of the aforesaid resolution have taken place between the United Nations and the specialised agencies;
Consequently, by resolution 179 (II) adopted on 21 November 1947, the General Assembly has approved the following Convention, which is submitted to the specialised agencies for acceptance and to every Member of the United Nations and to every other State member of one or more of the specialised agencies for accession.
Article I
Definitions and scope.
In this Convention:
(i) The words “standard clauses” refer to the provisions of Articles II to IX.
(ii) The words “specialised agencies” mean:
(a) The International Labour Organisation;
(b) The Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations;
(c) The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation;
(d) The International Civil Aviation Organisation;
(e) The International Monetary Fund;
(f) The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development;
(g) The World Health Organisation;
(h) The Universal Postal Union;
(i) The International Telecommunication Union; and
(j) Any other agency in relationship with the United Nations in accordance with Articles 57 and 63 of the Charter.
(iii) The word “Convention” means, in relation to any particular specialised agency, the standard clauses as modified by the final (or revised) text of the annex transmitted by that agency in accordance with sections 36 and 38.
(iv) For the purposes of article III, the words “property and assets” shall also include property and funds administered by a specialised agency in furtherance of its constitutional functions.
(v) For the purposes of articles V and VII, the expression “representatives of members” shall be deemed to include all representatives, alternates, advisers, technical experts and secretaries of delegations.
(vi) In sections 13, 14, 15 and 25, the expression “meetings convened by a specialised agency” means meetings: (1) of its assembly and of its executive body (however designated), and (2) of any commission provided for in its constitution; (3) of any international conference convened by it; and (4) of any committee of any of these bodies.
(vii) The term “executive head” means the principal executive official of the specialised agency in question, whether designated “Director-General” or otherwise.
Each State party to this Convention in respect of any specialised agency to which this Convention has become applicable in accordance with section 37 shall accord to, or in connection with, that agency the privileges and immunities set forth in the standard clauses on the conditions specified therein, subject to any modification of those clauses contained in the provisions of the final (or revised) annex relating to that agency and transmitted in accordance with section 36 or 38.
Article II.
Juridical personality.
The specialised agencies shall possess juridical personality. They shall have the capacity (a) to contract, (b) to acquire and dispose of immovable and movable property, (c) to institute legal proceedings.
Article III.
Property, funds and assets.
The specialised agencies, their property and assets, wherever located and by whomsoever held shall enjoy immunity from every form of legal process except in so far as in any particular case they have expressly waived their immunity. It is, however, understood that no waiver of immunity shall extend to any measure of execution.
The premises of the specialised agencies shall be inviolable. The property and assets of the specialised agencies, wherever located and by whomsoever held, shall be immune from search, requisition, confiscation, expropriation and any other form of interference, whether by executive, administrative, judicial or legislative action.
The archives of the specialised agencies, and in general all documents belonging to them or held by them, shall be inviolable, wherever located.
Without being restricted by financial controls, regulations or moratoria of any kind:
(a) the specialised agencies may hold funds, gold or currency of any kind and operate accounts in any currency;
(b) the specialised agencies may freely transfer their funds, gold or currency from one country to another or within any country and convert any currency held by them into any other currency.
Each specialised agency shall, in exercising its rights under section 7 above, pay due regard to any representations made by the Government of any State party to this Convention in so far as it is considered that effect can be given to such representations without detriment to the interests of the agency.
The specialised agencies, their assets, income and other property shall be:
(a) exempt from all direct taxes; it is understood, however, that the specialised agencies will not claim exemption from taxes which are, in fact, no more than charges for public utility services;
(b) exempt from customs duties and prohibitions and restrictions on imports and exports in respect of articles imported or exported by the specialised agencies for their official use; it is understood, however, that articles imported under such exemption will not be sold in the country into which they were imported except under conditions agreed to with the Government of that country;
(c) exempt from duties and prohibitions and restrictions on imports and exports in respect of their publications.
While the specialised agencies will not, as a general rule, claim exemption from excise duties and from taxes on the sale of movable and immovable property which form part of the price to be paid, nevertheless when the specialised agencies are making important purchases for official use of property on which such duties and taxes have been charged or are chargeable, States parties to this Convention will, whenever possible, make appropriate administrative arrangements for the remission or return of the amount of duty or tax.
Article IV.
Facilities in respect of communications.
Each specialised agency shall enjoy, in the territory of each State party to this Convention in respect of that agency, for its official communications, treatment not less favourable than that accorded by the Government of such State to any other Government, including the latter's diplomatic mission, in the matter of priorities, rates and taxes on mails, cables, telegrams, radiograms, telephotos, telephone and other communications, and press rates for information to the press and radio.
No censorship shall be applied to the official correspondence and other official communications of the specialised agencies.
The specialised agencies shall have the right to use codes and to dispatch and receive correspondence by courier or in sealed bags, which shall have the same immunities and privileges as diplomatic couriers and bags.
Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude the adoption of appropriate security precautions to be determined by agreement between a State party to this Convention and a specialised agency.
Article V.
Representatives of Members.
Representatives of members at meetings convened by a specialised agency shall, while exercising their functions and during their journeys to and from the place of meeting, enjoy the following privileges and immunities:
(a) immunity from personal arrest or detention and from seizure of their personal baggage, and in respect of words spoken or written and all acts done by them in their official capacity, immunity from legal process of every kind;
(b) inviolability for all papers and documents;
(c) the right to use codes and to receive papers or correspondence by courier or in sealed bags;
(d) exemption in respect of themselves and their spouses from immigration restrictions, aliens' registration or national service obligations in the State which they are visiting or through which they are passing in the exercise of their functions;
(e) the same facilities in respect of currency or exchange restrictions as are accorded to representatives of foreign Governments on temporary official missions;
(f) the same immunities and facilities in respect of their personal baggage as are accorded to members of comparable rank of diplomatic missions.
In order to secure for the representatives of members of the specialised agencies at meetings convened by them complete freedom of speech and complete independence in the discharge of their duties, the immunity from legal process in respect of words spoken or written and all acts done by them in discharging their duties shall continue to be accorded, notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer engaged in the discharge of such duties.
Where the incidence of any form of taxation depends upon residence, periods during which the representatives of members of the specialised agencies at meetings convened by them are present in a member State for the discharge of their duties shall not be considered as periods of residence.
Privileges and immunities are accorded to the representatives of members, not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves, but in order to safeguard the independent exercise of their functions in connection with the specialised agencies. Consequently, a member not only has the right but is under a duty to waive the immunity of its representatives in any case where, in the opinion of the member, the immunity would impede the course of justice, and where it can be waived without prejudice to the purpose for which the immunity is accorded.
The provisions of sections 13, 14 and 15 are not applicable in relation to the authorities of a State of which the person is a national or of which he is or has been a representative.
Article VI.
Officials.
Each specialised agency will specify the categories of officials to which the provisions of this article and of article VIII shall apply. It shall communicate them to the Governments of all States parties to this Convention in respect of that agency and to the Secretary-General of the United Nations. The names of the officials included in these categories shall from time to time be made known to the above-mentioned Governments.
Officials of the specialised agencies shall:—
(a) be immune from legal process in respect of words spoken or written and all acts performed by them in their official capacity;
(b) enjoy the same exemptions from taxation in respect of the salaries and emoluments paid to them by the specialised agencies and on the same conditions as are enjoyed by officials of the United Nations;
(c) be immune, together with their spouses and relatives dependent on them, from immigration restrictions and alien registration;
(d) be accorded the same privileges in respect of exchange facilities as are accorded to officials of comparable rank of diplomatic missions;
(e) be given, together with their spouses and relatives dependent on them, the same repatriation facilities in time of international crises as officials of comparable rank of diplomatic missions;
(f) have the right to import free of duty their furniture and effects at the time of first taking up their post in the country in question.
The officials of the specialised agencies shall be exempt from national service obligations, provided that, in relation to the States of which they are nationals, such exemption shall be confined to officials of the specialised agencies whose names have, by reason of their duties, been placed upon a list compiled by the executive head of the specialised agency and approved by the State concerned.
Should other officials of specialised agencies be called up for national service, the State concerned shall, at the request of the specialised agency concerned, grant such temporary deferments in the call-up of such officials as may be necessary to avoid interruption in the continuation of essential work.
In addition to the immunities and privileges specified in sections 19 and 20, the executive head of each specialised agency, including any official acting on his behalf during his absence from duty, shall be accorded in respect of himself, his spouse and minor children, the privileges and immunities, exemptions and facilities accorded to diplomatic envoys, in accordance with international law.
Privileges and immunities are granted to officials in the interests of the specialised agencies only and not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves. Each specialised agency shall have the right and the duty to waive the immunity of any official in any case where, in its opinion, the immunity would impede the course of justice and can be waived without prejudice to the interests of the specialised agency.
Each specialised agency shall co-operate at all times with the appropriate authorities of member States to facilitate the proper administration of justice, secure the observance of police regulations and prevent the occurrence of any abuses in connection with the privileges, immunities and facilities mentioned in this article.
Article VII.
Abuses of privilege.
If any State party to this Convention considers that there has been an abuse of privilege or immunity conferred by this Convention, consultations shall be held between that State and the specialised agency concerned to determine whether any such abuse has occurred and, if so, to attempt to ensure that no repetition occurs. If such consultations fail to achieve a result satisfactory to the State and the specialised agency concerned, the question whether an abuse of a privilege or immunity has occurred shall be submitted to the International Court of Justice in accordance with section 32. If the International Court of Justice finds that such an abuse has occurred, the State party to this Convention affected by such abuse shall have the right, after notification to the specialised agency in question, to withhold from the specialised agency concerned the benefits of the privilege or immunity so abused.
1. Representatives of members at meetings convened by specialised agencies, while exercising their functions and during their journeys to and from the place of meeting, and officials within the meaning of section 18, shall not be required by the territorial authorities to leave the country in which they are performing their functions on account of any activities by them in their official capacity. In the case, however, of abuse of privileges of residence committed by any such person in activities in that country outside his official functions, he may be required to leave by the Government of that country provided that:
2.—(I) Representatives of members, or persons who are entitled to diplomatic immunity under section 21, shall not be required to leave the country otherwise than in accordance with the diplomatic procedure applicable to diplomatic envoys accredited to that country.
(II) In the case of an official to whom section 21 is not applicable, no order to leave the country shall be issued other than with the approval of the Foreign Minister of the country in question, and such approval shall be given only after consultations with the executive head of the specialised agency concerned; and, if expulsion proceedings are taken against an official, the executive head of the specialised agency shall have the right to appear in such proceedings on behalf of the person against whom they are instituted.
Article VIII.
Laissez-passer.
Officials of the specialised agencies shall be entitled to use the United Nations laissez-passer in conformity with administrative arrangements to be concluded between the Secretary-General of the United Nations and the competent authorities of the specialised agencies, to which agencies special powers to issue laissez-passer may be delegated. The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall notify each State party to this Convention of each administrative arrangement so concluded.
States parties to this Convention shall recognise and accept the United Nations laissez-passer issued to officials of the specialised agencies as valid travel documents.
Applications for visas, where required, from officials of specialised agencies holding United Nations laissez-passer, when accompanied by a certificate that they are travelling on the business of a specialised agency, shall be dealt with as speedily as possible. In addition, such persons shall be granted facilities for speedy travel.
Similar facilities to those specified in section 28 shall be accorded to experts and other persons who, though not the holders of United Nations laissez-passer, have a certificate that they are travelling on the business of a specialised agency.
The executive heads, assistant executive heads, heads of departments and other officials of a rank not lower than head of department of the specialised agencies, travelling on United Nations laissez-passer on the business of the specialised agencies, shall be granted the same facilities for travel as are accorded to officials of comparable rank in diplomatic missions.
Article IX.
Settlement of disputes.
Each specialised agency shall make provision for appropriate modes of settlement of:
(a) disputes arising out of contracts or other disputes of private character to which the specialised agency is a party;
(b) disputes involving any official of a specialised agency who by reason of his official position enjoys immunity, if immunity has not been waived in accordance with the provisions of section 22.
All differences arising out of the interpretation or application of the present Convention shall be referred to the International Court of Justice unless in any case it is agreed by the parties to have recourse to another mode of settlement. If a difference arises between one of the specialised agencies on the one hand, and a member on the other hand, a request shall be made for an advisory opinion on any legal question involved in accordance with Article 96 of the Charter and Article 65 of the Statute of the Court and the relevant provisions of the agreements concluded between the United Nations and the specialised agency concerned. The opinion given by the Court shall be accepted as decisive by the parties.
Article X.
Annexes and application to individual specialised agencies.
In their application to each specialised agency, the standard clauses shall operate subject to any modifications set forth in the final (or revised) text of the annex relating to that agency, as provided in sections 36 and 38.
The provisions of the Convention in relation to any specialised agency must be interpreted in the light of the functions with which that agency is entrusted by its constitutional instrument.
Draft annexes I to IX are recommended to the specialised agencies named therein. In the case of any specialised agency not mentioned by name in section 1, the Secretary-General of the United Nations shall transmit to the agency a draft annex recommended by the Economic and Social Council.
The final text of each annex shall be that approved by the specialised agency in question in accordance with its constitutional procedure. A copy of the annex as approved by each specialised agency shall be transmitted by the agency in question to the Secretary-General of the United Nations and shall thereupon replace the draft referred to in section 35.
The present Convention becomes applicable to each specialised agency when it has transmitted to the Secretary-General of the United Nations the final text of the relevant annex and has informed him that it accepts the standard clauses, as modified by this annex, and undertakes to give effect to sections 8, 18, 22, 23, 24, 31, 32, 42 and 45 (subject to any modification of section 32 which may be found necessary in order to make the final text of the annex consonant with the constitutional instrument of the agency) and any provisions of the annex placing obligations on the agency. The Secretary-General shall communicate to all Members of the United Nations and to other States members of the specialised agencies certified copies of all annexes transmitted to him under this section and of revised annexes transmitted under section 38.
If, after the transmission of a final annex under section 36, any specialised agency approves any amendments thereto in accordance with its constitutional procedure, a revised annex shall be transmitted by it to the Secretary-General of the United Nations.
The provisions of this Convention shall in no way limit or prejudice the privileges and immunities which have been, or may hereafter be, accorded by any State to any specialised agency by reason of the location in the territory of that State of its headquarters or regional offices. This Convention shall not be deemed to prevent the conclusion between any State party thereto and any specialised agency of supplemental agreements adjusting the provisions of this Convention or extending or curtailing the privileges and immunities thereby granted.
It is understood that the standard clauses, as modified by the final text of an annex sent by a specialised agency to the Secretary-General of the United Nations under section 36 (or any revised annex sent under section 38), will be consistent with the provisions of the constitutional instrument then in force of the agency in question, and that if any amendment to that instrument is necessary for the purpose of making the constitutional instrument so consistent, such amendment will have been brought into force in accordance with the constitutional procedure of that agency before the final (or revised) annex is transmitted.
The Convention shall not itself operate so as to abrogate, or derogate from, any provisions of the constitutional instrument of any specialised agency or any rights or obligations which the agency may otherwise have, acquire, or assume.
Article XI.
Final provisions.
Accession to this Convention by a Member of the United Nations and (subject to section 42) by any State member of a specialised agency shall be effected by deposit with the Secretary-General of the United Nations of an instrument of accession which shall take effect on the date of its deposit.
Each specialised agency concerned shall communicate the text of this Convention together with the relevant annexes to those of its members which are not Members of the United Nations and shall invite them to accede thereto in respect of that agency by depositing an instrument of accession to this Convention in respect thereof either with the Secretary-General of the United Nations or with the executive head of the specialised agency.
Each State party to this Convention shall indicate in its instrument of accession the specialised agency or agencies in respect of which it undertakes to apply the provisions of this Convention. Each State party to this Convention may by a subsequent written notification to the Secretary-General of the United Nations undertake to apply the provisions of this Convention to one or more further specialised agencies. The notification shall take effect on the date of its receipt by the Secretary-General.
This Convention shall enter into force for each State party to this Convention in respect of a specialised agency when it has become applicable to that agency in accordance with section 37 and the State party has undertaken to apply the provisions of the Convention to that agency in accordance with section 43.
The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall inform all Members of the United Nations, as well as all members of the specialised agencies, and executive heads of the specialised agencies, of the deposit of each instrument of accession received under section 41 and of subsequent notifications received under section 43. The executive head of a specialised agency shall inform the Secretary-General of the United Nations and the members of the agency concerned of the deposit of any instrument of accession deposited with him under section 42.
It is understood that, when an instrument of accession or a subsequent notification is deposited on behalf of any State, this State will be in a position under its own law to give effect to the terms of this Convention, as modified by the final texts of any annexes relating to the agencies covered by such accessions or notifications.
1. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 2 and 3 of this section, each State party to this Convention undertakes to apply this Convention in respect of each specialised agency covered by its accession or subsequent notification until such time as a revised convention or annex shall have become applicable to that agency and the said State shall have accepted the revised convention or annex. In the case of a revised annex, the acceptance of States shall be by a notification addressed to the Secretary-General of the United Nations, which shall take effect on the date of its receipt by the Secretary-General.
2. Each State party to this Convention, however, which is not, or has ceased to be, a member of a specialised agency, may address a written notification to the Secretary-General of the United Nations and the executive head of the agency concerned to the effect that it intends to withhold from that agency the benefits of this Convention as from a specified date, which shall not be earlier than three months from the date of receipt of the notification.
3. Each State party to this Convention may withhold the benefit of this Convention from any specialised agency which ceases to be in relationship with the United Nations.
4. The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall inform all member States parties to this Convention of any notification transmitted to him under the provisions of this section.
At the request of one-third of the States parties to this Convention, the Secretary-General of the United Nations will convene a conference with a view to its revision.
The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall transmit copies of this Convention to each specialised agency and to the Government of each Member of the United Nations.
ANNEX I.
International Labour Organisation.
In their application to the International Labour Organisation the standard clauses shall operate subject to the following provisions:
1. Article V (other than paragraph (c) of section 13) and section 25, paragraphs 1 and 2 (I), of Article VII shall extend to employers' and workers' members and deputy members of the Governing Body of the International Labour Office and their substitutes; except that any waiver of the immunity of any such person member under section 16 shall be by the Governing Body.
2. The privileges, immunities, exemptions and facilities referred to in Section 21 of the standard clauses shall also be accorded to any Deputy Director-General of the International Labour Office and any Assistant Director-General of the International Labour Office.
3. (i) Experts (other than officials coming within the scope of article VI) serving on committees of, or performing missions for, the Organisation shall be accorded the following privileges and immunities so far as is necessary for the effective exercise of their functions, including the time spent on journeys in connection with service on such committees or missions:
(a) immunity from personal arrest or seizure of their personal baggage;
(b) in respect of words spoken or written or acts done by them in the performance of their official functions, immunity of legal process of every kind, such immunity to continue notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer serving on committees of, or employed on missions for, the Organisation;
(c) the same facilities in respect of currency and exchange restrictions and in respect of their personal baggage as are accorded to officials of foreign Governments on temporary official missions;
(d) inviolability of their papers and documents relating to the work on which they are engaged for the Organisation.
(ii) In connection with (d) of 3 (i) above, the principle contained in the last sentence of section 12 of the standard clauses shall be applicable.
(iii) Privileges and immunities are granted to the experts of the Organisation in the interests of the Organisation and not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves. The Organisation shall have the right and the duty to waive the immunity of any expert in any case where in its opinion the immunity would impede the course of justice, and it can be waived without prejudice to the interests of the Organisations.
ANNEX II.
The Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations.
In their application to the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (hereinafter called “the Organisation”) the standard clauses shall operate subject to the following provisions:
1. Article V and section 25, paragraphs 1 and 2 (I) of Article VII shall extend to the Chairman of the Council of the Organisation and to the representatives of Associate Members, except that any waiver of the immunity of the Chairman under Section 16 shall be by the Council of the Organisation.
2. (i) Experts (other than officials coming within the scope of Article VI) serving on committees of, or performing missions for, the Organisation shall be accorded the following privileges and immunities so far as is necessary for the effective exercise of their functions, including the time spent on journeys in connection with service on such committees or missions:
(a) immunity from personal arrest or seizure of their personal baggage;
(b) in respect of words spoken or written or acts done by them in the performance of their official functions, immunity of legal process of every kind, such immunity to continue notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer serving on committees of, or employed on missions for, the Organisation;
(c) the same facilities in respect of currency and exchange restrictions and in respect of their personal baggage as are accorded to officials of foreign governments on temporary official missions;
(d) inviolability of their papers and documents relating to the work on which they are engaged for the Organisation and, for the purpose of their communications with the Organisation, the right to use codes and to receive papers or correspondence by courier or in sealed bags.
(ii) In connection with (d) of 2 (i) above, the principle contained in the last sentence of Section 12 of the standard clauses shall be applicable.
(iii) Privileges and immunities are granted to the experts in the interests of the Organisation and not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves. The Organisation shall have the right and the duty to waive the immunity of any experts in any case where in its opinion the immunity would impede the course of justice, and it can be waived without prejudice to the interests of the Organisation.
3. The privileges, immunities, exemptions and facilities referred to in section 21 of the standard clauses shall be accorded to the Deputy Director-General and the Assistant Directors-General of the Organisation.
ANNEX III.
International Civil Aviation Organisation.
The standard clauses shall operate in respect to the International Civil Aviation Organisation (hereinafter called “the Organisation”) subject to the following provisions:
1. The privileges, immunities, exemptions and facilities referred to in section 21 of the standard clauses shall also be accorded to the President of the Council of the Organisation.
2. (i) Experts (other than officials coming within the scope of article VI) serving on committees of, or performing missions for, the Organisation shall be accorded the following privileges and immunities so far as is necessary for the effective exercise of their functions, including the time spent on journeys in connection with service on such committees or missions:
(a) immunity from personal arrest or seizure of their personal baggage;
(b) immunity from legal process of every kind in respect of words spoken or written or acts done by them in the performance of their official functions, such immunity to continue notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer serving on committees of, or employed on missions for, the Organisation;
(c) the same facilities in respect of currency and exchange restrictions and in respect of their personal baggage as are accorded to officials of foreign Governments on temporary official missions;
(d) inviolability of their papers and documents relating to the work on which they are engaged for the Organisation.
(ii) In connection with (d) of 2 (i) above, the principle contained in the last sentence of section 12 of the standard clauses shall be applicable.
(iii) Privileges and immunities are granted to the experts of the Organisation in the interests of the Organisation and not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves. The Organisation shall have the right and the duty to waive the immunity of any expert in any case where in its opinion the immunity would impede the course of justice, and it can be waived without prejudice to the interests of the Organisation.
ANNEX IV.
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation.
The standard clauses shall operate in respect to the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (hereinafter called “the Organisation”) subject to the following provisions:
1. Article V and section 25, paragraphs 1 and 2 (I) of article VII shall extend to the President of the Conference and members of the Executive Board of the Organisation, their substitutes and advisers except that any waiver of the immunity of any such person of the Executive Board under section 16, shall be by the Executive Board.
2. The Deputy Director-General of the Organisation, his spouse and minor children shall also enjoy the privileges and immunities, exemptions and facilities accorded to diplomatic envoys in accordance with international law, which article VI, section 21, of the convention ensures to the executive head of each specialised agency.
3. (i) Experts (other than officials coming within the scope of article VI) serving on committees of, or performing missions for, the Organisation shall be accorded the following privileges and immunities so far as is necessary for the effective exercise of their functions, including the time spent on journeys in connection with service on such committees or missions:
(a) immunity from personal arrest or seizure of their personal baggage;
(b) in respect of words spoken or written or acts done by them in the performance of their official functions, immunity of legal process of every kind, such immunity to continue notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer serving on committees of, or employed on missions for, the Organisation;
(c) the same facilities in respect of currency and exchange restrictions and in respect of their personal baggage as are accorded to officials of foreign Governments on temporary official missions.
(ii) Privileges and immunities are granted to the experts of the Organisation in the interests of the Organisation and not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves. The Organisation shall have the right and duty to waive the immunity of any expert in any case where in its opinion the immunity would impede the course of justice, and it can be waived without prejudice to the interests of the Organisation.
ANNEX V.
International Monetary Fund.
In its application to the International Monetary Fund (hereinafter called “the Fund”), the convention (including this annex) shall operate subject to the following provisions:
1. Section 32 of the standard clauses shall only apply to differences arising out of the interpretation or application of privileges and immunities which are derived by the Fund solely from this convention and are not included in those which it can claim under its Articles of Agreement or otherwise.
2. The provisions of the convention (including this annex) do not modify or amend or require the modification or amendment of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund or impair or limit any of the rights, immunities, privileges or exemptions conferred upon the Fund or any of its members, Governors, Executive Directors, alternates, officers or employees by the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, or by any statute, law or regulation of any member of the Fund or any political subdivision of any such member, or otherwise.
ANNEX VI.
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
In its application to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (hereinafter called “the Bank”), the convention (including this annex) shall operate subject to the following provisions:
1. The following shall be substituted for section 4:
“Actions may be brought against the Bank only in a court of competent jurisdiction in the territories of a member of the Bank in which the Bank has an office, has appointed an agent for the purpose of accepting service or notice of process, or has issued or guaranteed securities. No actions shall, however, be brought by members or persons acting for or deriving claims from members. The property and assets of the Bank shall, wheresoever located and by whomsoever held, be immune from all forms of seizure, attachment or execution before the delivery of final judgment against the Bank.”
2. Section 32 of the standard clauses shall only apply to differences arising out of the interpretation or application of privileges and immunities which are derived by the Bank solely from this convention and are not included in those which it can claim under its Articles of Agreement or otherwise.
3. The provisions of the convention (including this annex) do not modify or amend or require the modification or amendment of the Articles of Agreement of the Bank or impair or limit any of the rights, immunities, privileges or exemptions conferred upon the Bank or any of its members, Governors, Executive Directors, alternates, officers or employees by the Articles of Agreement of the Bank or by any statute, law or regulation of any member of the Bank or any political subdivision of any such member, or otherwise.
ANNEX VII.
World Health Organisation.
In their application to the World Health Organisation (hereinafter called “the Organisation”) the standard clauses shall operate subject to the following modifications:
1. Article V and Section 25, paragraphs 1 and 2 (I), of Article VII shall extend to persons designated to serve on the Executive Board of the Organisation, their alternates and advisers, except that any waiver of the immunity of any such persons under Section 16 shall be by the Board.
2. (i) Experts (other than officials coming within the scope of Article VI) serving on committees of, or performing missions for, the Organisation shall be accorded the following privileges and immunities so far as is necessary for the effective exercise of their functions, including the time spent on journeys in connection with service on such committees or missions:
(a) immunity from personal arrest or seizure of their personal baggage;
(b) in respect of words spoken or written or acts done by them in the performance of their official functions, immunity of legal process of every kind, such immunity to continue notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer serving on committees of, or employed on missions for, the Organisation;
(c) the same facilities in respect of currency and exchange restrictions and in respect of their personal baggage as are accorded to officials of foreign governments on temporary official missions;
(d) inviolability for all papers and documents;
(e) for the purpose of their communications with the Organisation, the right to use codes and to receive papers or correspondence by courier or in sealed bags.
(ii) The privileges and immunities set forth in paragraphs (b) and (e) above shall be accorded to persons serving on Expert Advisory Panels of the Organisation in the exercise of their functions as such.
(iii) Privileges and immunities are granted to the experts of the Organisation in the interests of the Organisation and not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves. The Organisation shall have the right and the duty to waive the immunity of any expert in any case where in its opinion the immunity would impede the course of justice and it can be waived without prejudice to the interests of the Organisation.
3. Article V and Section 25, paragraphs 1 and 2 (I), of Article VII shall extend to the representatives of Associate Members participating in the work of the Organisation in accordance with Articles 8 and 47 of the Constitution.
4. The privileges, immunities, exemptions and facilities referred to in Section 21 of the standard clauses shall also be accorded to any Deputy Director-General, Assistant Director-General and Regional Director of the Organisation.
ANNEX VIII.
Universal Postal Union.
The standard clauses shall apply without modification.
ANNEX IX.
International Telecommunication Union.
The standard clauses shall apply without modification except that the International Telecommunication Union shall not claim for itself the enjoyment of privileged treatment with regard to the “Facilities in respect of communications” provided in Article IV, Section 11.
ANNEX X.
Annex X referred to the International Refugee Organisation, which was dissolved by Resolution No. 108 passed by its General Council on 15th February, 1952.
ANNEX XI.
World Meteorological Organisation.
The standard clauses shall apply without modification.
ANNEX XII.
Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative Organisation.
1. The privileges and immunities, exemptions and facilities referred to in Article VI, Section 21 of the standard clauses, shall be accorded to the Secretary-General of the Organisation and the Secretary of the Maritime Safety Committee, provided that the provisions of this paragraph shall not require the Member in whose territory the Organisation has its Headquarters to apply Article VI, Section 21 of the standard clauses to any person who is its national.
2. (a) Experts (other than officials coming within the scope of Article VI) serving on committees of, or performing missions for, the Organisation shall be accorded the following privileges and immunities so far as is necessary for the effective exercise of their functions, including time spent on journeys in connection with service on such committees or missions:
(i) immunity from personal arrest or seizure of their personal baggage;
(ii) in respect of words spoken or written or acts done by them in the performance of their official functions, immunity from legal process of every kind, such immunity to continue notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer serving on committees of, or employed on missions for the Organisation;
(iii) the same facilities in respect of currency and exchange restrictions and in respect of their personal baggage as are accorded to officials of foreign governments on temporary official missions;
(iv) inviolability for all papers and documents relating to the work on which they are engaged for the Organisation;
(v) the right to use codes and to receive documents and correspondence by courier or in sealed dispatch bags for their communications with the Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative Organisation.
In connection with Section 2 (a) (iv) and (v) above the principle contained in the last sentence of Section 12 of the standard clauses shall be applicable.
(b) Privileges and immunities are granted to such experts in the interests of the Organisation and not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves. The Organisation shall have the right and duty to waive the immunity of any expert in any case where, in its opinion, the immunity would impede the course of justice and it can be waived without prejudice to the interests of the Organisation.
ANNEX XIII.
International Finance Corporation.
In its application to the International Finance Corporation (hereinafter called “The Corporation”) the Convention (including this annex) shall operate subject to the following provisions:
1. The following shall be substituted for Section 4:
“Actions may be brought against the Corporation only in a court of competent jurisdiction in the territories of a member in which the Corporation has an office, has appointed an agent for the purpose of accepting service or notice of process, or has issued or guaranteed securities. No actions shall, however, be brought by members or persons acting for or deriving claims from members. The property and assets of the Corporation shall, wheresoever located and by whomsoever held, be immune from all forms of seizure, attachment or execution before the delivery of final judgment against the Corporation.”
2. Paragraph (b) of Section 7 of the standard clauses shall apply to the Corporation subject to Article III, Section 5 of the Articles of Agreement of the Corporation.
3. The Corporation in its discretion may waive any of the privileges and immunities conferred under Article VI of its Articles of Agreement to such extent and upon such conditions as it may determine.
4. Section 32 of the standard clauses shall only apply to differences arising out of the interpretation or application of privileges and immunities which are derived by the Corporation from this Convention and are not included in those which it can claim under its Articles of Agreement or otherwise.
5. The provisions of the Convention (including this annex) do not modify or amend or require the modification or amendment of the Articles of Agreement of the Corporation or impair or limit any of the rights, immunities, privileges or exemptions conferred upon the Corporation or any of its members, Governors, Executive Directors, Alternates, officers and employees by the Articles of Agreement of the Corporation, or by any statute, law or regulation of any member of the Corporation or any political subdivision of any such member, or otherwise.
ANNEX XIV.
International Development Association.
In its application to the International Development Association (hereinafter called “the Association”) the Convention, including this annex, shall operate subject to the following provisions:
1. The following shall be substituted for section 4:
“Actions may be brought against the Association only in a court of competent jurisdiction in the territories of a member in which the Association has an office, has appointed an agent for the purpose of accepting service or notice of process, or has issued or guaranteed securities. No actions shall, however, be brought by members or persons acting for or deriving claims from members. The property and assets of the Association shall, wheresoever located and by whomsoever held, be immune from all forms of seizure, attachment or execution before the delivery of final judgment against the Association.”
2. Section 32 of the standard clauses shall only apply to differences arising out of the interpretation or application of privileges and immunities which are derived by the Association from this Convention and are not included in those which it can claim under its Articles of Agreement or otherwise.
3. The provisions of the Convention (including this annex) do not modify or amend or require the modification or amendment of the Articles of Agreement of the Association or impair or limit any of the rights, immunities, privileges or exemptions conferred upon the Association or any of its members, governors, executive directors, alternates, officers or employees by the Articles of Agreement of the Association, or by any statute, law or regulation of any member of the Association or any political subdivision of any such member, or otherwise.
FIFTH SCHEDULE.
General Agreement on Privileges and Immunities of the Council of Europe.
The Governments of the Kingdom of Belgium, the Kingdom of Denmark, the French Republic, the Kingdom of Greece, the Irish Republic, the Italian Republic, the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, the Kingdom of the Netherlands, the Kingdom of Norway, the Kingdom of Sweden, the Turkish Republic and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland;
Whereas under the provisions of Article 40, paragraph (a), of the Statute, the Council of Europe, representatives of Members and the Secretariat shall enjoy in the territories of its Members such privileges and immunities as are necessary for the exercise of their duties;
Whereas under the provisions of paragraph (b) of the above-mentioned Article, the Members of the Council have undertaken to enter into an agreement for the purposes of fulfilling the provisions of the said paragraph;
Whereas in pursuance of the above-mentioned paragraph (b), the Committee of Ministers has recommended to Member Governments the acceptance of the following provisions;
Have agreed as follows:
PART I.
Personality—Capacity.
Article 1.
The Council of Europe shall possess juridical personality. It shall have the capacity to conclude contracts, to acquire and dispose of movable and immovable property and to institute legal proceedings.
In these matters the Secretary-General shall act on behalf of the Council of Europe.
Article 2.
The Secretary-General shall co-operate at all times with the competent authorities of the Members to facilitate the proper administration of justice, secure the observance of police regulations and prevent the occurrence of any abuse in connection with the privileges, immunities, exemptions and facilities enumerated in the present Agreement.
PART II.
Property, Funds and Assets.
Article 3.
The Council, its property and assets, wheresoever located and by whomsoever held, shall enjoy immunity from every form of legal process except in so far as in any particular case, the Committee of Ministers has expressly authorised the waiver of this immunity. It is, however, understood that no waiver of immunity shall extend to any measure of execution or detention of property.
Article 4.
The buildings and premises of the Council shall be inviolable. Its property and assets, wheresoever located and by whomsoever held, shall be immune from search, requisition, confiscation, expropriation or any other form of interference whether by administrative, judicial or legislative action.
Article 5.
The archives of the Council, and in general all documents belonging to it or held by it, shall be inviolable wheresoever located.
Article 6.
Without being restricted by financial controls, regulations or financial moratoria of any kind:
(a) the Council may hold currency of any kind and operate accounts in any currency;
(b) the Council may freely transfer its funds from one country to another or within any country and convert any currency held by it into any other currency;
(c) in exercising its rights under sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the Council of Europe shall pay due regard to any representations made by the Government of a Member and shall defer to such representations in so far as it considers this can be done without detriment to the interests of the Council.
Article 7.
The Council, its assets, income and other property shall be exempt:
(a) from all direct taxes; the Council will not, however, claim exemption from rates, taxes or dues which are no more than charges for public utility services;
(b) from all customs duties and prohibitions and restrictions on imports and exports in respect of articles required by the Council for its official use; articles imported under such exemption will not be sold in the country into which they are imported, except under conditions approved by the Government of that country;
(c) from all customs duties, and prohibitions and restrictions on imports and exports in respect of its publications.
PART III.
Communications.
Article 8.
The Committee of Ministers and the Secretary-General shall enjoy in the territory of each Member, for their official communications, treatment at least as favourable as that accorded by that Member to the diplomatic missions of any other Government.
No censorship shall be applied to the official correspondence and other official communications of the Committee of Ministers and of the Secretariat.
PART IV.
Representatives of Members to the Committee of Ministers.
Article 9.
Representatives at the Committee of Ministers shall, while exercising their functions and during their journeys to and from the place of meeting, enjoy the following privileges and immunities:
(a) Immunity from personal arrest or detention and from seizure of their personal baggage, and, in respect of words spoken or written and all acts done by them in their official capacity, immunity from legal process of every kind.
(b) Inviolability for all papers and documents.
(c) The right to use codes and to receive papers or correspondence by courier or in sealed bags.
(d) Exemption in respect of themselves and their spouses from immigration restrictions or aliens registration in the State which they are visiting or through which they are passing in the exercise of their functions.
(e) The same facilities in respect of currency or exchange restrictions as are accorded to representatives of comparable rank of diplomatic missions.
(f) The same immunities and facilities in respect of their personal baggage as are accorded to members of comparable rank of diplomatic missions.
Article 10.
In order to secure for the representatives at the Committee of Ministers complete freedom of speech and complete independence in the discharge of their duties, the immunity from legal process in respect of words spoken or written and all acts done by them in discharging their duties shall continue to be accorded, notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer engaged in the discharge of such duties.
Article 11.
Privileges and immunities are accorded to the representatives of Members, not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves, but in order to safeguard the independent exercise of their functions in connection with the Committee of Ministers. Consequently, a Member not only has the right, but is under a duty to waive the immunity of its representative in any case where, in the opinion of the Member, the immunity would impede the course of justice, and where it can be waived without prejudice to the purpose for which the immunity is accorded.
Article 12.
(a) The provisions of Articles 9, 10 and 11 are not applicable in relation to the authorities of a State of which the person is a national or of which he is or has been a representative.
(b) In Articles 9, 10, 11 and 12 (a) above, the expression “representatives” shall be deemed to include all representatives, alternate representatives, advisers, technical experts and secretaries of delegations.
PART V.
Representatives to the Consultative Assembly.
Article 13.
No administrative or other restriction shall be imposed on the free movement to and from the place of meeting of Representatives to the Consultative Assembly and their substitutes.
Representatives and their substitutes shall, in the matter of customs and exchange control, be accorded:
(a) by their own Government, the same facilities as those accorded to senior officials travelling abroad on temporary official duty;
(b) by the Governments of other Members, the same facilities as those accorded to representatives of foreign Governments on temporary official duty.
Article 14.
Representatives to the Consultative Assembly and their substitutes shall be immune from all official interrogation and from arrest and all legal proceedings in respect of words spoken or votes cast by them in the exercise of their functions.
Article 15.
During the sessions of the Consultative Assembly, the Representatives to the Assembly and their substitutes, whether they be Members of Parliament or not, shall enjoy:
(a) on their national territory, the immunities accorded in those countries to Members of Parliament;
(b) on the territory of all other Member States, exemption from arrest and prosecution.
This immunity also applies when they are travelling to and from the place of meeting of the Consultative Assembly. It does not, however, apply when Representatives and their substitutes are found committing, attempting to commit, or just having committed an offence, nor in cases where the Assembly has waived the immunity.
PART VI.
Officials of the Council.
Article 16.
In addition to the immunities and privileges specified in Article 18 below, the Secretary-General and Deputy Secretary-General shall be accorded in respect of themselves, their spouses and minor children the privileges and immunities, exemptions and facilities accorded to diplomatic envoys in accordance with International Law.
Article 17.
The Secretary-General will specify the categories of officials to which the provisions of Article 18 below shall apply. He shall communicate them to the Governments of all Members. The names of the officials included in these categories shall from time to time be made known to the above mentioned Governments.
Article 18.
Officials of the Council of Europe shall:
(a) be immune from legal process in respect of words spoken or written and all acts performed by them in their official capacity and within the limit of their authority;
(b) be exempt from taxation on the salaries and emoluments paid to them by the Council of Europe;
(c) be immune, together with their spouses and relatives dependent on them, from immigration restrictions and aliens' registration;
(d) be accorded the same privileges in respect of exchange facilities as are accorded to officials of comparable rank forming part of diplomatic missions to the Government concerned;
(e) be given, together with their spouses and relatives dependent on them, the same repatriation facilities in time of international crisis as diplomatic envoys;
(f) have the right to import free of duty their furniture and effects at the time of first taking up their post in the country in question, and to re-export the same free of duty to their country of domicile.
Article 19.
Privileges and immunities are granted to officials in the interests of the Council of Europe and not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves. The Secretary-General shall have the right and the duty to waive the immunity of any official in any case where, in his opinion, the immunity would impede the course of justice and can be waived without prejudice to the interests of the Council of Europe. In the case of the Secretary-General and of the Deputy Secretary-General, the Committee of Ministers shall have the right to waive immunity.
PART VII.
Supplementary Agreements.
Article 20.
The Council may conclude with any Member or Members supplementary agreements modifying the provisions of this General Agreement, so far as that Member or those Members are concerned.
PART VIII.
Disputes.
Article 21.
Any dispute between the Council and private persons regarding supplies furnished, services rendered or immovable property purchased on behalf of the Council, shall be submitted to arbitration, as provided in an administrative order issued by the Secretary-General with the approval of the Committee of Ministers.
PART IX.
Final Provisions.
Article 22.
The present Agreement shall be ratified. Instruments of ratification shall be deposited with the Secretary-General. The Agreement shall come into force as soon as seven signatories have deposited their instruments of ratification.
Nevertheless, pending the entry into force of the Agreement in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, the signatories agree, in order to avoid any delay in the efficient working of the Council, to apply it provisionally from the date of signature, so far as it is possible to do so under their respective constitutional systems.
In witness whereof the undersigned Plenipotentiaries being duly authorised to that effect, have signed the present General Agreement.
Done at Paris, this 2nd day of September, 1949, in French and in English, both texts being equally authentic, in a single copy which shall remain in the Archives of the Council of Europe. The Secretary General shall transmit certified copies to each of the signatories.
FIRST PROTOCOL TO THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES OF THE COUNCIL OF EUROPE.
The Governments signatory to the General Agreement on Privileges and Immunities of the Council of Europe, signed at Paris on the 2nd September, 1949 (hereinafter referred to as “the Agreement”),
Desirous of extending the provisions of the Agreement,
Have agreed as follows:—
Article 1.
Any present or future Member of the Council of Europe not a signatory of the Agreement may accede to the latter and to this Protocol by depositing its instrument of accession to them both with the Secretary-General of the Council of Europe, who shall notify the Members of the Council thereof.
Article 2.
(a) The provisions of Part IV of the Agreement shall apply to representatives attending meetings of the Ministers' Deputies.
(b) The provisions of Part IV of the Agreement shall apply to representatives other than representatives to the Consultative Assembly attending meetings convened by the Council of Europe and held when neither the Committee of Ministers nor the Ministers' Deputies are in session save that representatives attending such meetings shall not be exempt from arrest and prosecution when found committing, attempting to commit, or just having committed an offence.
Article 3.
The provisions of Article 15 of the Agreement shall apply to representatives to the Assembly, and their substitutes, at any time when they are attending or travelling to and from, meetings of Committees and Sub-Committees of the Consultative Assembly, whether or not the Assembly is itself in session at such time.
Article 4.
The permanent representatives of Members of the Council of Europe shall, while exercising their functions and during their journey to and from the place of meetings, enjoy the privileges, immunities and facilities normally enjoyed by diplomatic envoys of comparable rank.
Article 5.
Privileges, immunities and facilities are accorded to the representatives of Members not for the personal benefit of the individuals concerned, but in order to safeguard the independent exercise of their functions in connection with the Council of Europe. Consequently, a Member has not only the right but the duty to waive the immunity of its representative in any case where, in the opinion of the Member, the immunity would impede the course of justice and it can be waived without prejudice to the purpose for which the immunity is accorded.
Article 6.
The provisions of Article 4 are not applicable in relation to the authorities of the State of which the person is a national or of the Member of which he is or has been a representative.
Article 7.
(a) This Protocol shall be open to signature by all Members which have signed the Agreement. The Protocol shall be ratified at the same time as or after the ratification of the Agreement. Instruments of ratification shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the Council of Europe.
(b) This Protocol shall enter into force on the day when it shall have been ratified by all the signatories who at that date have ratified the Agreement, on condition that the number of signatories who have ratified the Agreement and the Protocol shall not be fewer than seven.
(c) As regards any signatory ratifying subsequently, the Protocol shall enter into force at the date of the deposit of its instrument of ratification.
(d) In the case of Members which have acceded to the Agreement and Protocol in accordance with the terms of Article 1 the Agreement and Protocol shall enter into force:
(i) On the date specified in paragraph (b) above in cases where the instrument of accession has been deposited prior to this date; or
(ii) On the date of deposit of the instrument of accession in cases where this instrument is deposited at a date subsequent to that specified in paragraph (b) above.
In witness hereof the undersigned, being duly authorised thereto, have signed the present Protocol.
Done at Strasbourg on the 6th day of November, 1952, in English and French, both texts being equally authoritative, in a single copy which shall remain deposited in the archives of the Council of Europe. The Secretary-General shall transmit certified copies to each of the signatory and acceding Governments.
SECOND PROTOCOL TO THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES OF THE COUNCIL OF EUROPE.
The Governments signatory hereto, being Members of the Council of Europe,
Considering that, under the terms of Article 59 of the Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, signed at Rome on 4th November, 1950, the members of the European Commission of Human Rights (hereinafter referred to as “the Commission”) are entitled, during the discharge of their functions, to the privileges and immunities provided for in Article 40 of the Statute of the Council of Europe and in the Agreements made thereunder;
Considering that it is necessary to specify and define the said privileges and immunities in a Protocol to the General Agreement on Privileges and Immunities of the Council of Europe, signed at Paris on 2nd September, 1949,
Have agreed as follows:—
Article 1.
The members of the Commission shall, while exercising their functions and during their journeys to and from their place of meeting, enjoy the following privileges and immunities:—
(a) immunity from personal arrest or detention and from seizure of their personal baggage, and, in respect of words spoken or written and all acts done by them in their official capacity, immunity from legal process of every kind;
(b) inviolability for all papers and documents;
(c) exemption in respect of themselves and their spouses from immigration restrictions or aliens registration in the State which they are visiting or through which they are passing in the exercise of their functions.
Article 2.
1. No administrative or other restrictions shall be imposed on the free movement of members of the Commission to and from the place of meeting of the Commission.
2. Members of the Commission shall, in the matter of customs and exchange control, be accorded:
(a) by their own Government, the same facilities as those accorded to senior officials travelling abroad on temporary official duty;
(b) by the Governments of other Members, the same facilities as those accorded to representatives of foreign Governments on temporary official duty.
Article 3.
In order to secure for the members of the Commission complete freedom of speech and complete independence in the discharge of their duties, the immunity from legal process in respect of words spoken or written and all acts done by them in discharging their duties shall continue to be accorded, notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer engaged in the discharge of such duties.
Article 4.
Privileges and immunities are accorded to the members of the Commission, not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves, but in order to safeguard the independent exercise of their functions. The Commission alone shall be competent to waive the immunity of its members; it has not only the right, but is under a duty, to waive the immunity of one of its members in any case where, in its opinion, the immunity would impede the course of justice, and where it can be waived without prejudice to the purpose for which the immunity is accorded.
Article 5.
This Protocol shall be open to the signature of the Members of the Council of Europe who may become Parties to it either by:
(a) signature without reservation in respect of ratification or by
(b) signature with reservation in respect of ratification followed by ratification.
Instruments of ratification shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the Council of Europe.
Article 6.
1. The Protocol shall enter into force as soon as three Members of the Council of Europe shall, in accordance with Article 5, have signed it without reservation in respect of ratification or shall have ratified it.
2. As regards any Member subsequently signing it without reservation in respect of ratification, or ratifying it, this Protocol shall enter into force at the date of signature or deposit of the instrument of ratification.
Article 7.
The Secretary-General of the Council of Europe shall notify Members of the Council of the date of entry into force of this Protocol and shall give the names of any Members who have signed it without reservation in respect of ratification or who have ratified it.
In witness whereof the undersigned, being duly authorised to that effect, have signed the present Protocol.
Done at Paris, this 15th day of December, 1956, in English and in French, both texts being equally authoritative, in a single copy which shall remain deposited in the archives of the Council of Europe. The Secretary-General shall send certified copies to each of the signatory Governments.
FOURTH PROTOCOL TO THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES OF THE COUNCIL OF EUROPE.
The Governments signatory hereto, being Members of the Council of Europe,
Considering that, under the terms of Article 59 of the Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, signed at Rome on 4th November, 1950 (hereinafter referred to as “the Convention”), the members of the European Court of Human Rights (hereinafter referred to as “the Court”) are entitled, during the discharge of their functions, to the privileges and immunities provided for in Article 40 of the Statute of the Council of Europe and in the Agreements made thereunder;
Considering that it is necessary to specify and define the said privileges and immunities in a Protocol to the General Agreement on Privileges and Immunities of the Council of Europe, signed at Paris on 2nd September, 1949;
Have agreed as follows:
Article 1.
For the purposes of this Protocol, the term “judges” means judges elected in accordance with Article 39 of the Convention as well as any ad hoc judge appointed by a State party concerned in pursuance of Article 43 of the Convention.
Article 2.
The judges shall, while exercising their functions and during journeys made in the exercise of their functions, enjoy the following privileges and immunities:
(a) immunity from personal arrest or detention and from seizure of their personal baggage, and, in respect of words spoken or written and all acts done by them in their official capacity, immunity from legal process of every kind;
(b) exemption in respect of themselves and their spouses as regards any restrictions on their freedom of movement on exit from and return to their country of residence, and entry into and exit from the country in which they exercise their functions; and from aliens' registration in the country which they are visiting or through which they are passing in the exercise of their functions.
Article 3.
In the course of journeys undertaken in the exercise of their functions, the judges shall, in the matter of customs and exchange control, be accorded:
(a) by their own Government the same facilities as those accorded to senior Government officials travelling abroad on temporary official duty;
(b) by the Governments of other Members, the same facilities as those accorded to heads of diplomatic missions.
Article 4.
1. Documents and papers of the Court, judges and Registry, in so far as they relate to the business of the Court, shall be inviolable.
2. The official correspondence and other official communications of the Court, its members and the Registry may not be held up or subjected to censorship.
Article 5.
In order to secure for the judges complete freedom of speech and complete independence in the discharge of their duties, the immunity from legal process in respect of words spoken or written and all acts done by them in discharging their duties shall continue to be accorded, notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer engaged in the discharge of such duties.
Article 6.
Privileges and immunities are accorded to judges not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves but in order to safeguard the independent exercise of their functions. The Court alone, sitting in plenary session, shall be competent to waive the immunity of judges; it has not only the right, but is under a duty, to waive the immunity of a judge in any case where, in its opinion, the immunity would impede the course of justice, and where it can be waived without prejudice to the purpose for which the immunity is accorded.
Article 7.
1. The provisions of Articles 2 to 5 of this Protocol shall apply to the Registrar of the Court and to the Deputy Registrar when he is acting as the Registrar, without prejudice to any privileges and immunities to which they may be entitled under Article 18 of the General Agreement on Privileges and Immunities of the Council of Europe.
2. The provisions of Article 18 of the General Agreement on Privileges and Immunities of the Council of Europe shall apply to the Deputy Registrar of the Court in respect of his services as such when he is not acting as Registrar.
3. The privileges and immunities referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article are accorded to the Registrar and Deputy Registrar, not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves but to facilitate the discharge of their duties. The Court alone, sitting in plenary session, shall be competent to waive the immunity of its Registrar and Deputy Registrar; it has not only the right, but is under a duty to waive such immunity in any case where, in its opinion, the immunity would impede the course of justice, and where it can be waived without prejudice to the purpose for which the immunity is accorded.
Article 8.
1. Any State may, at the time of its signature without reservation in respect of ratification, of its ratification or at any time thereafter, declare, by notification addressed to the Secretary-General of the Council of Europe, that the present Protocol shall extend to all or any of the territories for whose international relations it is responsible and where, according to Article 63 of the Convention for the protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, the said Convention applies.
2. The Protocol shall extend to the territory or territories named in the notification as from the thirtieth day after the receipt of this notification by the Secretary-General of the Council of Europe.
Article 9.
This Protocol shall be open to the signature of the Members of the Council of Europe who may become parties to it either by:
(a) signature without reservation in respect of ratification, or by
(b) signature with reservation in respect of ratification followed by ratification.
Instruments of ratification shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the Council of Europe.
Article 10.
1. This Protocol shall enter into force as soon as three Members of the Council of Europe shall, in accordance with Article 9, have signed it without reservation in respect of ratification or shall have ratified it.
2. As regards any Member subsequently signing it without reservation in respect of ratification, or ratifying it, this Protocol shall enter into force at the date of signature or deposit of the instrument of ratification.
Article 11.
The Secretary-General of the Council of Europe shall notify Members of the Council of:
(a) the names of signatories and the deposit of any instrument of ratification;
(b) the date of entry into force of this Protocol.
In witness whereof the undersigned, being duly authorised to that effect, have signed the present Protocol.
Done at Paris, this 16th day of December, 1961, in English and in French, both texts being equally authoritative, in a single copy which shall remain deposited in the archives of the Council of Europe. The Secretary-General shall send certified copies to each of the signatory Governments.
SIXTH SCHEDULE
Enactments Repealed
Number and Year | Short Title | Extent of Repeal |
(1) | (2) | (3) |
No. 6 of 1967 | Income Tax Act, 1967. | Subsection (3) of section 49 and sections 341 and 342. |
No. 18 of 1957 | Bretton Woods Agreements Act, 1957. | Paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (8) of section 3. |
No. 22 of 1958 | International Finance Corporation Act, 1958. | Subsection (7) of section 3. |
No. 35 of 1960 | International Development Association Act, 1960. | Subsection (8) of section 3. |